Golf Variant (2007) - Car VOLKSWAGEN - Free user manual and instructions

USER MANUAL Golf Variant (2007) VOLKSWAGEN

Wheels and Tyres Guide - Archive

Edition 06.2010

List of Workshop Manual Repair GroupsList of Workshop Manual Repair GroupsList of Workshop Manual Repair Groups

Repair Group

44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry

Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a matter of course, be observed.

All rights reserved.

No reproduction without prior agreement from publisher.

Contents

44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry 1

1 General notes on wheels and tyres (passenger cars) 1

2 Legislative and technical conditions for converting wheel and tyre combinations ..... 3

2.1 Legislative conditions for converting wheel and tyre combinations 3

2.2 Technical conditions for converting wheel and tyre combinations 3

2.3 Additional wheel housing extensions (flaps) 4

2.4 „Series 80“ tyres 4

2.5 Vehicles with Plus running gear 4

3 Documents and codes/designations 6

3.1 New vehicle registration documents since 01.10.2005 6

3.2 COC document (EEC Certificate of Conformity) 7

3.3 Official type designations 7

4 Useful information regarding tyres 9

4.1 Identification markings on the tyre sidewall 8 9

4.2 Explanation of tyre markings 10

4.3 Speed ratings for tyres 11

4.4 Undulations 12

4.5 Tyre storage 13

4.6 Tyre ageing 13

4.7 Winter tyres 14

4.8 Winter tyres with speed symbol „V“ 15

4.9 Extra Load (XL) V winter tyres 16

4.10 Maximum speeds for V and Extra Load (XL) winter tyres 16

4.11 Reinforced and Extra Load (XL) tyres 17

4.12 Snow chains 17

5 Tyre wear/ mileage for passenger car tyres 19

5.1 General 19

5.2 Requirements to be met by tyres 19

5.3 Wear behaviour of high-speed tyres 19

5.4 Factors influencing the service life of a tyre 20

5.5 Driving style 20

5.6 Tyre maintenance 21

5.7 Evenly worn tyres 22

5.8 Measuring tread depth 23

5.9 One-sided wear 23

5.10 Outer shoulder wear 26

5.11 Wear in middle of tyre 26

5.12 Diagonal washout 28

6 Tyre noise 29

6.1 General notes on tyre noise 29

6.2 Saw-tooth wear 29

6.3 Flat spots (from locking wheels) 30

7 Vibration caused by wheels and tyres 32

7.1 Causes of vibration 32

7.2 Balancing wheels 32

7.3 Conducting a road test before balancing wheels 32

7.4 Balancing wheels on stationary wheel balancing machine 33

7.5 Vibration control system VAS 6230 35

7.6 Finish balancer 35

7.7 Radial and lateral runout of wheels and tyres 36

7.8 Checking radial and lateral runout on wheels and tyres with tyre gauge V.A.G 1435 ..... 36

7.9 Checking radial and lateral runout on wheel rim 37

7.10 Match mounting 38

7.11 Flat spots caused by storage or handling 39

8 Vehicle pulls to one side 41

8.1 General 41

8.2 Conicity 41

8.3 Remedies when vehicle pulls to one side 42

8.4 Strategic rotation of wheels having non-directional tyres 43

8.5 Strategic rotation of wheels having unidirectional tyres 44

9 Tyre damage 46

9.1 General information 46

9.2 Construction of a radial belted tyre 47

9.3 Impact damage 47

9.4 Cuts 49

9.5 Damage caused by foreign bodies 49

9.6 Loss of air from tyre 49

9.7 Tyre pressure 49

9.8 Tyre damage due to insufficient tyre pressure 50

9.9 Rising tyre temperature caused by insufficient inflation pressure 51

9.10 Tyre damage due to fitting error (fitting damage) 52

10 Tyres with run-flat properties 54

10.1 General 54

10.2 Design and identification 55

10.3 Retrofitting/requirements when using run-flat tyres 55

10.4 Repairs 56

11 Facts about disc-type wheels (passenger cars) 57

11.1 Design of disc-type wheel 57

11.2 Data on wheel rims 57

11.3 Wheel rims - pitch circle diameter 58

11.4 Split rim composite wheels 58

11.5 Alloy wheels with exchangeable trim elements 58

11.6 Alloy wheels with exchangeable trim elements (Zaragoza) 59

11.7 Care and maintenance of alloy wheel rims 63

11.8 Restoring alloy wheels 63

11.9 The valve 65

12 Fitting and removing wheels 66

12.1 Changing wheels 66

12.2 Instructions for changing or fitting wheels 66

12.3 Revised wheel bolts for Sharan from model year 2001 68

12.4 Notes on use of temporary spare wheels 68

13 Lupo 3L, Lupo FSI; Lupo GTI from model year 1999 70

13.1 Lupo 3L, type 6E model year 1999 to model year 2006 70

13.2 Wheel allocation Lupo 3L, type 6E model year 1999 to model year 2006 ..... 71

13.3 Lupo FSI, type 6E model year 2001 to model year 2006 72

13.4 Wheel allocation Lupo FSI, type 6E model year 2001 to model year 2006 73

13.5 Lupo GTI, type 6ES model year 2001 to model year 2006 75

13.6 Wheel allocation Lupo GTI, type 6ES model year 2001 to model year 2006 ..... 76

14 Lupo model year 1999 to model year 2005 78

14.1 Lupo, type 6X model year 1999 to model year 2005 78

14.2 Wheel allocation Lupo, type 6X model year 1999 to model year 2005 80

15 Polo model year 1995 to model year 2001 86

15.1 Polo, type 6N up to and including 07.95 86

15.2 Wheel allocation Polo, type 6N up to and including 07.95 87

15.3 Polo, type 6N from 08.95 up to and including model year 1996 89

15.4 Polo, type 6N from model year 1997 to model year 1999 90

15.5 Wheel allocation Polo, type 6N from 08.95 to model year 1999 91

15.6 Polo, type 6N from model year 2000 to model year 2001 96

15.7 Wheel allocation Polo, type 6N from model year 2000 to model year 2001 97

16 Polo Classic model year 1996 to model year 2002 103

16.1 Polo Classic, type 6KV model year 1996 to model year 2002 103

16.2 Wheel allocation Polo Classic, type 6KV model year 1996 to model year 2002 ..... 105

17 Polo estate model year 1998 to model year 2002 109

17.1 Polo estate type 6KV model year 1998 to model year 2002 109

17.2 Wheel allocation Polo estate type 6KV model year 1998 to model year 2002 ..... 111

18 Polo from model year 2002 115

18.1 Polo, type 9N model year 2002 to model year 2008 115

18.2 Polo, type 9N model year 2009 118

18.3 Wheel allocation for Polo, type 9N model year 2002 to model year 2009 122

19 Polo Fun model year 2004 to model year 2005 130

19.1 Polo Fun, type 9N model year 2004 to model year 2005 130

19.2 Wheel allocation for Polo Fun, type 9N model year 2004 to model year 2005 ..... 131

20 CrossPolo from model year 2006 133

20.1 CrossPolo, type 9N model year 2006 to model year 2009 ..... 133

20.2 Wheel allocation for CrossPolo, type 9N model year 2006 to model year 2009 . . . . . . 134

21 Polo BlueMotion from model year 2007 136

21.1 Polo BlueMotion, type 9N model year 2007 to model year 2009 136

21.2 Wheel allocation for Polo BlueMotion, type 9N model year 2007 to model year 2009 ..... 137

22 Polo GTI from model year 2006 139

22.1 Polo GTI, type 9N model year 2006 to model year 2009 139

22.2 Wheel allocation for Polo GTI, type 9N model year 2006 to model year 2009 ..... 140

23 Polo GTI Cup Edition from model year 2007 145

23.1 Polo GTI Cup Edition, type 9N model year 2007 to model year 2009 145

23.2 Wheel allocation for Polo GTI Cup Edition, type 9N model year 2007 to model year 2009 146

24 Polo saloon/sedan model year 2004 to model year 2005 150

24.1 Polo saloon/sedan, type 9N model year 2004 to model year 2005 150

24.2 Wheel allocation Polo saloon/sedan, type 9N model year 2004 to model year 2005 ..... 152

25 Golf model year 1992 to model year 1998 157

25.1 Golf type 1HX0, Golf Syncro 1HX1, Golf type 1H 157

25.2 Wheel allocation for Golf type 1HX0, Golf Syncro 1HX1, Golf type 1H 161

26 Golf model year 1998 to model year 2004, Golf R32, Golf Anniversary GTI 171

26.1 Golf, Golf 4Motion, type 1J model year 1998 to model year 2004 171

26.2 Wheel allocation Golf, Golf 4Motion, type 1J model year 1998 to model year 2004 ..... 174

26.3 Conditions for fitting 17" wheels and tyres to Golf model year 1998 to model year 2004 . . 186

26.4 Golf R32, type 1J model year 2003 to model year 2005 187

26.5 Wheel allocation Golf R32, type 1J model year 2003 to model year 2005 188

26.6 Golf Anniversary GTI, type 1J model year 2002 189

26.7 Wheel allocation for Golf Anniversary GTI, type 1J model year 2002 190

26.8 Conditions for fitting 17" and 18" wheels and tyres of Golf Anniversary GTI 194

27 Golf model year 2004 to model year 2009 196

27.1 Golf, Golf 4Motion, type 1K model year 2004 to model year 2006 196

27.2 Golf, Golf 4Motion, type 1K model year 2007 to model year 2009 199

27.3 Wheel allocation for Golf, Golf 4Motion, type 1K from model year 2004 to model year 2009 203

28 Golf BlueMotion model year 2008 to model year 2009 216

28.1 Golf BlueMotion, type 1K model year 2008 to model year 2009 216

28.2 Wheel allocation for Golf BlueMotion, type 1K model year 2008 to model year 2009 ..... 217

29 Golf GTI model year 2005 to model year 2009 224

29.1 Golf GTI, type 1K model year 2005 to model year 2008 224

29.2 Golf GTI, type 1K model year 2009 225

29.3 Wheel allocation for Golf GTI, type 1K model year 2005 to model year 2009 ..... 227

30 Pirelli Golf model year 2008 to model year 2009 238

30.1 Pirelli Golf, type 1K model year 2008 to model year 2009 238

30.2 Wheel allocation for Pirelli Golf, type 1K model year 2008 to model year 2009 239

31 Golf R32 model year 2006 to model year 2009 251

31.1 Golf R32, type 1K model year 2006 to model year 2009 ..... 251

31.2 Wheel allocation for Golf R32, type 1K model year 2006 to model year 2009 ..... 252

32 CrossGolf from model year 2007 258

32.1 CrossGolf, type 1KP model year 2007 to model year 2009 258

32.2 Wheel allocation for CrossGolf, type 1KP model year 2007 to model year 2009 ..... 261

33 Golf Plus from model year 2005 272

33.1 Golf Plus, type 1KP model year 2005 to model year 2006 272

33.2 Golf Plus, type 1KP model year 2007 to model year 2009 274

33.3 Wheel allocation for Golf Plus, type 1KP model year 2005 to model year 2009 ..... 277

34 Golf Plus BlueMotion from model year 2008 290

34.1 Golf Plus BlueMotion, type 1KP model year 2008 to model year 2009 290

34.2 Wheel allocation for Golf Plus BlueMotion, type 1KP model year 2008 to model year 2009 291

35 Golf estate model year 1994 to model year 1998 298

35.1 Golf Estate type 1HX0, Golf Estate Syncro type 1HX1, Golf Estate type 1H 298

35.2 Wheel allocation for Golf Estate type 1HX0, Golf Estate Syncro type 1HX1, Golf Estate type 1H 301

36 Golf estate model year 1999 to model year 2006, Bora estate model year 1999 to model year 2005 309

36.1 Golf Estate, Golf Estate 4Motion, Bora Estate, Bora Estate 4Motion, type 1J ..... 309

36.2 Wheel allocation for Golf Estate, Golf Estate 4Motion, Bora Estate, Bora Estate 4Motion, type 1J 312

36.3 Conditions for fitting 17" wheels and tyres 323

37 Golf Variant model year 2007 to model year 2010 325

37.1 Golf Variant, Golf Variant 4Motion; type 1KM model year 2007 to model year 2008 ..... 325

37.2 Golf Variant, Golf Variant 4Motion; type 1KM model year 2009 to model year 2010 ..... 328

37.3 Wheel allocation for Golf Variant, Golf Variant 4Motion; type 1KM model year 2007 to model year 2010 331

38 Golf Variant BlueMotion model year 2008 to model year 2010 343

38.1 Golf Variant BlueMotion, type 1KM model year 2008 to model year 2010 343

38.2 Wheel allocation for Golf Variant BlueMotion, type 1KM model year 2008 to model year 2010 344

39 Golf cabriolet model year 1994 to model year 1997 351

39.1 Golf cabriolet type 1EX0 model year 1994 to model year 1997 351

39.2 Wheel allocation Golf cabriolet, type 1EX0 from model year 1994 to model year 1997 .. 352

40 Golf cabriolet model year 1998 to model year 2002 356

40.1 Golf cabriolet; type 1E from model year 1998 to model year 2002 356

40.2 Wheel allocation Golf cabriolet; type 1E from model year 1998 to model year 2002 ..... 357

41 Vento from model year 1992 to model year 1998 362

41.1 Vento; type 1HX0, 1H 362

41.2 Wheel allocation for Vento; type 1HX0, 1H 364

42 Bora model year 1999 to model year 2005 374

42.1 Bora, Bora 4Motion, type 1J model year 1999 to model year 2005 374

42.2 Wheel allocation Bora, Bora 4Motion, type 1J model year 1999 to model year 2005 ..... 377

42.3 Conditions for fitting 17" wheels and tyres 388

43 New Beetle RSi 389

43.1 New Beetle RSi, type 9CR from model year 2001 389

43.2 Wheel allocation for New Beetle RSi, type 9CR from model year 2001 390

44 Passat model year 1994 to model year 1997 392

44.1 Passat, type 35I model year 1994 to model year 1997 392

44.2 Wheel allocation Passat, type 35I model year 1994 to model year 1997 394

45 Passat model year 1997 to model year 2005 400

45.1 Passat, Passat estate, type 3B model year 1997 to model year 2000 400

45.2 Passat, Passat estate, type 3B model year 1997 to model year 2000 ..... 402

45.3 Passat, Passat estate, type 3BG model year 2001 to model year 2005 405

45.4 Wheel allocation Passat, Passat estate, type 3BG model year 2001 to model year 2005 406

45.5 Passat W8 4Motion, type 3BS model year 2002 to model year 2005 412

45.6 Wheel allocation Passat W8 4Motion, type 3BS model year 2002 to model year 2005 .... 413

45.7 Passat Protect, type 3BL model year 2002 to model year 2005 414

45.8 Wheel allocation Passat Protect, type 3BL model year 2002 to model year 2005 ..... 415

46 Sharan from model year 1996 417

46.1 Sharan, Sharan Syncro, type 7M model year 1996 to model year 2000 ..... 417

46.2 Wheel allocation for Sharan, Sharan Syncro. Type 7M model year 1996 to model year 2000 420

46.3 Sharan, Sharan 4Motion, type 7M model year 2001 422

46.4 Wheel allocation for Sharan, Sharan 4Motion, type 7M model year 2001 424

46.5 Sharan, Sharan 4Motion, type 7M model year 2002 to model year 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428

46.6 Wheel allocation for Sharan, Sharan 4Motion, type 7M model year 2002 to model year 2010 429

47 Sharan BlueMotion from model year 2009 434

47.1 Sharan BlueMotion, type 7M model year 2009 to model year 2010 ..... 434

47.2 Wheel allocation for Sharan BlueMotion, type 7M model year 2009 to model year 2010 . . . 435

48 Touareg from model year 2003 437

48.1 Touareg, type 7L model year 2003 to model year 2010 437

48.2 Wheel allocation for Touareg, type 7L model year 2003 to model year 2010 ..... 441

49 Touareg R50 from model year 2008 449

49.1 Touareg R50, type 7L model year 2008 to model year 2010 449

49.2 Wheel allocation for Touareg R50, type 7L model year 2008 to model year 2010 ..... 450

50 Breakdown set for VW Vehicles 455

51 Temporary spare tyres and wheels for VW vehicles 456

52 Recommended summer tyres 458

52.1 Summer tyres Lupo 3L model year 1999 to model year 2005 458

52.2 Summer tyres Lupo FSI model year 1999 to model year 2005 458

52.3 Summer tyres Lupo GTI model year 1999 to model year 2005 458

52.4 Summer tyres Lupo model year 1999 to model year 2005 458

52.5 Summer tyres Polo model year 1995 to model year 2001 459

52.6 Summer tyres Polo saloon/sedan model year 2004 to model year 2005 459

52.7 Summer tyres Polo Classic model year 1996 to model year 2002 460

52.8 Summer tyres Polo estate model year 1998 to model year 2002 461

52.9 Summer tyres for Polo from model year 2002 461

52.10 Summer tyres for Polo Fun model year 2004 to model year 2005 462

52.11 Summer tyres for CrossPolo from model year 2006 462

52.12 Summer tyres for Polo BlueMotion from model year 2007 462

52.13 Summer tyres for Polo GTI from model year 2007 463

52.14 Summer tyres for Polo GTI Cup Edition from model year 2007 463

52.15 Summer tyres Golf, Vento model year 1992 to model year 1998 463

52.16 Summer tyres Golf estate model year 1994 to model year 1998 464

52.17 Summer tyres Golf cabriolet model year 1994 to model year 1997 465

52.18 Summer tyres Golf, Golf 4Motion model year 1998 to model year 2004 465

52.19 Summer tyres for Golf model year 2004 to model year 2009 466

52.20 Summer tyres for Golf BlueMotion model year 2008 to model year 2009 467

52.21 Summer tyres for Golf GTI model year 2005 to model year 2009 468

52.22 Summer tyres for Pirelli Golf model year 2008 to model year 2009 468

52.23 Summer tyres for Golf R32 model year 2006 to model year 2009 468

52.24 Summer tyres for CrossGolf from model year 2007 469

52.25 Summer tyres for Golf Plus from model year 2005 470

52.26 Summer tyres for Golf Plus BlueMotion from model year 2008 471

52.27 Summer tyres Bora, Bora 4Motion model year 1999 to model year 2005 471

52.28 Summer tyres Golf estate, Golf estate 4Motion model year 1999 to model year 2006, Bora estate, Bora estate 4Motion model year 1999 to model year 2005 472

52.29 Summer tyres for Golf R32 473

52.30 Summer tyres for Golf Anniversary GTI 473

52.31 Summer tyres Golf Variant model year 2007 to model year 2010 474

52.32 Summer tyres for Golf Variant BlueMotion from model year 2008 475

52.33 Summer tyres Golf cabriolet model year 1998 to model year 2002 475

52.34 Summer tyres for New Beetle RSi 476

52.35 Summer tyres Passat model year 1994 to model year 1997 476

52.36 Summer tyres Passat model year 1997 to model year 2005 477

52.37 Summer tyres for Passat W8 478

52.38 Summer tyres for Passat Protect 478

52.39 Summer tyres for Sharan from model year 1996 478

52.40 Summer tyres for Sharan BlueMotion from model year 2009 479

52.41 Summer tyres for Touareg model year 2008 to model year 2010 479

52.42 Summer tyres for Touareg R50 model year 2008 to model year 2010 479

53 Recommended all-season tyres 481

53.1 All-season tyres Lupo model year 1999 to model year 2005 481

53.2 All-season tyres Polo model year 1995 to model year 2001 481

53.3 All-season tyres for Polo from model year 2002 481

53.4 All-season tyres Polo saloon/sedan model year 2004 to model year 2005 482

53.5 All-season tyres Golf, Vento model year 1992 to model year 1998 482

53.6 All-season tyres Golf estate model year 1994 to model year 1998 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482

53.7 All-season tyres Golf cabriolet model year 1994 to model year 1997 482

53.8 All-season tyres Golf, Golf 4Motion model year 1998 to model year 2004 ..... 482

53.9 All-season tyres for Golf model year 2004 to model year 2009 483

53.10 All-season tyres for CrossGolf from model year 2007 483

53.11 All-season tyres for Golf Plus from model year 2005 484

53.12 All-season tyres Bora, Bora 4Motion model year 1999 to model year 2005 ..... 484

53.13 All-season tyres Golf estate, Golf estate 4Motion model year 1999 to model year 2006, Bora estate, Bora estate 4Motion model year 1999 to model year 2005 485

53.14 All-season tyres Golf Variant model year 2007 to model year 2010 485

53.15 All-season tyres Golf cabriolet model year 1998 to model year 2002 485

53.16 All-season tyres Passat model year 1997 to model year 2005 486

53.17 All-season tyres for Passat W8 486

53.18 All-season tyres for Touareg model year 2003 to model year 2010 486

54 Recommended winter tyres 488

54.1 Winter tyres Lupo 3L model year 1999 to model year 2005 488

54.2 Winter tyres Lupo FSI model year 1999 to model year 2005 488

54.3 Winter tyres Lupo GTI model year 1999 to model year 2005 488

54.4 Winter tyres Lupo model year 1999 to model year 2005 489

54.5 Winter tyres Polo model year 1995 to model year 2001 489

54.6 Winter tyres for Polo from model year 2002 489

54.7 Winter tyres for Polo Fun model year 2004 to model year 2006 490

54.8 Winter tyres for CrossPolo from model year 2006 490

54.9 Winter tyres for Polo BlueMotion from model year 2007 ..... 490

54.10 Winter tyres for Polo GTI from model year 2007 490

54.11 Winter tyres for Polo GTI Cup Edition from model year 2007 491

54.12 Winter tyres Polo saloon/sedan model year 2004 to model year 2005 491

54.13 Winter tyres Polo Classic model year 1996 to model year 2002 491

54.14 Winter tyres Polo estate model year 1998 to model year 2002 492

54.15 Winter tyres Golf, Vento model year 1992 to model year 1998 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492

54.16 Winter tyres Golf estate model year 1994 to model year 1998 492

54.17 Winter tyres Golf cabriolet model year 1994 to model year 1997 493

54.18 Winter tyres Golf, Golf 4Motion model year 1998 to model year 2004 493

54.19 Winter tyres for Golf model year 2004 to model year 2009 494

54.20 Winter tyres for Golf BlueMotion model year 2004 to model year 2009 494

54.21 Winter tyres for Golf GTI model year 2005 to model year 2009 495

54.22 Winter tyres for Pirelli Golf model year 2008 to model year 2009 495

54.23 Winter tyres for Golf R32 model year 2006 to model year 2009 495

54.24 Winter tyres for CrossGolf from model year 2007 496

54.25 Winter tyres for Golf Plus from model year 2005 496

54.26 Winter tyres for Golf Plus BlueMotion from model year 2008 497

54.27 Winter tyres Bora, Bora 4Motion model year 1999 to model year 2005 497

54.28 Winter tyres Golf estate, Golf estate 4Motion model year 1999 to model year 2006, Bora estate, Bora estate 4Motion model year 1999 to model year 2005 498

54.29 Winter tyres for Golf 32 498

54.30 Winter tyres for Golf Anniversary GTI 498

54.31 Winter tyres Golf Variant model year 2007 to model year 2010 499

54.32 Winter tyres for Golf Variant BlueMotion model year 2008 to model year 2010 ..... 499

54.33 Winter tyres Golf cabriolet model year 1998 to model year 2002 500

54.34 Winter tyres for New Beetle RSi 500

54.35 Winter tyres Passat model year 1994 to model year 1997 ..... 500

54.36 Winter tyres Passat model year 1997 to model year 2005 501

54.37 Winter tyres for Passat W8 501

54.38 Winter tyres for Passat Protect 501

54.39 Winter tyres for Sharan from model year 1996 502

54.40 Winter tyres for Sharan BlueMotion from model year 2009 502

54.41 Winter tyres for Touareg model year 2003 to model year 2010 502

54.42 Winter tyres for Touareg R50 model year 2008 to model year 2010 502

Protected by copyright. Copy/ing flower patent Commercial purposes, input or in whole, is not permitted unless authorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee or accept any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this decumenant. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

44 – Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry

1 General notes on wheels and tyres (passenger cars)

This information is intended to help you form an opinion as unequivocally and accurately as possible in the event of tyre damage and related complaints.

In this chapter, you will learn a great deal about tyres and also about wheels and rims.

Tyres are hi-tech products that are optimally adapted to the operating conditions of modern vehicles.

As with all highly developed technical products, tyres require proper care, maintenance and service. This is essential to ensure safety, performance and comfort for the entire service life of the tyre.

Tyres are constantly being further developed. Quality tyres are the result of modern design methods and production processes, as well as continuous quality checks. All tyres that are recommended by VW have been tested by the technical development department and have been designed specifically for each model in collaboration with the tyre manufacturers.

We therefore recommend fitting only the recommended tyre makes when renewing tyres.

Vehicle safety has the top priority. With regard to the various operating conditions such as

• differing speed ranges,
• winter and summer use and
- wet and dry roads,

the optimal compromise for vehicle safety must be found.

Every tyre is subjected to a wide range of different driving conditions over its entire service life. It is therefore important that the basic requirements for ensuring optimal tyre performance are met.

Proper adjustment of the axle geometry during wheel alignment is an important prerequisite for ensuring the optimum service life of the tyre. Therefore, wheel alignment must always be within the specified tolerance range.

Information for wheel alignment Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44.

Note

Tyre damage and related problems can have various causes. It is therefore very important to ascertain whether the problem has been caused by the tyre or other components.

Normal wear and tear on a tyre will alter its characteristics. Tyre noise and vibration could then be the result. These are indications of wear and do not constitute damage in the sense of a tyre defect. Measures can be taken to at least partly eliminate the symptoms. However, in some cases it may not be possible to eliminate tyre noise completely.

Special models

Special models are only partly represented in the tables in Appendix 2 for parts certificate. Modification of these vehicles depends on the engine capacity of the basic model.

Proteced by copyright. Copyright/WAR commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted unless authorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee or accept any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

2 Legislative and technical conditions for converting wheel and tyre combinations

2.1 Legislative conditions for converting wheel and tyre combinations

The manufacturer is issued with a general operating permit (GTA in accordance with § 20 StVZO (German road traffic and licensing regulations) and EU operating permit) for the overall vehicle with all parts for specific conversions.

Conversions of wheels and tyres can only be carried out under certain conditions. When doing this, the following points must be observed:

If the size of wheel and tyre, with an indication of the load index and the speed symbol, is included in the vehicle GTA and EU operating permit/type approval page 7, this wheel and tyre combination can be fitted on the vehicle without any problem.

It is not necessary for the wheel and tyre combination specified in the registration certificate part I (certificate of registration) to be fitted. All combinations approved in the vehicle GTA or EU operating permit/type approval page 7 may be fitted to the vehicle.

For the conversions recommended by VOLKSWAGEN AG (see attachment for parts certificate) there are no general operating permits in accordance with § 22 StVZO (German road traffic and licensing regulations).
Unless the wheels and/or tyres are included in the relevant vehicle GTA or EU operating permit/type approval, the vehicle will no longer meet the requirements of the road traffic regulations if converted.

These versions are based on the conditions valid in the European Union and no guarantee can be provided for their completeness. In some cases there are different legislative requirements outside the European Union.

The table included in the attached parts certificate shows the VOLKSWAGEN AG recommended and TÜV NORD Mobilität GmbH & Co. KG tested wheel and tyre combinations on VW vehicles and also the conditions to be observed for fitting. The use of genuine disc-type wheels on a vehicle to which they have not been allocated is not permissible.

The list of possible conversions deals with combinations that meet the requirements of VOLKSWAGEN AG with regards to road handling and road safety. They are the result of practical trials and are therefore recommended by VOLKSWAGEN AG.

Refer also to the new vehicle registration documents that were issued from 01.10.2005 page 6.

2.2 Technical conditions for converting wheel and tyre combinations

- The wheel and tyre combinations and conversions listed in the tables of the individual vehicles refer exclusively to Volkswagen genuine disc-type wheels.

• Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.
• Tubeless radial tyres may only be fitted to rims with a safety hump feature on the shoulder.
• Tyres with run-flat properties (reinforced side walls) may only be used on disc-type wheels with an extended hump and on vehicles with a tyre pressure monitoring system page 55.
• If the wheel and tyre combinations listed are used, the associated tyre inflation pressures must be adhered to. The tyre inflation pressures for summer tyres can be found on the sticker on the inside of the tank flap or in the tables of the individual vehicles.
• Sufficient clearance to the wheels and tyres at parts of the wheel housing, suspension and braking system is assured if the notes and specifications established in the parts certificate are observed in all operating conditions.
• Unless otherwise stated, snow chains may only be fitted to the drive wheels. On all-wheel drive vehicles, however, only the front wheels may be fitted with snow chains with the exception of the Touareg (rear wheels may also be fitted with snow chains).

2.3 Additional wheel housing extensions (flaps)

For technical reasons some vehicles require wheel housing extensions (flaps) on the wing or bumper -arrows- when using certain wheel and tyre combinations.

Please check if there is a requirement to remove the flaps.

The information is located in the overview table for the respective vehicle.

N44-10341

2.4 „Series 80“ tyres

Tyres of the „80“ series (e.g. 145/80 R 13 74 S) will replace the „82“ series (e.g. 145/82 R 13 74 S). Lawmakers have stipulated that „82“ series tyres may be replaced by „80“ series tyres without having been entered in the vehicle documents.

The condition for this is that the „80“ series tyres have the same width, be of the same type – cross-ply or radial belted – and have the same or higher load index.

If only „80“ series tyres are entered in the vehicle documents, „82“ series tyres may only be used if an entry has been made in the vehicle documents.

2.5 Vehicles with Plus running gear

The Plus running gear differs from the basic running gear in the following components:

♦ Suspension link
◆ Swivel joint
◆ Wheel bearing housing

◆ Anti-roll bar with coupling rod (not on Passat)
Drive shaft
◆ Wheel hub
Brake disc
♦ Brake caliper
♦ Wheel

One of the identifying features of the Plus running gear is the connection between the swivel joint and the wheel bearing housing.

A - Connection between swivel joint and wheel bearing housing on basic running gear
B - Connection between swivel joint and wheel bearing housing on Plus running gear

The 5 wheel bolts on each wheel are the most visible identifying feature. The Passat VR6 to 09.93 is an exception. From 06.91, this vehicle was produced with 5 wheel bolts, but was gradually equipped with the Plus running gear from 02.92.

Technical line drawing of mechanical components with no visible text or symbols

Overview - vehicles with Plus running gear

Model	Model year	Engine
Golf GTI	from 1992	85 kW
Golf GTI 16V	from 1993	110 kW
Golf VR6	from 1992	128 kW
Golf VR6 Syncro	from 1994	140 kW
Vento GT	from 1992	85 kW
Vento VR6	from 1992	128 kW
Passat 16V	from 1994	110 kW
Passat VR6	from 1994	128 kW
Passat VR6 Syncro	from 1994	135 kW

3 Documents and codes/designations

3.1 New vehicle registration documents since 01.10.2005

The implementation of EU Directive 1999/37/EU "Registration Documents for Vehicles" in national law and legal data protection requirements have necessitated the introduction of new, falsification-proof registration documents.

Since 01.10.2005, only the new documents are issued by the registration authorities in the event of new registrations, change of ownership, registration of technical modifications and all other matters.

The new registration documents are comprised of:

◆ Registration certificate part I, which replaces the certificate of registration and
◆ Registration certificate part II, which replaces the vehicle log book.

Registration certificate part I (certificate of registration)

◆ Contains all vehicle technical data which must be available to register a vehicle in Europe; however, only one wheel/tyre combination approved as standard is specified
◆ Contains the EU-wide, standardised, alphanumerical codes assigned to the technical data, so that the German registration certificate can be converted without problems into the registration document prescribed in non-member European countries for registration there
Contains a field for documenting temporary or final immobilisation of the vehicle, and is therefore no longer withdrawn in the event of temporary or final immobilisation

Registration certificate part II (vehicle log book)

◆ Contains the note that the holder of the registration certificate is not identified as the owner
Contains only the current and, if applicable, the last vehicle owner; the actual number of previous owners is shown numerically
◆ Contains only a small percentage of the technical vehicle data
No longer serves to document temporary vehicle deregistration. The vehicle and body type specified under number 1 in the old vehicle documents will not exist in the future. In the new documents, this will be replaced by standardised EU vehicle classes with body type

Introduction of the new registration documents will lead to barely any changes for the vehicle operator.

Like the old certificate of registration, the registration certificate part I (certificate of registration) must be kept in the vehicle and submitted to responsible persons on request.

It is not necessary for the wheel and tyre combination specified in the registration certificate part I (certificate of registration) to be fitted. All combinations approved according to the general vehicle type approval or EU type approval page 7 may be fitted.

The validity of a wheel/tyre combination which deviates from the general vehicle type approval or EU type approval must still be verified via an entry in the registration certificate part I (certificate

of registration), an installation certificate based on a part certificate or general type approval for the wheel/tyre combination.

3.2 COC document (EEC Certificate of Conformity)

Manufactures of motorized vehicles must apply for an EU operating permit for all class M1 passenger carrying vehicles.

A certificate is produced on the basis of this operating permit - the COC (Certificate of Conformity).

This document certifies that the vehicle complies with the EU operating permit (EU type approval) and can be registered in every EU country without an individual type approval.

The document will be issued for all vehicles that comply with the EU operating permit.

These vehicles have an EU type plate (black sticker) in the area of the driver's door, or in the case of older vehicles, in the engine compartment.

The COC document has the same value as the registration document and therefore the original should not be carried on the vehicle.

The COC document contains the EU general type approval number and detailed technical information on the vehicle such as emissions classification and all the permitted wheel and tyre combinations.

3.3 Official type designations

Passenger cars licensed for road use in Germany need a general type approval for the issue of a vehicle title document.

The type approval is issued by the Federal Ministry for Transport in Flensburg following type inspection. This procedure was permitted until 31.12.1997 and, in exceptional cases, even after that.

Other member states of the European Union (EU) have different procedures for issuing a document similar to the German title document. Until 31.12.1997, each member state was entitled to issue its own national type approvals according to its own procedures.

Since 1.1.1998, all passenger cars licensed within the European Union must have a type approval corresponding to EU guidelines page 7. Vehicles licensed for road use with single-vehicle approval according to § 21 StVZO in Germany are excepted.

This means the same guidelines apply to all vehicle manufacturers. This makes it easier to trade across national borders within the EU.

Official type approval, sales or trade designation

In the following table, all VW vehicles which already have EU type approval are listed in the column "EU type".

All VW vehicles which were granted type approval according to the procedure valid up to 31.12.97 are listed in the column "General type"

If entries appear in both columns "General type" and "EU type", there are vehicles of this model which are approved by both StVZO and EU guidelines. In this case, the first step is to determine exactly what type of vehicle you have. There are two possibilities:

1. possibility

The last page of the vehicle title includes the field „Certified holder of a general type approval/EEC type approval“. Either the general

type approval number of the EU type approval number is entered here, assuming it is the original vehicle title document. This is the case only if the vehicle was not deregistered in the past for longer than 12 months.

2. possibility

Check whether the general type approval number or the EU type approval number is entered on the vehicle identification plate.

Official type designation for vehicles with		Sales or trade designation
General type	EU type
-	6E	Lupo 3L, Lupo FSI
-	6ES	Lupo GTI
-	6X	Lupo 1999 >
6N	6N	Polo 1995 > (A03)
-	6KV	Polo Classic 1996 > (A13); Polo Estate 1998 > (A23)
-	9N	Polo 2002 >; Polo Fun 2004 >; Cross Polo 2006 > (A04)
1HX0	1H	Golf 1992 > (A3)
1HX0	1H	Golf Estate (A3)
1HX0	1H	Vento (A3)
1HX1	1H	Golf Syncro (A3)
1HX1	1H	Golf Syncro Estate (A3)
1EX0	1E	Golf Cabriolet (A3)
-	1J	Golf 1998 >, Golf 4Motion (A4)
-	1J	Golf Estate 1999 >
-	1J	Bora 1999 >, Bora 4Motion
-	1J	Bora Estate 1999 >
-	1K	Golf 2004 >
-	1KP	Golf Plus 2005 >; Cross Golf 2007 >
-	9CR	New Beetle RSi 2001 >
35I	-	Passat 1994 >
35I	-	Passat Estate 1994 >
-	3B	Passat/Passat Estate 1997 >
-	3B	Passat/ Passat Estate 4Motion 1997 >
-	3BG	Passat/Passat Estate 2001 >
-	3BG	Passat/ Passat Estate 4Motion 2001 >
-	3BS	Passat/Passat Estate W8 4Motion 2002 >
-	3BL	Passat Protect 2002 >
7M	7M	Sharan, Sharan Syncro 1996 >
7L	7L	Touareg 2003 >

4 Useful information regarding tyres

4.1 Identification markings on the tyre sidewall

Example: Continental ContiPremiumContact 2

1 - Size code

☐ e.g. 205/55 R 16 ⇒ page 10

2 - Position of TWIs (Tread Wear Indicators)

3 - Manufacturer (trade name)

4 - Construction

☐ Radial - radial cord direction in carcass
☐ Tubeless - code for tubeless tyres

5 - Load capacity index / speed rating

e.g. 91 ⇒ page 11
e.g. H => page 10

6 - Specified direction of rotation/installation for tyre
7 - Maximum permissible load

□ Data for North America

8 - Maximum permissible tyre pressure

□ Data for North America

9 - Number of plies in the centre of the tread and in the sides walls as well as information about the material
10 - E number = Approval num-ber
□ Tyre fulfils European guidelines
11 - Manufacturer code / date of manufacture

☐ Identification number for manufacturer's plant, tyre size and tyre model

☐ Tyre ageing / date of manufacture page 13

12 - DOT - Department of Transportation

☐ Tyre fulfils standards of the Department of Transportation of the United States of America

13 - Marking for Brazil
14 - Marking for China
15 - Country of origin

☐ e.g. manufactured in Germany (Made in Germany)

16 - Safety reference for use or fitting of tyre
17 - Relative expected service life - abrasion resistance

☐ based on a US standard test

1 2 3 Continental OUTSIDE 4 5 6 7 8 9 205/55 R 16 RADIAL TURBESS 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Volkswagen AG Volkswagen 10 does not guarantee on Continuous Contact 2SSR N44-10422 Committed under 205/55 R 16 205/55 R 16 205/55 R 16 205/55 R 16 205/55 R 16 205/55 R 16 205/55 R 16 205/55 R 16 205/55 R 16 205/55 R 16

18 - Rating of wet-braking traction, A, B or C

□ According to a US test

19 - Rating of temperature resistance, A, B or C

According to a US test

20 - Identifying tyres with run-flat properties

e.g. self-supporting run-flat

☐ Identifying tyres with run-flat properties page 55

21 - Tread pattern

e.g. ContiPremiumContact

4.2 Explanation of tyre markings

Explanation of tyre dimensions

Tyres	Speed	1	2	3	4	5	6	7
Summer tyres	to 240 km/h	195	65	R	15	91	V	-
Winter tyres	to 160 km/h	195	65	R	15	91	Q	M + S
Winter tyres	to 190 km/h	195	65	R	15	91	T	M + S
High-speed tyres	faster than 240 km/h	225	50	ZR	16	91	-	-

1 - Tyre width

2 - Aspect ratio in %

3 - Code for tyre construction „R“ indicates radial

4 - Rim diameter designation

5 - Load rating code/load index (LI)

6 - Speed rating code

7 - Winter tyre/code for all-season tyre

Speed rating / maximum speed

Speed rating code	Maximum speed in km/h
L	120
M	130
N	140
P	150
Q	160
R	170
S	180
T	190
U	200
H	210
V	240
ZR	above 240
W	270
Y	300

Load rating code / load index (LI)

The load rating can be found on the sidewall of the tyre. It provides information about the maximum load that the tyre can bear.

The load rating is included in the size designation of the tyre (e.g. 195/65 R 15 91T). It is indicated on the tyre as a code according to ETRTO. The following table shows the load rating codes used at VW with the corresponding load capacity of the tyres.

Load rating code	Maximum load of tyre in kg
75	387
78	425
79	437
80	450
81	462
82	475
83	487
84	500
85	515
86	530
87	545
88	560
89	580
90	600
91	615
92	630
93	650
94	670
95	690
96	710
97	730
98	750
99	775
100	800
101	825
102	850
103	875
104	900
110	1060
112	1120

4.3 Speed ratings for tyres

The speed rating (e.g. "T") following the size of the tyre (e.g. 185/65 R14 14 „T") indicates the maximum permitted speed ( v_max ) of the tyre.

The tyres for the vehicle must be selected so that their maximum permitted speed is greater than the maximum speed that the vehicle („based on model“) can attain.

Vehicles with national type approval

If the vehicle has a national type approval, the maximum speed for the vehicle is calculated as follows:

Formula for vehicles with v_max up to 150 km/h

$$ v _ {\max} = 1. 0 3 \times v + 3. 5 \mathrm{km/h} \Rightarrow \text { page } 1 2 $$

Example: Specified maximum speed v = 145 km/h

$$ v _ {\max} = 1. 0 3 \times 1 4 5 \mathrm{km/h} + 3. 5 \mathrm{km/h} = 1 5 2. 8 5 \mathrm{km/h} $$

In this example, a tyre with the speed rating "Q" or higher must be used.

Formula for vehicles with v_max above 151 km/h

$$ v _ {\max} = 1. 0 1 \times v + 6. 5 \mathrm{km/h} \Rightarrow \text { page } 1 2 $$

Example: Specified maximum speed v = 163 km/h

$$ v _ {\max} = 1. 0 1 \times 1 6 3 \mathrm{km/h} + 6. 5 \mathrm{km/h} = 1 7 1. 1 3 \mathrm{km/h} $$

In this example, a tyre with the speed rating „S“ or higher must be used.

Vehicles with EC type approval

If your vehicle has an EC type approval, the maximum speed for all vehicles is calculated as follows:

$$ v _ {\max} = 1. 0 5 \times v \Rightarrow \text { page } 1 2 $$

Example: Specified maximum speed v = 172 km/h

$$ v _ {\max} = 1. 0 5 \times 1 7 2 \mathrm{km/h} 1 8 0. 6 0 \mathrm{km/h} $$

In this example, a tyre with the speed rating „T“ or higher must be used.

It is permitted to use tyres with a higher speed rating. The same applies to tyres with a higher load index.

Note

For the letter „v“, enter the maximum speed given in field „T“ of part I or II of the registration document or under number 6 of the vehicle documentation. This calculation is necessary because all vehicles, for technical reasons, achieve different maximum speeds within a legally permitted tolerance.

4.4 Undulations

Undulations are slight wavy irregularities in the tyre sidewall.

They run from the bead towards the shoulder of the tyre. These parts appear in the figure page 41.

The cause is the accumulation of material at the joints of the tyre components.

Undulations have no effect on:

◆ Safety,

◆ Service life,

◆ Handling or

◆ Other characteristics of the tyre.

Undulations are visible to varying extents. It is not necessary to inspect the tyre or remove it from the rim.

What causes undulations?

Modern steel belted tyres are constructed with single-ply side walls to save weight.

The sidewall components consist of long strips before they are joined together to form a tyre. They must overlap at the joints. Consequently, slight irregularities or waves are created in the area of the overlapping parts. The overlaps are easier to see from the outside due to the single-ply construction.

4.5 Tyre storage

Storage room

The conditions have to be:

• dark,
• dry,

- cool and

- ventilated

in the tyre storage room.

WARNING

Stored tyres must not come in contact with fuel, oil, grease or chemicals under any circumstances. Otherwise, the material in the tyre will be damaged by chemical reactions which are not always visible.

As a result, dangerous situations can occur when the car is driven.

Of course, tyre damage occurs only if the tyre is in contact with the chemical for a relatively long time. If a few drops of fuel land on a tyre during a fill up, this is of no concern.

Storage of tyres

Complete wheels

Tyres mounted on wheels can be stored flat, stacked one upon the other. In this case, it is important to ensure that the tyres are clean and dry. The inflation pressure should be increased to a maximum of 3 bar.

Tyres without wheels

Tyres without wheels are best stored standing vertically. If tyres lies stacked for longer periods of time, they will be pressed together with a substantial force. The tyres will then be more difficult to fit, as they do not sit on the bead seats. If tyres are stored standing vertically, it is recommended to turn them every 14 days to avoid flat spots.

4.6 Tyre ageing

Tyres age as a result of physical and chemical processes, which can impair the function of the tyres. Tyres which are stored for longer periods of time harden and become brittle faster than tyres which are constantly in use on a vehicle. Older tyres may develop hairline cracks as a result of ageing. When tyres are in regular use, the constant flexing activates softeners in the rubber, preventing hardening and the development of cracks.

It is therefore important to take into account not only the tread depth, but also the age of spare tyres, stored tyres and tyres which are not permanently in use. The tyre age can be determined from

in the DOT designation, which includes the production date of the tyre.

Example of a DOT number to 31.12.1999

DOT ..... .	5 0	9	<Stands for 199_
		Last digit is production year
	Week

In this example, the production date is the 50th week of 1999.

Example of a DOT number from 01.01.2000

DO .....T .	0 1	0 0
		Last 2 digits is production year
	Week

In this example, the production date is the 1st week of 2000.

Recommendation

It is recommended not to use summer and winter tyres which are older than 6 years anymore. The original properties deteriorate due to the aging process. Winter tyres especially lose their adhesion properties.
When new tyres are fitted, the spare tyre may also be used if it is in flawless condition and is not more than 6 years old. The age of the tyre has a great influence on the high-speed capability of the tyre. It is possible to combine a spare tyre which is several years old with new tyres; however, this can have an adverse influence on car handling.
◆ Tyres are constantly being further developed, which can lead, for example, to slight changes in the rubber compound, even if the tyres are of the same make, size and tread pattern.
All VW vehicles are factory-fitted with four identical tyres and wheels.

Front-wheel drive vehicles:

For reasons of safety, tyres of the same make and with the same tread pattern should be mounted on one axle.

Four-wheel drive vehicles:

- Vehicles with four-wheel drive must always be equipped with four wheels with tyres of the same size, construction, tread pattern and make.

Renewing tyres

Tyres must always be renewed when:

• the legal minimum tread depth of 1.6 mm is reached,
• there is visible mechanical damage

4.7 Winter tyres

Use of winter tyres

As of 01.05.2006, a change to the German road traffic regulations (StVO) came into force which caused the following supplement to be made: "The equipment in motor vehicles has to be adapted to the weather conditions. In particular, this includes suitable tyres and antifreeze in the windscreen washing system."

Please point out to customers that, since May 1st 2006, they are legally obliged to adapt their vehicle's equipment, particularly the tyres, to winter weather conditions.

For driving in winter, we recommend that the vehicle be equipped with winter tyres in the sizes recommended in table 2 of the parts certificates.

As a basic rule:

All tyre sizes listed in the vehicle documents can also be used as winter tyres.

The handling characteristics may be affected by the use of winter tyres and the possible change in the dimensions of the wheel and tyre. Therefore, when using winter tyres, you must adapt your speed to the changed handling characteristics and to the road conditions.

To achieve the best possible handling, winter tyres must be fitted on all wheels.

If the vehicle is equipped with rims other than the factory-fitted rims, you must take the following into consideration when you fit winter tyres:

◆ Wheels and wheel bolts are matched.
- Whenever the wheels are changed, corresponding wheel bolts of the correct length and with the correctly shaped tapered seats are used 1). The secure fit of the wheels and the functioning of the brakes depends this.
◆ The suitability of winter tyres with less than 4...5 mm tread depth for winter operation is limited.
- Some countries require winter tyres to have a tread depth of at least 4 mm.
We recommend that winter tyres be replaced after no more than six years. The special „winter properties“ of these tyres decline with age, regardless of how much they are used.

Vehicles with tyre pressure control

On vehicles with tyre pressure control, the tyre inflation pressure has to be resaved or matched when changing over between summer and winter tyres Workshop manual - Running gear - for relevant model.

1) A spherical cap is the curved surface of a section of a sphere cut by a plane. You can see a spherical cap on the wheel bolt and in the wheel (rim) in the tapped hole for the wheel bolt.

4.8 Winter tyres with speed symbol „V“

The tyre industry now supplies winter tyres with speed symbol "V". But only under certain conditions may these tyres be used up to the maximum permitted speed v_max = 240 km/h .

Vehicles with V tyres

Vehicles requiring V tyres according to the vehicle's title document can use winter tyres with speed symbol V without restriction at speeds up to v_max = 240 km/h .

Vehicles with W, Y or ZR tyres:

Under certain circumstances, vehicles requiring W, Y or ZR tyres according to the vehicle's title document may not be driven at speeds of v_max = 240 km/h.

Why?

V summer tyres and V winter tyres without special identification → page 16 have 100 % of their maximum load capacity (as

specified by their load index „LI“) ⇒ page 16 only up to speeds of 210 km/h.

Speeds above 210 km/h are possible with V winter tyres only if the maximum load of the tyres is not exceeded. The load capacity of the tyres decreases as the speed increases.

The maximum permitted axle load and the maximum achievable speed of some VW vehicles are so high that the load capacity of the V tyres is not sufficient for speeds of up to 240km / h .

example: Tyre 205/55 R 16

91

V

The load index (LI) 91 certifies that this tyre has a load capacity of 615 kg per tyre at up to 210 km/h.

At a speed of 240 km/h, this tyre can carry a load of only 560 kg, i.e. the axle load may not exceed 1120 kg.

The Passat Estate V6 4Motion has a permitted axle load of 1150 kg and an achievable maximum speed of 232 km/h. This vehicle may only travel at speeds of up to 230 km/h with V winter tyres.

This applies to all V winter tyres without special markings.

4.9 Extra Load (XL) V winter tyres

V winter tyres marked XL have a higher load capacity than V winter tyres without this code.

XL V winter tyres allow a higher speed, but this does not mean that the top speed of a V tyre is 240 km/h for every VW car.

The same conditions apply to these tyres as to V winter tyres without a special code !

Tyre pressure for Extra Load V tyres

Extra Load V winter tyres generally require 0.2 bar greater pressure (this does not apply for the Phaeton 2003 >).

The following table page 16 shows how fast VW cars may drive with V winter tyres, depending on their respective axle load.

4.10 Maximum speeds for V and Extra Load (XL) winter tyres

Vehicle	Version	Type of drivetrain	Max. axle load	Winter tyres	vmax with V winter tyres
Passat 1994 >2.8l/135 kW VR6	Estate	Syncro	1060 kg	205/50 R 15 86V	210 km/h
Passat 1994 >2.8l/128 kW VR6	Saloon	Front-wheel drive	1020 kg	205/50 R 15 86V	220 km/h
Passat 1994 >2.8l/128 kW VR6	Estate	Front-wheel drive	1020 kg	205/50 R 15 86V	220 km/h
Passat 1997 >2.5 l/110 kW TDI	Saloon	4Motion	1190 kg	205/55 R 16 91V	220 km/h
Passat 1997 >2.8l/142 kW V6	Saloon	4Motion	1130 kg	205/55 R 16 91V	235 km/h
Passat 1997 >2.8l/142 kW V6	Estate	4Motion	1150 kg	205/55 R 16 91V	230 km/h
Passat 2001 >2.8l/142 kW V6	Saloon	4Motion	1190 kg	205/55 R 16 91V	240 km/h
Passat 2001 >2.8l/142 kW V6	Saloon	4MotionAutomatic	1140 kg	205/55 R 16 91V	230 km/h
Vehicle	Version	Type of drivetrain	Max. axle load	Winter tyres	v_max with V winter tyres
Passat 2001 > 2.8l/142 kW V6	Estate	4Motion	1140 kg	205/55 R 16 91V	230 km/h
Passat 2001 > 2.8l/142 kW V6	Estate	4Motion Automatic	1150 kg	205/55 R 16 91V	230 km/h
Passat W8	Saloon	4Motion Manual gearbox	1180 kg	205/50 R 17 93V extra load	240 km/h
Passat W8	Saloon	4Motion Automatic	1230 kg	205/50 R 17 93V extra load	225 km/h
Passat W8	Estate	4Motion Manual gearbox	1180 kg	205/50 R 17 93V extra load	240 km/h
Passat W8	Estate	4Motion Automatic	1230 kg	205/50 R 17 93V extra load	225 km/h
Passat Protect 2.8l/142 kW V6	Saloon	4Motion Manual gearbox	1260 kg	205/55 R 16 94V extra load	225 km/h
Passat Protect 4.0 l/202 kW W8	Saloon	4Motion Automatic	1340 kg	205/55 R 16 94V extra load	210 km/h
Sharan 2001 > 2.8l/150 kW VR6	Saloon	Front-wheel drive	1,280 kg	205/55 R 16 94V extra load	210 km/h
Sharan 2001 > 2.8l/150 kW VR6	Saloon	4Motion	1,330 kg	205/55 R 16 94V extra load	210 km/h

Registration regulations in the Federal Republic of Germany

Only when winter tyres are in use may the top speed that a vehicle can achieve be greater than the maximum speed specified by the speed symbol of the tyre.

In this case, a label stating the following must be attached:

	Important! Winter tyres!
	Maximum speed ... km/h

Note

This label must be clearly visible to the driver!

Winter tyre pressures

The tyre pressure for winter tyres must be 0.2 bar more than the applicable tyre pressure for standard tyres but not more than 3.5 bar.

4.11 Reinforced and Extra Load (XL) tyres

Some tyre manufacturers have for some time replaced the designation „Reinforced“ with the designation „Extra Load“. This designation has long been standard in non-European countries. Technically, there is no difference between them.

Some tyre manufacturers also use the designation „XL“ for Extra Load tyres.

Tyres with the designation „Reinforced“ or „Extra Load (XL)“ are of equal quality.

4.12 Snow chains

Snow chains must be fitted to driven wheels only.

On most four-wheel drive vehicles, snow chains may be used only on the front wheels, but on the Touareg, also the rear wheels.

It is not possible to use snow chains with all wheel and tyre combinations. Notes on this can be found in the vehicle tables of the parts certificate.

If no particular type of snow chain is specified, then small-link chains may be used. These, including the chain fastener, may not protrude more than 15 mm beyond the wheel's tread and the inner wall.

On some models, only special, small-link chains are possible with certain wheel and tyre combinations. Notes on this can be found in the vehicle tables of the parts certificate.

The maximum speed permitted by law when driving with snow chains is 50 km/h.

Snow chains should be removed when there is no snow on the road. There is no point in having them on the wheels, as they adversely affect the vehicle's handling. It causes unnecessary stress on the tyres and above average wear on the chains.

5 Tyre wear/ mileage for passenger car tyres

5.1 General

A tyre has to meet numerous requirements page 19.

Different types of tyres meet these requirements to varying degrees.

Depending on the conditions in which the tyres are used and on the type of vehicle, some requirements will be more important than others.

H, V, and Z tyres for "high-performance vehicles" are expected to have good grip on wet and flooded roads. On the other hand, they cannot have such a long mileage expectancy as, for example, tyres with S or T ratings.

5.2 Requirements to be met by tyres

A - Wet braking properties
B - Driving comfort
C - Steering accuracy
D - Driving stability
E - Tyre weight
F - Life expectancy
G - Rolling resistance
H - Aquaplaning

The pie chart illustrates to what extent the tyre meets the various requirements. It shows how the proportions of the requirements A to H can be distributed according to the construction of the tyre and the rubber mixture used.

Improving one of the characteristics will have a negative effect on one of the others.

Example:

An improvement in wet braking properties -A- leads to a reduction in driving comfort -B-, rolling resistance -G- and life expectancy -F-.

The life expectancy of passenger vehicle tyres does not just depend on the rubber composition and design of a tyre. The conditions for use, the vehicle-specific circumstances and driving style have a heavy influence on the service life of a tyre.

Modern vehicles with the appropriate engine allow a gentle, economical driving style but also an extremely sporty driving style. A tyre life of 5,000 to 40,000 km or more is possible.

Note

The driving style is the most important factor in determining the service life of a tyre.

5.3 Wear behaviour of high-speed tyres

These tyres are designed for use at high speeds. The main objective in the development of this type of tyre is good grip on wet

surfaces. The tread compositions do not have the same wear resistance as T and H tyres for lower speeds.

The expected life of high-speed tyres is therefore considerably lower under comparable operating conditions.

5.4 Factors influencing the service life of a tyre

The following factors influence a tyre's service life to varying degrees.

Driving style:

◆ Speed ⇒ page 20
♦ Braking ⇒ page 20
◆ Acceleration ⇒ page 21
◆ Cornering ⇒ page 21

For more information about driving style page 20.

Maintenance:

♦ Tyre pressure ⇒ page 21

For more information about maintenance page 21.

Environment:

Road surface
◆ Ambient temperature and climate

Vehicle:

◆ Weight
◆ Dynamic toe and camber settings

Tyre use:

◆ Speed range
◆ Wet or dry

Tyre type:

Winter or summer

5.5 Driving style

I. Steady driving without deceleration or acceleration

Example:

Speed (km/h)	Wheel slip	Wear
100	1	1
180	3	9

II. Braking (driving style)

Most wear occurs during braking.

Example: Braking from a speed of 50 km/h

Braking distance (m)	Deceleration (m/s^2)^2	Wheel slip	Wear
Vehicle coasting to stop		0	0
100	0.1 x g	4	1
50	0.2 x g	8	4
Braking distance (m)	Deceleration (m/s^2)^2)	Wheel slip	Wear
12,5	0.4 × g^3)	32	2000 - 3000

2) g = Freefall acceleration: 9.81 m/s ^4
3) A deceleration of 0.4 x g corresponds to heavy braking.

III. Acceleration (driving style)

Wheel slip occurring during driving off gently is approximately the same as that occurring during driving at a constant speed of 100 km/h.

Example:

	Wheel slip	Wear
Driving off gently	1 - 2	1
Driving off normally	7 - 8	5
Driving off with wheels spinning	20 or more	100 - 200

IV. Driving through curves (driving style)

A »sporty« driving style and driving at higher speeds in curves also cause greater wear.

In practice, this means that wear is increased 16-fold when the cornering speed is doubled. This is the price that has to be paid for going faster.

Example: Driving through a curve with a radius of 150 m

Speed (km/h)	Lateral acceleration (m/s^2)^4)	Wear
50	1 = 0.13 × g	1
80	2.5 = 0.33 × g	6.5
100	4 = 0.53 × g	16

4) g = gravitational acceleration 9.81 m/s ^2

5.6 Tyre maintenance

Tyre pressure

The vehicle's weight causes the tyre's contact patch to flatten. This causes the tread and the entire bracing plies of the tyre continually to be deformed when a tyre is rolling. Low tyre pressure causes greater deformation, resulting in greater warming and increased rolling resistance. This then leads to increased wear and poses a greater safety risk.

Example: Specified standard tyre pressure with cold tyres, according to vehicle load

Tyre pressure (bar)	Tyre pressure (%)	Tyre life (%)
2.3	100	100
1.9	80	85
1.4	60	60
1.0	40	25

Excessive tyre pressure will lead to increased wear around the centre of the tyre's tread and to poor rolling comfort. We recom-

mend always to maintain the tyre pressure specified by the manufacturer.

Note

◆ The diagrams shown are not applicable in all cases.
◆ They are intended merely to give an idea of the wear rates of tyres on the front and rear axles and with front-wheel drive and four-wheel drive.
◆ The tyre service life may differ significantly, depending on operating conditions and running gear.

Diagram 1:

Tread depth versus tyre life for vehicles with front-wheel drive and V-rated tyres

P - Tread depth
S - Mileage covered

1 - Front axle
2 - Rear axle

Diagram 2:

Tread depth versus tyre service life for vehicles with four-wheel drive and V-rated tyres

P - Tread depth
S - Mileage covered

1 - Front axle
2 - Rear axle

Diagrams 1 and 2 show that the tread on a new tyre wears faster than that on a heavily used tyre. Because the wear curve is not linear, it is not possible to estimate the tyre's expected life on the basis of wear after a distance of 5,000 km.

On front-wheel drive vehicles, the front tyres have to transmit not only the steering and driving forces, but also the greater part of the lateral and braking forces. This causes the front tyres on front-wheel drive vehicles to wear much faster than the rear tyres. Even tyre wear can be achieved by rotating (interchanging) the front and rear tyres on a regular basis. Rotating wheels page 66.

5.7 Evenly worn tyres

Demands placed on tyres are becoming ever greater.

This is caused by the following factors:

♦ greater vehicle weight
◆ high speeds
◆ high level of vehicle safety

A greater load on the tyre will, of course, lead to an increase in tyre wear.

Driving style has a critical effect on tyre wear. Therefore, worn tyres with an evenly worn tread cannot be replaced under warranty.

The effective service life of a tyre can be determined only when the remaining tread depth has reached 2 mm (see diagrams page 22).

5.8 Measuring tread depth

Note

◆ The tread depth is measured in the main tread channels.
◆ Do not measure at the TWIs (Tread Wear Indicators).

Measure the tread depth in the main tread channel, at the points where the tyre is worn most heavily. The position of the TWIs can be seen at various points on the shoulder of the tyre → Item 2 (page 9).

A „Δ“ or the manufacturer's „logo“ may appear in the place of „TWI“.

The bars of the TWI have a height of 1.6 mm. This is the minimum tread depth required by German law.

Different values may apply in other countries.

60° Aspect to the correctness of information N44-0238

The TWIs must not be included in the measurement. Tread depth should always be measured at the deepest point of the tread channel.

A - TWIs in the main tread channels

B - Main tread channels with TWIs -arrows-

A 1,6 mm B N44-10172

5.9 One-sided wear

This is often caused by driving style, but can be the result of incorrect wheel alignment.

Increased one-sided wear

One-sided wear, usually in conjunction with signs of scuffing on the ribs of the tread and in the fine grooves, always occurs when the tyres have been allowed to roll with an extreme tyre slip angle, causing them to »rub« on the road surface.

Driving fast on a stretch of road with lots of curves will cause increased wear, in particular on the outer shoulder.

A rounded outer shoulder on the tyre in conjunction with a particularly high degree of wear on the outer tread blocks indicates fast cornering. This wear pattern is influenced by driving style.

To optimise handling, the suspension is set to certain toe and camber values. Increased one-sided wear can be expected if tyres are allowed to roll under conditions which differ from those specified.

One-sided wear is especially likely if the toe and camber have not been set correctly. Moreover, there is a greater risk of diagonal washout.

Toe-out or negative toe-in

Distance between the front edges of the wheels -A- is greater than distance between the rear edges of the wheels -B- (-C- = direction of travel).

Close-up of two tires showing tread pattern and side stripes (no text or symbols visible)

C A B N44-0239

Protected by copyright. Copyright of Consumer purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted unless authorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee or accept any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this becoming copyright. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Toe-in or positive toe

Distance between the front edges of the wheels -A- is less than distance between the rear edges of the wheels -B- (-C- = direction of travel).

To prevent one-sided wear, care must be taken to ensure that the wheel is set within the tolerance specified by the vehicle manufacturer. The most frequent deviation of the wheel alignment is caused by external influences, for example hard contact with the kerbstone when parking.

By measuring the axle geometry, you can check whether the wheel alignment is within the specified tolerances or whether it has to be corrected.

Running gear modifications

Using "Suspension-lowering kits" and/or alloy wheels that have not been recommended by VW may result in altered wheel positions which deviate from the specified alignment.

Even if the axle geometry is correct with the vehicle stationary during wheel alignment, the changed vehicle height and wheel positions can cause the wheel suspension to move differently during operation.

Uneven wear is then unavoidable.

Unsuitable use of self-levelling adjustments on pneumatic suspension system

The use of the offroad level is recommended only for driving off-road. Permanent use of the offroad level during normal road operation can lead to increased tyre wear as the height of the wheel position is different to the road level.

The way to prevent one-sided tyre wear is to ensure the wheel alignment is correct on one hand and on the other hand to make sure the vehicle is used only for its intended purpose:

Regular servicing of the vehicle and tyres helps to prevent tyre wear. The following should be noted in particular with regards to this:

◆ The prescribed minimum tyre inflation pressures must be adhered to.
Different wear on the front and rear axle in unavoidable depending on the driving style. This condition can be compensated for by swapping over the wheels from front to rear. The ideal opportunity to do this, for example, is during the seasonal change between winter and summer tyres. This change also has a positive side effect in that the tyres can wear down equally, meaning that a completely new set of tyres can be fitted. This prevents the use of tyres with different tread depths on both axles, which can have negative effects on road holding.
Saw tooth formation is a normal wear pattern, particularly where the driving style is very careful page 29. This can lead to an increase in rolling noise, which generally becomes better as the tread depth becomes less. In the event of light saw tooth formation or if saw tooth formation is just starting, exchange of the wheels between axles is normally sufficient. In cases where saw tooth formation is very pronounced, the wheels have to be changed in accordance with page 29 so their direction of rotation is reversed.

C A B N44-0240

Some tread patterns may create an impression of premature wear: if winter tyre pipes or channels in the tread are worn down, only compact profile blocks without patterns remain, thus giving the impression of a worn tyre. In this case, the remaining tread depth must be measured in each profile groove. If this is down to or beyond the minimum tread depth (Germany 1.6 mm, it is recommended to use winter tyres that are worn down to 4 mm only in summer [legal requirement in Austria]), the tyre can continue to be used without restrictions.

5.10 Outer shoulder wear

Unsuitable use of self-levelling adjustments on pneumatic suspension system

The use of the offroad level is recommended only for driving off-road. Permanent use of the offroad level during normal road operation can lead to increased tyre wear as the height of the wheel position is different to the road level.

The way to prevent one-sided tyre wear is to ensure the wheel alignment is correct on one hand and on the other hand to make sure the vehicle is used only for its intended purpose:

Regular servicing of the vehicle and tyres helps to prevent tyre wear. The following should be noted in particular with regards to this:

• The prescribed minimum tyre inflation pressures must be adhered to.
• Different wear on the front and rear axle depending on the driving style is unavoidable. This condition can be compensated for by rotating the wheels from front to rear. The ideal opportunity to do this, for example, is during the seasonal change between winter and summer tyres. This change also has a positive side effect in that the tyres can wear down equally, meaning that a completely new set of tyres can be fitted. This prevents differences between the tread depths of the tyres on each axle, which can have negative effects on road holding.
  Saw tooth formation is a normal wear pattern, particularly if the driving style is very careful page 29. This can lead to increased rolling noise, which generally becomes better as the tread depth decreases. In the event of light saw tooth formation or if saw tooth formation is just starting, exchanging the wheels between axles is normally sufficient. If saw tooth formation is very pronounced, the wheels have to be changed in accordance with page 29 so their direction of rotation is reversed.
  Some tread patterns may create an impression of premature wear: if winter tyre pipes or channels in the tread are worn down, only compact profile blocks without patterns remain, thus giving the impression of a worn tyre. In this case, the remaining tread depth must be measured in each groove. If this is at or below the minimum tread depth, the tyre can continue to be used without restrictions. (In Germany, the minimum is 1.6 mm; it is recommended, and in Austria, required, that winter tyres that are worn down to 4 mm be used only in summer)

5.11 Wear in middle of tyre

This wear pattern is found on the driven wheels of high-performance vehicles that are frequently driven long distances at high speeds.

At high speeds, centrifugal forces cause the tyre diameter to increase more in the middle of the tread than it does at the shoulder. This causes drive forces to be transferred to the road surface from

the centre section of the tread. This is reflected in the wear pattern.

Effects of this kind can be especially pronounced on wide tyres.

It is not possible to counter this wear pattern by reducing the tyre pressure.

WARNING

For reasons of safety, the tyre pressure must not under any circumstances be reduced below the specified tyre pressure.

A more or less even tread wear pattern can be achieved by rotating the tyres between the driven wheels and non-driven wheels in good time.

Increased tread wear

The typical tread wear pattern of tyres run on the driven wheels of a high-performance vehicle.

The increased wear in the centre section of the tread results from the extra load associated with centrifugal forces within the tyre and the transmission of drive forces.

Close-up of two car tires showing tread pattern and tire structure (no text or symbols visible)

5.12 Diagonal washout

Diagonal washout on a tyre

Diagonal washout runs at an angle of approx. 45^ to the circumference.

It usually occurs at one point only, but can also occur at several points around the circumference of the tyre.

Washout occurs almost exclusively on the tyres on the non-driven wheels, in particular at the rear left. Washout occurs very often on some models, while it poses no problem at all on other models. The effect is intensified by high toe-in values. Toe-in values in the region of the lower tolerance limits of the specified alignment values improve the wear pattern.

The most pronounced diagonal washout is often found in the area where the tyre components are joined.

Wheels with positive toe-in roll with a slip angle even straight ahead. This leads to a diagonal strain in the contact patch or footprint on the tyre/road surface.

This wear pattern is intensified when tyre pressure is too low. To avoid such tread wear patterns, the toe-in values of the two rear wheels should be identical and the specified tyre pressures observed.

If washout is detected at an early stage, the wheels should be fitted on the drive axle. Deeper washout cannot be repaired.

Faulty adjustment

If a customer complains of „diagonal wear spots“, the toe adjustment must be examined. If toe-in is correct, the cause of the diagonal washout is very probably the tyre itself.

Tyres with diagonal washout caused by incorrect wheel alignment are not covered by warranty.

Close-up of a cylindrical object with segmented texture, labeled A44-10018 (no readable text or symbols on the object itself)

6 Tyre noise

6.1 General notes on tyre noise

Tyre noise that can be heard by the human ear is caused by vibrations which are transmitted by the air from the source of the sound to our ears.

Of interest here are the noises caused by certain characteristics and effects of the rolling tyre (source of the sound).

The cause of the noise is largely dependent on the combination of the road surface and tyres.

The structure and material of the road surface will greatly affect tyre noise. For example, the noise level on a wet road is much higher than on a dry road.

The pattern of the tyre tread also has a significant influence on tyre noise. Tyres with transverse grooves at an angle of 90^ generate more noise than tyres with grooves running diagonally.

Small tread blocks are unstable. Their highly pronounced deformation agitates the air as the tyres roll. This creates vibrations in the air which cause tyre noise.

Wider tyres are louder. They need more tread channels to displace water. When the tyres roll, these tread channels displace the air, also creating vibrations in the air.

Further effects that also influence tyre noise:

♦ „Tyre vibration“ is the principal cause of tyre noise. It is caused by the columns of air in the tread channels being agitated.
- "Air pumping" is the compression and expansion of the air caused by the deformation of the tread blocks as the tyre contact patch moves along the road surface.

Useful information regarding tyre noise

Tyre noise is determined primarily by the tyres and the road surface.

The roughness, structure and material of the road surface influence tyre noise.

The widths of the tyre and the rim, among other things, influence tyre noise. Due to their larger contact area, wider tyres will cause more tyre noise than narrow tyres, as more air has to be displaced and more „mass“ is agitated to create vibrations.

A wider wheel rim will also cause a tyre to have a wider contact patch. The effect on tyre noise is thus very similar to that of a wider tyre. Moreover, the damping characteristics of the tyre may also be adversely affected by the wider wheel rim.

Tyre noise of a vehicle with front-wheel drive is more perceptible in the rear because wind and the engine noise are not as loud there.

6.2 Saw-tooth wear

Saw-tooth wear is a stepped wear pattern on the individual tread blocks page 30 that can cause increased tyre noise. The saw tooth is caused by uneven deformation of the tread blocks in the tyre's contact patch. Saw-tooth wear is more pronounced on non-driven wheels than on driven wheels.

New tyres are more susceptible to saw-tooth wear because of the greater elasticity of the high tread blocks. As the tread depth decreases, the tread blocks become more rigid and the tendency to wear in a saw-tooth pattern decreases.

Appearance of saw tooth

A - Tread block of a new tyre; seen in direction of rotation -arrow 1-; tread blocks are equally high in front and back.

B - Development of saw teeth; seen in the direction of rotation -arrow 1-, tread blocks are higher in front -arrow 2- than in back.

C - Seen in the direction of rotation -arrow 1-, tread blocks show greater wear in the front section of the "saw tooth" -arrow 3-.

Pronounced saw-tooth wear can lead to customers complaining about tyre noise.

Pronounced saw-tooth wear occurs under the following conditions:

◆ toe-in values are too high
◆ tyre pressures are incorrect
◆ tread is coarse and open
◆ tyres are fitted on the non-driven axle
◆ very fast cornering

non-directional tyres

In the event of saw-tooth wear, the direction of rotation of the tyre must be reversed. If saw-tooth wear is especially pronounced and tyre noise has increased, interchange the tyres diagonally. This will reduce the saw-tooth effect.

On front-wheel-drive vehicles, this effect is intensified by the greater wear on the front axle.

Tyre noise will be somewhat louder immediately after the tyres have been interchanged but will return to a normal level after about 500...1,000 km have been driven.

Directional tyres

In the event of increased saw-tooth wear on the rear tyres – in particular on front-wheel drive vehicles – interchange the front and rear tyres. In the event of increased saw-tooth wear on the outer edges of the tyres on one axle, turn both tyres around on their rims. The left-hand wheel must then be fitted on the right side of the vehicle and the right-hand wheel on the left side.

6.3 Flat spots (from locking wheels)

Flat spots result from hard braking which causes the wheels to lock so that the rubber is worn off at the contact patch between the tread and the road surface.

As the tyres slide over the road surface, friction generates heat, which reduces the tread material's resistance to wear.

Not even the most wear-resistant tread compound can prevent the flat spots caused by extreme braking.

Even ABS-controlled brake systems cannot prevent brief locking of the wheels, and thus, minor flat spots.

The degree of such wear depends largely on the vehicle speed, the road surface and the load placed on the wheel. The following examples should make this clear.

A 1 B 1 2 C 3 N44-10138

If a vehicle is braked to a standstill on a dry surface with the wheels locked, the amount of rubber worn from the tyre will cover an area the size of a postcard and will have a thickness of:

◆ up to 2.0 mm from a speed of 57 km/h (23.8 m braking distance)
◆ up to 3.3 mm from a speed of 75 km/h (41.8 m braking distance)
◆ up to 4.8 mm from a speed of 92 km/h (71.6 m braking distance)

Flat spots in tread

Tyres with such damage must no longer be used and must be renewed.

Microscopic view of a hexagonal cellular or crystalline structure with no visible text or symbols

Protected by Copyright Copyright Commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted unless authorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee or accept any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this decuminal copyright. Copyright ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org ©/org © /org ©/org © /org ©/org © /org ©/org © /org ©/org © /org ©/org © /org ©/org © /org ©/org © /org ©/org © /org ©/org © /org ©/org © /org ©/org © /org ©/org © /org ©/org © /org ©/org © /org ©/org © /org ©/org © /org ©/ Org© /org© /org© /org© /org© /org© /org© /org© /org© /org© /org© /org© /org© /org© /org© /org© /org© /org© /org© /org© /org© /org© /org© /org© /org© /org© /org© /org© /org© /org© /org© /org© /org© /org© /org@ / org© / org© / org© / org© / org© / org© / org© / org© / org© / org© / org© / org© / org© / org© / org© / org© / org© / org© / org© / org© / org© / org© / org© / org© / org© / org© / org© / org© / org© / org© / org© / org© / org© / org© | org© | org© | org© | org© | org© | org© | org© | org© | org© | org© | org© | org© | org© | org© | org© | org© | org© | org© | org© | org© | org© | org© | org© | org© | org© | org© | org© | org© | org© | org© | org© | org© | org© | organic (or part) | organic (or part) | organic (or part) | organic (or part) | organic (or part) | organic (or part) | organic (or part) | organic (or part) | organic (or part) | organic (or part) | organic (or part) | organic (or part) | organic (or part) | organic (or part) | organic (or part) |organic (or part) | organic (or part) | organic (or part) | organic (or part) | organic (or part) | organic (or part) | organic (or part) | organic (or part) | organic (or part) | organic (or part) | organic (or part) | organic (or part) | organic (or part) | organic (or part) | organic( or part) | organic( or part) | organic( or part) | organic( or part) | organic( or part) | organic( or part) | organic( or part) | organic( or part) | organic( or part) | organic( or part) | organic( or part) | organic( or part) | organic( or part) | organic( or part) | organic( or part)

7 Vibration caused by wheels and tyres

7.1 Causes of vibration

There are numerous causes for vibration. Vibration can be caused by tyre wear, among other things. Tyre wear caused by driving is not always uniform across the entire tread of the tyre. This causes slight imbalances which affect the smooth running of a wheel which was previously exactly balanced.

Minor imbalances will not be felt at the steering wheel, but that does not mean that they are not there. They increase wear on the tyre, thus reducing the tyre's service life.

Recommendation

To ensure

• optimal safety,
  • smoothest possible running and
  • even wear

throughout a tyre's service life, we recommend having the wheels and tyres balanced at least twice during the tyre's service life.

7.2 Balancing wheels

Before you start balancing the wheels, the following requirements must be met.

• The tyre pressure must be correct.
- The tyre tread must not show one-sided wear and should be at least 4 mm deep.
- The tyre must not show any signs of damage, for example cuts, piercing, foreign bodies, etc.
- The wheel suspension, steering and steering linkage, including the shock absorbers, must be in perfect condition.
• You must have conducted a road test.

7.3 Conducting a road test before balancing wheels

If a customer brings a vehicle to the workshop complaining about "vibration", a road test is essential prior to balancing the wheels.

◆ This will give you information about the nature of the vibration.
You will be able to determine in which speed range the vibration occurs.

- Raise the vehicle on a lifting platform immediately after the road test.

- Mark the positions of the tyres on the vehicle.

Tyre position	Marked with ...
Front left tyre	FL
Front right tyre	FR
Rear left tyre	RL
Rear right tyre	RR

- Remove wheels from vehicle.

- Balance wheels.

7.4 Balancing wheels on stationary wheel balancing machine

Clamp wheel into wheel balancing machine

Note

When balancing tyres, remember that cleanliness is absolutely essential, as indeed it is in the case of any other repair work you carry out. Only then can you attain a flawless result!

Dirt and rust in the area of the contact surfaces and centre of the wheel distort the result.

- Clean the contact surfaces, the centre of the wheel and the recess on the inside of the wheel before mounting the wheel on the wheel balancer.

- Mount the wheel with tyre on the wheel balancer.

yre on the wheel balancer. Protected by copyright. Copyright or patentee commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted unless authorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee or accept any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright hereby Volkswagen AG.

Note

◆ To clamp the wheel, use e.g. centring system for wheel balancing machines -VAS 5271-.
This ensures that the wheel is 100% centred and that the wheel will be clamped without damage!
◆ The wheel cannot be centred 100% with conical clamping elements on the wheel balancing machine.
◆ A deviation of 0.1 mm from the centre results in an imbalance of 10 grams at the wheel's rim.

VAS 5271 N44-10298

Procedure for balancing wheels and tyres

• Rotate wheel and tyre on wheel balancer.
• Check that the indicator lines on the sidewall of the tyre near the rim flange run evenly.
• Check that the body of the tyre runs evenly while the wheel and tyre are rotating.

Note

If one-sided wear, flat spots from braking or severely washed out spots are apparent, balancing cannot achieve smooth running. In this case, the tyre must be renewed.

• Check the true running of the wheel and tyre. If the wheel and tyre do not run true although there are no flat spots, radial or lateral runout may be the cause.
• Check the wheel for radial or lateral runout page 36.
• If radial and lateral runout are within the specified tolerance, balance the wheel and tyre.

Note

◆ More than 60 grams of weight per tyre should not be used.
If more weight is required, you may be able to achieve smoother running by match mounting the tyre and rim. Match mounting tyres page 38.
◆ The wheel balancer display should indicate 0 grams.
As an alternative to match mounting, you could use the vibration control system -VAS 6230- → page 35.

• Bolt the wheel to the vehicle.
• First hand-tighten the lowest wheel bolt to about 30 Nm.
• Then tighten the remaining wheel bolts diagonally to about 30 Nm. This process centres the wheel on the hub.
  – Lower vehicle onto its wheels.
• Now use a torque wrench to tighten the wheel bolts diagonally to the specified torque.

Perform road test

- After balancing the wheels and tyres, perform a road test.

If you detect vibration during the road test, it may be due to tolerance in the wheel centring.

In unfavourable circumstances, the component tolerances of wheels and hubs could cumulate. This too can lead to vibration. This can be alleviated using a finish balancer. → page 35

7.5 Vibration control system -VAS 6230-

Using the vibration control system -VAS 6230- you can perform more functions than just stationary balancing.

A special feature of this system is the testing of the radial force of the wheel and tyre while rolling.

A roller presses against the wheel with a force of about 635 kg. This simulates the vertical tyre force against the road surface during travel.

Radial and lateral runout in the wheel and tyre and differences in the stiffness of the tyre cause the vertical force of the wheel to vary.

The -VAS 6230- detects and stores the position of the maximum measured radial force in the tyre. Then the position of the smallest distance between the wheel flange and the centre of the rim is measured.

VAS 6230 VAS 6230 N44-10209

7.6 Finish balancer

Note

Before working with a finish balancer, the mechanic needs to have been instructed by the manufacturer of the balancer.
To balance the wheels, set the wheels of the driven axle on the sensor platforms (only the front wheels of a front-wheel drive vehicle, all four wheels of a four-wheel drive vehicle).

If you determine a residual imbalance greater than 20 grams when balancing the wheels, you should rotate the mounting position of the wheel on the hub.

• Mark the point at which the imbalance is indicated.
• Unbolt the wheel and rotate its position on the hub so that the marking points downwards.

Note

The hub must not rotate during this procedure.

• First hand-tighten the lowest wheel bolt to about 30 Nm.
• Then tighten the remaining wheel bolts diagonally to about 30 Nm. This process ensures that the wheel is centred properly on the hub.
• Check whether the imbalance is less than 20 grams using the finish balancer.

Note

The imbalance should always be less than 20 grams before you change the balance weight.

• If necessary, remove the wheel bolts again.
• Rotate the wheel relative to the hub once more, turning it one or two wheel bolt holes further.
• Tighten the wheel bolts using the method described above.

Note

Do not try to reduce the imbalance using balance weights until the imbalance is less than 20 grams.

• Balance the wheels until the imbalance is less than 5 grams.
• Tighten wheel bolts to specified torque setting if you have not already done so.

WARNING

Always tighten wheel bolts to specified torque using a torque wrench!

7.7 Radial and lateral runout of wheels and tyres

Radial and lateral runout occur when the wheel and tyre do not run absolutely true.

For technical reasons, 100% true running is not possible.

Therefore, the manufacturers of these components allow a precisely determined tolerance.

Mounting the tyre in an unfavourable position on the wheel can cause the maximum allowed tolerance for wheel with tyre to be exceeded.

The table shows the maximum permissible tolerances for a wheel with mounted tyre.

Tolerances for radial and lateral runout of wheels with tyres

Wheel with tyre	Radial runout (mm)	Lateral runout (mm)
Passenger cars	0.9	1.1(1.3 in vicinity of lettering)

7.8 Checking radial and lateral runout on wheels and tyres with tyre gauge -V.A.G 1435-

Checking lateral runout

- Preload tyre gauge about 2 mm.

• Set tyre gauge against sidewall of tyre.
• Slowly rotate the wheel.
• Note the smallest and the largest dial readings.

Note

If the difference is greater than 1.3 mm, the lateral runout is too great.

In this case, you can reduce lateral runout by match mounting the tyre page 38.

Extreme values on the tyre gauge due to small irregularities in the rubber may be disregarded.

Checking radial runout

• Preload tyre gauge about 2 mm.
• Set the tyre gauge against the tyre tread.
• Slowly rotate the wheel.

Note the smallest and the largest dial readings.

Note

If the difference is greater than 1 mm, the radial runout is too great.

In this case, you can reduce radial runout by match mounting the tyre page 38.

Mechanical assembly diagram showing a car wheel mounted on a clamp, with no visible text or symbols.

Mechanical diagram showing a car tire mounted on a support structure with a pressure gauge, no text or symbols present.

7.9 Checking radial and lateral runout on wheel rim

• Mount the wheel on the wheel balancer.
• Use the wheel balancing machine centring system -VAS 5271-.
• Preload tyre gauge about 2 mm.
• Slowly rotate the wheel.
• Note the smallest and the largest dial readings.

S - Lateral runout

H - Radial runout

- Compare the measured values with the specifications in the table page 37.

Note

Extreme values on the tyre gauge due to small irregularities may be disregarded.

S H N44-0231

Specifications for radial and lateral runout on wheel rim

Wheel		Radial runout (mm)	Lateral runout (mm)
Passenger cars	Steel wheel	0.5	0.5
Alloy wheel		0.5	0.8
Sharan	Steel wheel	0.5	0.8
	Alloy wheel	0.5	0.5

Note

If the measured value exceeds the specification, acceptably smooth running cannot be attained.

7.10 Match mounting

General

When radial or lateral runout of the wheel and tyre coincide, the imbalance of the wheel is amplified by the tyre.

For technical reasons, 100% true running is not possible page 36.

Before match mounting the used wheels which are fitted on the vehicle, run the tyres warm. This will eliminate any flat spots caused by storage or handling, page 39.

Procedure for match mounting

• Deflate the tyre.
• Press the tyre beads off the rim flanges.
  – Coat the tyre bead all round with tyre fitting paste.
• Rotate the tyre 180° relative to the wheel.
• Inflate the tyre to approx. 4 bar.
• Mount the wheel with tyre on the wheel balancer.
• Check true running, that is, radial and lateral runout.

Note

If the specified values for radial and lateral runout are not exceeded, the wheel can be balanced to 0 grams. Specified values appear on page 36.
If the radial and lateral runout is not within the specifications, the tyre must be rotated again.
- Deflate the tyre and press the tyre beads off the rim flanges.
- Rotate the tyre 90^ relative to the wheel (1/4 of a turn).
- Inflate the tyre to 4 bar again and check true running.

Note

If the specified values for radial and lateral runout are not exceeded, the wheel can be balanced to 0 grams.
◆ If the radial and lateral runout is not within the specifications, the tyre must be rotated again.
- Press the tyre off the rim flanges again as described above.

- Rotate the tyre 180^ relative to the wheel (1/2 a turn).

If the radial and/or lateral runout is still not within the specifications, check the radial and/or lateral runout of the wheel: page 37.

If the measured values for radial and lateral runout of the wheel are within the specifications, the tyre has an impermissibly high radial or lateral runout. In this case, the tyre must be renewed.

Note

◆ After the tyres have been fitted, there will be fitting paste between the tyres and the rim flanges.
Therefore, severe braking and acceleration manoeuvres must be avoided for the first 100 or 200 km driven. The tyres may otherwise rotate on the rims and your work will have been in vain.

7.11 Flat spots caused by storage or handling

What is a flat spot?

The term flat spot describes a type of wear where one patch or spot of the tyre has become flat.

Flat spots caused by storage or handling also cause vibration in the same way as incorrectly balanced wheels do. It is important that flat spots on the tread caused by storage or handling are identified as such.

Flat spots caused by storage or handling cannot be balanced and they can reoccur at any time due to various circumstances. Flat spots caused by storage or handling can be eliminated without complicated special tools. This does not apply to flat spots caused by hard braking page 30.

Note

Flat spots caused by hard braking cannot be repaired. Such tyres must be renewed.

Reasons for flat spots caused by storage or handling:

◆ The vehicle has been left standing in one place without being moved for several weeks.
◆ The tyre inflation pressure is too low.
◆ The vehicle was placed in a paint shop drying booth after being painted.
The vehicle was parked with warm tyres in a cool garage or similar for a long period of time. In this case, a flat spot from standing may even occur overnight.

Eliminating flat spots caused by storage or handling

◆ Flat spots caused by storage or handling cannot be eliminated from the tyre using workshop equipment.
◆ Flat spots caused by storage or handling can be removed only by running the tyres warm.
◆ The method described below is not recommended in cold and wintry weather.

Requirements and conditions:

• Check and, if necessary, correct inflation pressures.
• Drive the car on a motorway where possible.
• Traffic and road conditions permitting, drive a 20 to 30 km stretch at a speed of 120 to 150 km/h.

WARNING

Do not endanger yourself or other road users during this road test.
- Observe the highway code and speed limitations in force when performing the road test.

• Raise the vehicle immediately following the road test.
• Remove the wheels from the vehicle.
• Balance the wheels on a stationary wheel balancer page 33.

8 Vehicle pulls to one side

8.1 General

Perform a road test to determine whether a vehicle is pulling to one side and if so, which side. If the vehicle pulls to one side page 42.

When wheel alignment is checked, include the wheel alignment test results in tyre complaint report.

Manufacturer's tolerances can lead to a slight amount of taper (asymmetry) in the tyre carcass. The rolling tyre then develops a lateral force which acts directly on the wheel suspension, leading to self-steering of the vehicle. Strategic rotation of the wheels can compensate for this self-steering behaviour.

8.2 Conicity

Conicity is caused by a slight offset of the tread and/or the belt (amounting to a few tenths of a millimetre) relative to the geometric centre of the tyre. Conicity is not visible and cannot be measured with equipment available in the workshop.

Parts of a tyre

1 - Bead

2 - Shoulder

3 - Tread

4 - Steel cord belt

A - Geometrical centre of tyre

B - Actual centre of belt. It can be offset to inside or outside.

A B 2 3 4 1 N4-00C1

PrétéCADY COPYRIGHT. Copyright/National Commercial Purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted unless authorised by Volkswagen AG does not guarantee or accept any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this become a copyright. Copyright: University of California.

Exaggerated for clarity.

1 - Offset of belt and tread

F1 - Unequal vertical wheel forces

F2 - Unequal vertical wheel forces

Fk - Conicity force

The offset produces differences in stiffness at the inner and outer shoulders of the tyre, resulting in differing vertical wheel forces. Consequently the belt or tread will not be pressed onto the road surface with the same force (F1, F2). A conical, or tapered, shape develops. The resulting force (conicity force Fk) can, depending on the speed, become so great that the vehicle then pulls to one side.

If the force Fk on one wheel of the axle is, for example, 50 Newton, and also 50 Newton on the other wheel, and both forces are exerted in the same direction, the forces are cumulated. Reversing a tyre on the rim can compensate for the lateral pull because the forces then act in opposite directions.

Because the direction in which the force of taper is exerted is not visible, only road tests and strategic rotation of wheels and tyres can establish which tyres cause the pulling.

The tyre consists of numerous components and materials which are vulcanised to form a single part at the end of a complicated manufacturing process. The result is differing production tolerances which make themselves noticeable through more or less strong lateral forces (conicity forces). These forces can also occur in new tyres.

Pulling to one side on front axle

Pulling to one side can be caused by the running gear. However, experience shows that in 90% of all complaints, the tyres cause pulling to one side.

Pulling to one side during normal driving

On a straight, level road surface, the vehicle wants to pull to one side at a constant speed or with moderate acceleration. Force can be felt at the steering wheel.

Pulling to one side during fast acceleration

Pulling to one side during fast acceleration is, in part, due to the basic design of vehicles with front wheel drive. Different friction levels at the left and right wheels or possible irregularities in the road surface (potholes) and consequently varying road adhesion have a substantial influence on the handling characteristics. This does not constitute a complaint which is covered by the warranty.

Fk F1 F2 N44-00C2

8.3 Remedies when vehicle pulls to one side

Test conditions before and during the road test:

• Check all suspension components on the front and rear axles for damage.
• Check tyre pressure and correct if necessary.
• Check the tyres for external damage. Punctures, cuts, bubbles on the sidewalls, flat spots from braking and/or damage to the tread.

• Ask the customer if the tyre had been damaged by a nail or similar object and was repaired by a tyre dealer. It may be necessary to renew such tyres.

• Check tyres for even wear and tread depth.

• Are all tyres of the same type, manufacture and tread pattern?
• If the tyres are non-directional, ensure that all DOT classifications on the tyre face outwards. The wheels and/or tyres on the vehicle may have already been changed around at an earlier date.
• Is the make of tyre approved by the factory as original equipment?
• Perform the road test on a road which is level, straight and ungrooved and does not drop off to one side.
• Perform the road test with the customer under the conditions specified above. Ask the customer to demonstrate the problem.

Note

There must be no crosswind during the road test.

If the complaint is justified, we recommend rotating the wheels and tyres as described below.

Before you begin, observe the following notes; otherwise your efforts may not have the desired effect.

Note

◆ Mark the tyres before the first rotation, e.g. FR, FL, RR, RL.
◆ After rotating wheels or reversing the tyre on its rim, you must observe very carefully how the vehicle behaves during the road test. Note how and what was changed.
◆ Assess the intensity of or a possible change in the tendency to pull to one side.
For this purpose, it is important that the road tests are always performed by the same person on the same road. It is best to drive the "test course" in both directions.
◆ Replacing a tyre with a new tyre does not guarantee that pulling to one side will be eliminated. Therefore it is recommended as a first step to carry out the strategic rotation of the wheels as described below.
If there are large differences in the tread depth of the tyres on the front and rear axles, the tyres with the deeper tread should always be mounted on the front axle.

8.4 Strategic rotation of wheels having non-directional tyres

		↓
Perform a road test to determine if the vehicle pulls to one side and if so, which side.
		↓
If the vehicle pulls to one side, interchange the front wheels.
		↓
Perform road test
Vehicle travels in a straight line - END
Vehicle pulls to other side		Vehicle pulls to the same side
↓		↓
Reverse one front tyre on its rim (direction of rotation is reversed).		Interchange front and rear tyres.
↓		↓
Perform road test		Perform road test
Vehicle travels in a straight line - END		Vehicle travels in a straight line - END
Vehicle does not travel in a straight line		Vehicle does not travel in a straight line
↓		↓
Interchange the front and rear wheels.		Vehicle pulls to other side	No change
↓		↓	↓
Perform road test		Reverse one front tyre on its rim (direction of rota-tion is reversed).	Check alignment of front and rear wheels and ad-just if necessary.If the alignment is correct, contact Product Support.
Vehicle travels in a straight line - END
Vehicle does not travel in a straight line
↓
Interchange front wheels.
↓		↓
Perform road test		Perform road test
Vehicle trav-els in a straight line - END	Vehicle does not travel in a straight line	Vehicle travels in a straight line - END
	↓	Vehicle does not travel in a straight line
	Mount new tyres on front axle.	Mount new tyres on front axle.
	↓	↓
	Perform road test	Perform road test
	Vehicle travels in a straight line - END	Vehicle travels in a straight line - END
	↓	↓
Vehicle does not travel in a straight line; contact Product Support.

8.5 Strategic rotation of wheels having unidirectional tyres

	↓
	Perform a road test to determine if the vehicle pulls to one side and if so, which side.
	↓
	If the vehicle pulls to one side, interchange front and back wheels with tyres.
	↓
	Perform road test
	Vehicle travels in a straight line - END
	Vehicle does not travel in a straight line
	↓
	First renew one tyre on the front axle.
	↓
	Perform road test
	Vehicle travels in a straight line - END
	Vehicle does not travel in a straight line
	Renew other tyre on the front axle.
	↓
	Perform road test
	Vehicle travels in a straight line - END
	Vehicle does not travel in a straight line.
	↓
	Check front and rear wheel alignment.
	↓
	Perform road test
	Vehicle travels in a straight line - END
	Vehicle does not travel in a straight line; contact Product Support.

9 Tyre damage

9.1 General information

As tyre damage can have serious consequences, you and the driver should regularly check the tyres to identify any problems at an early stage.

Damaged tyres cannot withstand driving conditions such as high speed, long distances, sporty driving, and so on.

Damage can be caused in a number of ways:

• Driving with insufficient tyre pressure
  ◆ Assembly error when tyres were fitted on rims
  ◆ Damage by embedding objects
  ♦ Ageing
  ◆ Improper storage

WARNING

Whenever a safety risk cannot be ruled out, the tyre must be renewed.

9.2 Construction of a radial belted tyre

Cross section of a radial belted tyre

1 - Tread block

2 - Tread groove

3 - Tread

4 - Nylon ply

5 - Belt layers

□ Usually made of steel

6 - Bead core

□ Consists of steel wires vulcanised into rubber.
☐ Ensures secure seating of the tyre on the rim.

7 - Bead filler

8 - Rim flange protection

☐ Protects the rim and tyre from abrasion from, for example, contact with the kerb
☐ Tyres with Maximum Flange Shield (or rim protector bar) are marked with the abbreviation MFS.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A44-10016

The nylon ply -4-, belt layers -5-, bead cores -6- and bead filler -7- form the carcass. The carcass is the „load-bearing structure“ of the tyre.

9.3 Impact damage

A swelling in the sidewall of the tyre indicates that the substructure of the carcass has been damaged.

Typical causes for such damage include, for example, driving over kerbs at a sharp angle.

Pinching the tyre in this way can damage the carcass.

The substructure of the tyre is stretched so far that individual fibres in the carcass may be broken.

The extent of the damage depends on the speed of impact, the angle of impact, the tyre pressure, the axle load and the type of obstacle.

Pinch marks on tyre sidewall -arrows-

Note

• Driving over kerbs should be avoided.
  If driving over a kerb is unavoidable, do so very slowly and as square-on as possible.

Interior view of a tyre with a punctured carcass

Due to a severe impact, the carcass was pinched on the wheel rim flange and is ruptured in the contact area.

Damage inside tyre due to impact injury (double rupture)

Double rupture -arrows- caused by pinching when a kerb was driven over. Often not detectable from outside.

Line drawing of a car wheel rim and rear gear assembly (no text or symbols)

LESS A44-10015

Microscopic view of parallel grooves or channels with a scale bar labeled '44-100' (no text or symbols beyond label)

Microscopic view of a curved, layered material structure with diagonal striations and two white arrows indicating features (no text or symbols present)

9.4 Cuts

Cut caused by a sharp-edged obstacle -arrow-

Close-up of a damaged tire with visible cracks and wear, no text or symbols present

9.5 Damage caused by foreign bodies

Driving over hard, pointed objects like nails, screws and the like can pierce the tyre.

This always leads to tyre damage.

Damage due to embedded foreign body

Often, the object -marking- is so securely embedded in the tyre that it will not free itself even at higher speeds. Consequently, it can act as a plug and seal the tyre relatively well. This results in a gradual loss of pressure, which the driver will not notice immediately, but which can lead to sudden and complete tyre failure.

Microscopic view of parallel striated structures with white hatching patterns, labeled A44-100'2 (no text or symbols beyond label)

Note

No repair should be attempted on a steel-belted tyre of which the structure has been punctured by a foreign body.

9.6 Loss of air from tyre

If the customer complains of a loss of air from a tyre, it is essential that you check for embedded foreign bodies.

Note

No repair should be attempted on a steel belted tyre of which the structure has been punctured by a foreign body.

Corrosion can develop on the steel wires. This will always lead to the separation of the rubber from the steel belt.

Generally, one cannot determine when the foreign body was embedded. The tyre structure may already have been damaged as a result of driving with insufficient tyre pressure.

Damaged belt wires will sooner or later lead to separation of the rubber from the steel belt. As a result, the tyre can fail completely at some point long after the tyre was first damaged.

Tyre damage caused by foreign bodies is not covered by the warranty.

9.7 Tyre pressure

The tyre pressure must be checked regularly. We recommend checking tyre pressure every two weeks. The correct tyre pressure is especially important during long trips or if a heavy load is

to be carried. A sporty driving style also requires correct or even slightly increased tyre pressure.

Slow loss of tyre pressure

The slow loss of tyre pressure is especially problematic because even experienced drivers often do not notice it.

Insufficient tyre pressure and the related increase in flexing (internal friction) cause the tyre material to heat up considerably and may lead to the separation of the various components and rubber compounds.

In the end, the tyre is usually destroyed completely page 50.

The cause for the slow pressure loss cannot always be determined because the tyre is severely damaged and components of the tyre are missing.

9.8 Tyre damage due to insufficient tyre pressure

The most common causes for tyre failure are minor external damage, a defective valve or a leaking rim due to corrosion or damage.

Separation of carcass and rubber

Excessive heating due to driving with substantially insufficient tyre pressure page 51 led to overheating and subsequent separation of the carcass from the rubber material -arrows.

The tyre shown here was periodically driven with an inflation pressure which was insufficient for the load. Typical evidence for this is the circumferential scuffing along the bead caused by the wheel flange and also the discolouration. Small, furrowed creases are visible along the inside of the sidewall.

When the tyre rolls, strong shear forces develop between the layers of steel cord, especially at the ends of the belts.

Tyres with wide, circumferential furrows near the bead

Wide, circumferential furrows near the bead -arrows- indicate that the tyre was driven with insufficient pressure.

Driving a vehicle with insufficient tyre pressure or ignoring or not recognising tyre damage can have serious consequences.

The tyre can no longer withstand the forces which develop when the vehicle is driven.

The defects mentioned above severely restrict the function of the tyre. The rubber compounds separate, which results in the partial separation of tyre components or even its complete destruction.

Close-up of a tire with visible tire pattern and white arrows indicating features (no text or symbols)

Microscopic cross-section of a layered material structure with two white arrows indicating features, labeled A44-100°0 (no text or symbols beyond label)

Tyres with stripped profile

Such damage usually develops over a longer period of time. If an already damaged tyre is exposed to high stress, the centrifugal forces which occur at high speeds can tear components off the tyre.

The figure shows a tyre with stripped tread due to travel with insufficient tyre pressure.

Close-up of a damaged cylindrical object with visible cracks and texture, labeled A44-10009 (no readable text or symbols on the object itself)

9.9 Rising tyre temperature caused by insufficient inflation pressure

The graph shows the temperature development of a tyre at a speed of 180 km/h.

A - When specified tyre pressure is maintained, the temperature will remain stable.

B - Danger zone: When tyre pressure is 0.3 bar below specification, the temperature rises to above 120°C at higher speeds.

C - Critical temperature threshold: A tyre defect will develop.

T - Temperature in °C

t - Travel time in minutes

9.10 Tyre damage due to fitting error (fitting damage)

Bead core broken during tyre inflation.

Modern radial tyres for passenger cars are mounted only on safety rims. Safety rims have a hump -1- running along the bead seat.

1 - Hump (double hump H 2), extended double hump (EH2)
2 - Rim flange
3 - Inner bead seat (e.g. tapered bead seat)
4 - Rim
5 - Wheel
6 - Well
7 - Outer bead seat (e.g. tapered bead seat)

The hump prevents the tyre from being pressed out of the bead seat during travel with insufficient tyre pressure.

When the tyre is inflated, the bead of the tyre may not slip completely over the outer rim hump.

In this case, there is a danger of the bead core becoming over-stretched if the tyre pressure is too high. The steel wires would then rupture partially or completely. A broken bead core cannot be detected from the outside.

Special requirements for tyres with run-flat properties

Wheel rims with a raised double hump (Extended Hump EH2) are prescribed for tyres with run-flat properties (reinforced side walls) page 57. The raised double hump prevents the deflated tyre from slipping off its seat on the wheel rim when the tyre is run deflated.

Note

To avoid damage, always observe the notes/instructions when fitting/removing tyres with run-flat properties Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44; Fitting and removing tyres with run-flat properties.

WARNING

◆ Tyres with damaged bead cores are not seated safely and securely on the rim. Such tyres are a safety risk!
In addition, there is a risk of the partly broken bead core breaking apart during continued operation and the tyre could suddenly tear open. If the bead core breaks during inflation, the carcass will also be destroyed.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 N44-102:4

Tyre with broken bead core and destroyed carcass

The figure shows a tyre with a broken bead core and destroyed carcass as a result of excess pulling force during fitting.

Bead damage due to faulty or incorrect tyre fitting with tyre-fitting machine

The following errors, which may occur when tyres are fitted, can lead to severe tyre damage:

If the opposite tyre bead is not seated completely in the rim well when the upper bead is rolled in on the tyre fitting machine. page 52.
◆ If the fitting head is improperly adjusted.
◆ If the edge of the fitting roller rolls onto the bead.
◆ If the guide rollers are worn or have sharp edges.

Split tyre bead

In these cases, the bead, which is under great tension, can be cut into in the direction of rotation, split and/or be pinched off down to the core wire.

It is often possible to identify the tracks of the guide roller as it was applied or ran off where the damage occurred.

Note

Both tyre beads as well as the bead seats must always be coated with assembly paste.

If fitting damage remains undetected, there is a danger that the tyre will fail later during operation.

THEREFORE!

◆ Never fit a tyre without using assembly paste.
Do not allow the bead seating pressure to exceed 3 bar.
Do not allow the tyre inflation pressure to exceed 4 bar.
When the tyre has been fitted, reduce the tyre pressure to the specified value.

Close-up of a curved metallic object with visible cracks and texture, labeled 'accept' and N44-10238 (no other text or symbols)

Microscopic cross-section of layered material with concentric grooves and a central elliptical feature (no text or symbols)

10 Tyres with run-flat properties

10.1 General

Tyres with run-flat properties have reinforced side walls when comparing them with normal tyres. This reduces the slippage of the side walls and prevents the tyre flanks sticking when the tyres are run deflated. This ensures the vehicle remains controllable and the vehicle has almost normal driving characteristics. The alleviates the necessity to fit the spare wheel in dangerous conditions e.g hard shoulder of a motorway or in bad weather conditions.

A deflated tyre can be driven further to the next workshop (approx. 50 km (approx. 30 miles)) at a suitable speed (max. 80 km/h (max. 50 mph)) and in suitable driving style for the conditions, see ⇒ Owner's wallet.

After checking the respective wheel, the responsibility lies with the driver to decide if it is safe to drive further with the deflated tyre.

-1- Tyres with normal air pressure

1 - Tyres with run-flat properties (reinforced side walls -red-)
2 - Normal tyres
-II- Deflated tyre

When a normal tyre -2- deflates, the side walls are pressed against the wheel rims. The side walls heat up extremely or stick and are therefore destroyed when the tyre is deflated.

Tyres with run-flat properties -1- are supported on the reinforced side walls (-red-). A special tyre mixture and the reduced walkability of the reinforced side walls reduces the heat created when the tyre is run and the vehicle remains controllable.

Note

Please note the special requirements when using tyres with run-flat properties page 55.

I 1 2 II 1 2 N44-10342

10.2 Design and identification

Identification

Distinguishing features: tyres with run-flat properties can be identified by one of the following abbreviations DSST, Euforia, RFT, ROF, RSC, SSR or ZP. The abbreviation is located on the flank of the tyre following the tyre designation of the respective tyre manufacturer.

Close-up of a black bicycle tire with visible tread pattern and a circular inset showing the brand logo (no text or symbols on the tire itself)

Body

1 - Beading with beading core
2 - Side wall
3 - Reinforced side wall
4 - Wheel rim with extended hump (EH2) on both sides - prerequisite when using tyres with run-flat properties

1 2 3 4 Volkswagen AG does not guarantee N44-10343

10.3 Retrofitting/requirements when using run-flat tyres

Caution

Retrofitting run-flat tyres to VW models may only be undertaken if the tyres are fitted as standard or they are available as an option.

These tyres may only be used on vehicles with a tyre pressure monitoring system as a pressure lose in the tyres is not always visible. This system warns the driver when an inflation pressure is less than a certain inflation pressure.

Permitted are:

Direct measuring systems Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44 ; Tyre pressure monitor

Indirect measuring systems Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44 ; Tyre pressure monitor

Tyres with run-flat properties may only be fitted on disc-type wheels with raised double hump (Extended Hump - EH2) page 57.

The special fitting/removal instructions must be observed Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44; Fitting and removing tyres with run-flat properties.

A mixed installation with standard tyres is not permitted, even on same axle.

Only in exceptional circumstances may a standard tyre be fitted e.g. for a short period or a limited distance. The special run-flat characteristics are lost, the driver must always be informed.

Please observe the recommended tyre manufacture page 458 and page 488.

10.4 Repairs

WARNING

◆ Tyres with run-flat properties must be replaced after they have been run deflated.
The special fitting/removal instructions must be observed ⇒ Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44 ; Fitting and removing tyres with run-flat properties .

General information

• As with standard tyre/wheel systems, the disc-type wheel must also be checked before fitting.
• The disc-type wheel must be checked (for true running, runout and other damage) after a tyre has been run deflated page 37, as a pot-hole etc. could cause damage the disc-type wheel rim.
• Damaged disc-type wheels must be renewed.

11 Facts about disc-type wheels (passenger cars)

11.1 Design of disc-type wheel

2 - Hump (H2) on both shoulders of rim

□ Prevents the tyre slipping off the shoulder of the rim while driving through tight bends
☐ Extended hump (EH2) - prerequisite when using tyres with run-flat properties ⇒ page 57

3 - Well

☐ Eases fitting/removal of tyre

A - Width of wheel rim

☐ Distance between tyre contact surfaces on both rim edges of wheel
Dimensions in inches

B - Wheel rim diameter

☐ Distance between tyre contact surfaces on opposite tyre shoulders
☐ Dimensions in inches

C - Wheel offset

☐ Vertical distance between centre of wheel and wheel inner contact surface
Dimensions in mm

D - Pitch circle diameter

☐ Diameter of circle for wheel bolt holes
Dimensions in mm

E - Centre hole

□ Used to centralize
□ Dimensions in mm

11.2 Data on wheel rims

There are several items of information on the wheel rims. The following example shows the information needed for unambiguous identification of the wheel rim:

Part number:

6E0 601 027 A

A Is not permitted unless authorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does guarantee or accept any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document is open by Volkswagen AG. Protection by copyright. Copying to principle of common conditions. N44-10340

Wheel size:	6 J x 156 - Rim width in inchesJ - Shape of wheel rim flange15 - Rim diameter in inches
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Data on hump of bead seat:	EH2Extended Hump ^1 )

1) Raised round hump on both rim shoulders. These ensure that when run-flat tyres are used without air pressure, they will not slip from bead seat. Rims with EH2 are required only if tyres with run-flat capability are fitted! page 54

11.3 Wheel rims - pitch circle diameter

Pitch circle diameter	Model
100 mm	All Golf 1992 >	All Vento 1992 >
	All Lupo 1999 >	Lupo 3 L, FSI, GTI
	All Golf 1998 >	All Bora 1998
	All Polo 1995 >	All Polo 2002 >
	New Beetle RSi 2001 >
	All Passat 1994 >
112 mm	All Passat 1997 >	Passat W8	Passat Protect
	Golf 2004 >	Golf Plus 2005 >	Cross Golf 2007 >
	All Sharan 1996 >
120 mm	Touareg 2003 >
130 mm	Touareg 2003 >

11.4 Split rim composite wheels

Split rim alloy wheels consist of several parts.

The major parts are the rim and the wheel centre. These parts are bolted together with special bolts using a special process. This ensures that the wheel functions properly, that it is sealed and safe and that it runs true. These requirements are not guaranteed with workshop materials and under workshop conditions.

WARNING

You must not dismantle or repair composite wheels!

11.5 Alloy wheels with exchangeable trim elements

These wheels are fitted with exchangeable trim elements. Follow these instructions during installation.

– Clean the thread in the wheel before screwing in the new bolts.
- Always use new bolts!

1 - Trim element
2 - Hexagon socket head bolt

Torque setting for self-locking hexagon socket head bolts: 5 Nm

1 2 N44-0158

11.6 Alloy wheels with exchangeable trim elements (Zaragoza)

11.6.1 Tools

Special tools and workshop equipment required

◆ Cartridge gun -V.A.G 1628-

V.A.G 1628 W00-0536

◆ Removal wedge -3409

Simple line drawing of a mechanical part with a tapered end and rounded base, labeled '3409' and 'WJ0-0016' (no other text or symbols)

◆ Hot air blower -V.A.G 1416-

Line drawing of a V.A.G 1416 electrical plug with coiled cable (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

11.6.2 Materials

◆ 1K Window adhesive -DH 009 100 A2-
◆ Silicone remover -LSE 020 100 A3-

11.6.3 Installing trim element

These alloy wheels are fitted with exchangeable trim elements. Follow these instructions during installation.

◆ Ensure bonding surfaces in alloy wheel and trim element are free of dust and grease.
◆ Clean bonding surfaces with silicone remover -LSE 020 100 A3-.

V.A.G 1628 1 Commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted unless authorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not or accept any liability with the claim of the claim of the claim of the claim of the claim of the claim of the claim of the claim of the claim of the claim of the claim of the claim of the claim of the claim of the claim of the claim of the claim of the claim of the claim of the claim of the claim of the claim of the claim of the claim of the claim of the claim of the claim of the claim of the claim of the claim of the claim of the claim of the claim of the claim of the claims N44-10461

• Apply 1K window adhesive -DH 009 100 A2- to bonding surfaces -arrows- using cartridge gun -V.A.G 1628-.
• Adhesive bead: length = approx. 25 mm and diameter = approx. 10 mm.

1 2 3 N44-10459 Hole, is not permitted. Diversified by Volkswagen AG does guarantee or accept any liability with G. Volkswagen AG does guarantee or accept any liability with N44-10459

• Push trim element -2- forcefully into alloy wheel -1-.
• Secure trim element -2- on inner side of alloy wheel -3- with clamping washer.

Minimum curing period: 3 hours at a minimum room temperature of 15^ .

WARNING

Alloy wheel must be rebalanced ⇒ page 33.

11.6.4 Removing trim element

Note

The trim element cannot be removed without causing damage to the element.

3409 Copyrighted by Volkswagen AG. Copyrighted by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee or accept any liability with respect to the correctness of information on customer's customers. N44-10460

• Remove clamping washers -2- on inner side of alloy wheel.
• Heat outer side of trim element -1- with hot air blower -V.A.G 1416-.

Caution

Do not overheat tyres and alloy wheels.

• Release trim element -1- on inner side of alloy wheel using wedge -3409-.
• Grasp under a corner on the outside and pull trim element -1- forcefully off alloy wheel.

Note

◆ Cut back adhesive PUR beads on alloy wheel.
◆ Residual material is used as a bonding base for the new trim element.
◆ The new trim element can be installed immediately → page 60.

11.7 Care and maintenance of alloy wheel rims

Regular care is required to maintain the decorative appearance of alloy wheels over a long period of time.

In particular road salt and dust from brake abrasion must be thoroughly washed off every 2 weeks; otherwise the finish of the alloy wheel will suffer.

Cleaning agents

Suitable cleaning agents:

◆ Plain water or water with soft soap
◆ Water and essence of vinegar
◆ Alloy wheel cleansers without acids or strong solvents

Do not exceed the soaking time of the cleaning agent.

The shorter the recommended soaking time, the harsher and more aggressive the cleaning agent.

Damage to finish

If the finish is damaged, for example by stones, the damage must be repaired as quickly as possible page 63.

Removing adhesive residue from glued balance weights on alloy rims

♦ Strong solvents and acids attack the finish on alloy wheels and the surface of the wheel becomes matt and milky. Therefore, these substances should not be used.
To remove adhesive residue on alloy wheels, use alloy cleansers or a petrol-based cleanser. Do not exceed the soaking time of the cleaning agent.
◆ After cleaning or removing adhesive residue from wheels, rinse them with water.

11.8 Restoring alloy wheels

WARNING

◆ Repairing a damaged wheel using heat treatment such as welding or the addition or removal of material is absolutely forbidden.
- Damaged or deformed wheel rims or wheel rims with cracked or deformed wheel bolt holes may not be repaired.
◆ Restoration may only be undertaken using approved and genuine paint materials.
◆ The manufactures guarantee no longer applies once a wheel rim has been restored.

Wheel rims with cracks along the edges may not be repaired and must be replaced immediately.

Remachining, heat treatment and welding of all types is not permitted.

Material reforming is not permissible.

Before restoring, the radial runout and lateral runout must not exceed the manufactures tolerance of 0.8 mm.

Only cast alloy wheel rims may be filled using a filler putty. These wheels have the material identification AlSi xx stamped in the inner side.

Forged wheels may not be painted.

The restoration is limited to the painted surfaces.

Bright machined wheels, which only have a clear coating, may not be repaired.

Only surface damage on the viewed side (design surface) of the wheel may be restored.

Restoring a damaged surface depth of 1 mm must not be exceeded.

Only up to 50 mm may be removed/ filler filled on the outer boss.

Proteled by copyright. Copyright Prayer Commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted unless authorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee or accept any liability with respect to the correctness of this citation in its constituent. Copyrightly Volkswagen AG.

11.9 The valve

1 - Valve body

2 - Valve core

3 - Valve cap

1. Valve body

The rubber valve for tubeless tyres is designed to create an air-tight seal in the hole in the rim. The elastic material of the rubber body presses tightly into the hole in the rim.

In the case of valves with a threaded metal base, a rubber seal is used to seal the rim. The lateral faces of the rim hole are sealing surfaces. They must therefore be free of rust and dirt and must not be damaged.

1. Valve core

The valve core has the most important job in the valve. It creates a seal and enables the regulation of the air pressure. The small flat seal on the valve core can function correctly only if it is free of foreign particles, dirt and moisture. The compressed air system must be free of water and oil!

1. Valve cap

A valve cap must always be screwed onto the valve. It prevents dirt from getting into the valve. Dirt which may be in the valve would reach the seal of the valve plate when the tyre is inflated and cause a leak.

The valve must be renewed every time a new tyre is fitted.

If the vehicle is driven without caps on the valves, there is the danger that dirt may get into the valve. This leads to a gradual loss of air, which in turn can lead to the destruction of the tyre.

◆ Separation of carcass and rubber ⇒ page 50
◆ Wide, circumferential furrows near the bead ⇒ page 50
◆ Stripped tread or stripped protector ⇒ page 51

WARNING

The valve cap must be fitted tightly to ensure air-tight sealing.

1 2 3 N44-0236

12 Fitting and removing wheels

12.1 Changing wheels

Vehicles with front-wheel drive exhibit more tread wear on the front wheels due to the greater forces they have to transmit.

In order for all 4 wheels on the vehicle to have the same service life, we recommend rotating the front and rear wheels and tyres.

Ensure that uni-directional tyres are not reversed.

The longer the tyre runs at one position, the more it wears at certain points. Therefore it is recommended to rotate the wheels at short intervals, for example every 5,000 km.

Diagonal rotation is possible only with non-directional tyres. This method of wheel rotation is especially advantageous in the case of saw-tooth wear page 29.

If saw-tooth wear has already progressed and the tread is worn to more than 50%, only slight improvements would be achieved and rotation is not recommended. The elasticity of the tread blocks declines and the saw-tooth wear does not progress.

12.2 Instructions for changing or fitting wheels

WARNING

Perform the checks and follow the instructions listed below. This is important to ensure that the wheel bolts and the wheels are properly secured.

- Check to ensure that contact surfaces -arrows- on brake disc are free of corrosion and dirt.

- Check to ensure that contact surface -arrow- on centring seat of brake disc are free of corrosion and dirt.

Close-up of a car brake disc assembly with blue plastic housing and red brake pad, no visible text or symbols

Close-up of a stylized eye with red and black patterns, showing mouth and teeth (no text or symbols)

• Check to ensure that contact surface -arrow- on inner side of wheel (rim) and also centring seat of rim are free of corrosion and dirt.
• The concave seats ^* in the holes for the wheel bolts and the threads of the wheel bolts must also be free of corrosion and dirt, oil or grease.
  * The concave seat is the curved surface of a section of a sphere cut by a plane.

- Check whether the wheel bolts can be easily screwed in by hand. The thread of the wheel bolts must not come into contact with the bore in the brake disc -arrow-.

If the thread of the wheel bolt touches the hole -arrow-, turn the brake disc relative to the wheel hub accordingly.

Remove dirt and corrosion, oil or grease from the contact surfaces, threads in the wheel hub and/or wheel bolts as necessary.

WARNING

Damaged, badly corroded or difficult to remove wheel bolts must be renewed.

Close-up of a mechanical component with red markings and a black arrow pointing to a circular feature (no readable text or symbols)

Close-up of a mechanical flange with pink and white material, showing bolt holes and a central bore (no text or symbols)

Fitting wheels

• Preserve wheel centring seat Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44; Protecting wheel centring seat against corrosion.
  1 - When fitting the wheel, screw in all wheel bolts uniformly by hand.
  2 - Tighten the wheel bolts in diagonal sequence to approx. 30 Nm.
  3 - Lower vehicle to the floor and tighten all wheel bolts diagonally to the specified torque using the torque wrench Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44 ; Specified torque for wheel bolts .

WARNING

Do not use an impact driver when screwing in the bolts!

Mechanical assembly diagram showing a wheel with bolts and a central hub, no visible text or symbols

12.3 Revised wheel bolts for Sharan from model year 2001

Revised wheel bolts were used from model year 2001 and thereafter. These have the same dimensions and torque settings as the previous wheel bolts.

1 - For vehicles through model year 2000

Polished black surface - part no. -701 601 139 B-.

Not permitted on vehicles from model year 2001 or later.

2 - Wheel bolt for vehicles from model year 2001 and later

Collar -arrow- is not fixed in place on the hexagon.

Coated silver-coloured surface - part no. -7M3 601 139 B-.

Not permitted on vehicles to model year 2000.

1 2 N44-0126

WARNING

◆ The modified wheel bolts are not permitted on vehicles produced to model year 2000.
- Wheel rims from vehicles produced to model year 2000 are not permitted on vehicles from model year 2001 or later.

12.4 Notes on use of temporary spare wheels

Inform your customers about the following notes and, if appropriate, refer also to the user's manual of the vehicle as the need arises.

The following notes also apply to spare wheels, e.g. 7 J x 16 with 205/55 R 16 tyres, marked with a yellow sticker with the text „MAX 80 km/h“ or „MAX 50 mph“

Note

◆ Depending on vehicle equipment, e.g. Passat cars with alloy wheels and 225 mm tyres have a spare wheel with the sticker described above instead of a temporary spare wheel.
The spare wheel or temporary spare wheel is intended only for temporary use over short distances. Therefore, it must be replaces by a normal wheel as quickly as possible.
◆ After the temporary or spare wheel has been fitted, the tyre pressure must be checked as soon as possible. For the correct tyre pressure, please refer to the tyre pressure in the relevant vehicle or the relevant manual: Maintenance manual.
◆ Always observe the speed warning on the temporary spare wheel („MAX 80 km/h“ or „MAX 50 mph“).
◆ Full acceleration, hard braking and driving fast through curves should be avoided.
- Never drive with more than one spare wheel or temporary spare wheel.
◆ The use of snow chains on the temporary spare wheel is not permitted for technical reasons.
If it is necessary to travel with snow chains, the temporary spare wheel must be fitted on the rear axle even if the front tyre has been damaged. The now available rear wheel must then be fitted in place of the defective front wheel.

Proteated by copyright copyright granted Commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not per ability with respect to the correctness of this mission in this occunent copyright willpower Aeg

13 Lupo 3L, Lupo FSI, Lupo GTI from model year 1999

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of genuine Volkswagen spare parts only. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to disc-type wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

13.1 Lupo 3L, type 6E model year 1999 to model year 2006

Attachment to parts certificate 1903/05

Type Approval No.: e1*98/14*0114*00 to e1*98/14*0114*10

Type Approval No.: e1*2001/116*0114*11 to

e1*2001/116*0114*14

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
1.2l 45 kW	Standard tyres	155/65 R 14 75S	4 J x 14 page 71	35	Yes	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17
		155/65 R 14 75S	4^1/_2 J x 14 page 71	38	Yes
		155/65 R 14 75S	5 J x 14 page 72	40	Yes	Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:♦ Summer tyres page 458♦ Winter tyres page 488
	Modification	No changes are permissible apart from the standard wheel and tyre combinations!
	Winter tyres	155/65 R 14 75Q/T	5 J x 14 page 72	40	Yes

Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or in Maintenance; Booklet 13.1.

13.2 Wheel allocation Lupo 3L, type 6E model year 1999 to model year 2006

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Torque specifications for wheel bolts Running gear axles, steering - Lupo 3 L, Lupo FSI, Lupo GTI; Rep. gr. 44 ; Torque specifications for wheel bolts

Pitch circle diameter 100 mm

Number of wheel bolt holes: 4

13.2.1 4 J x 14

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 70.

6E0 601 025 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 70

Size:	4 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	35
Wheel load in kg:	400

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

13.2.2 4^1/_2 J x 14

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 70.

6E0 601 025 D - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 70

Size:	4^1/_2 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	400

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

13.2.3 5 J x 14

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 70.

6E0 601 027 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 71

Size:	5 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	40
Wheel load in kg:	420

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

13.3 Lupo FSI, type 6E model year 2001 to model year 2006

Attachment to parts certificate 1903/05

Type Approval No.: e1*98/14*0114*05 to e1*98/14*0114*10

Type Approval No.: e1*2001/116*0114*11 to e1*2001/116*0114*13

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
1.4l 77 kW	Standard tyres	175/60 R 14 79H	5 J x 14 page 73	38	Yes* page 72	* Snow chains: Only the listed snow chains are approved! Article No. page 73
	Modification	185/55 R 14 80H/V	6 J x 14 page 74	43	No	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
	Winter tyres	155/65 R 14 75S	5 J x 14 page 73	40	Yes	Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:♦ Summer tyres page 458♦ Winter tyres page 488

Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or in Maintenance; Booklet 13.1.

The snow chains listed below are permitted only in conjunction with the wheel and tyre combinations listed next to them!

Chain manufacturer Article No.	Accessories part No.	Tyre size	Wheel	Part No.
Rud 4414437	000 091 386 A	175/60 R 14 79H	5 J x 14 ET 38	6E0 601 025 F
Ottinger 100 458	Z 091 300

13.4 Wheel allocation Lupo FSI, type 6E model year 2001 to model year 2006

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Torque specifications for wheel bolts Running gear, axles, steering - Lupo 3 L, Lupo FSI, Lupo GTI; Rep. gr. 44 ; Torque specifications for wheel bolts

Pitch circle diameter

100 mm

Number of wheel bolt holes:

13.4.1 5 J x 14

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 72.

6E0 601 025 F - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 72

Size:	5 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	400

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and N44-10100 label (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

6E0 601 027 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 73

Size:	5 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	40
Wheel load in kg:	420

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with multiple screw holes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

13.4.2 6 J x 14

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 72.

1H0 601 027 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 72

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	500

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

6X0 601 025 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 72

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	415

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6X0 601 025 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 72

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	425

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with visible spokes and hub (no text or symbols)

6X0 601 025 D - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 72

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	475

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and mounting bracket (no text or symbols)

6N0 601 025 D - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 72

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	425

Technical line drawing of a wheel with six spokes and a central hub, no text or symbols present

13.5 Lupo GTI, type 6ES model year 2001 to model year 2006

Attachment to parts certificate 1903/05

Type Approval No. e1*98/14*0147*00 to e1*98/14*0147*03

Type Approval No.: e1*2001/116*0147*04 to e1*2001/116*0147*08

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
1.6l 92 kW	Standard tyres	185/55 R 14 80V	6 J x 14 page 76	43	Yes	Snow chains:Only the listed snow chains are approved!Article No. page 76
	Standard tyres from model year 2003	205/45 R 15 81V	6^1/_2 J x 15 page 77	43	No	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17
	Modification	205/45 R 15 81V	6^1/_2 J x 15 page 77	43	No	Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:♦ Summer tyres page 458♦ Winter tyres page 488
	Winter tyres	185/55 R 14 80T	6 J x 14 page 76	43	Yes

Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or in Maintenance; Booklet 13.1.

The snow chains listed below are permitted only in conjunction with the wheel and tyre combinations listed next to them!

Chain manufacturer Article No.	Accessories part No.	Tyre size	Wheel	Part No.
Rud 4414437	000 091 386 A	185/55 R 14 80V/T	6 J x 14 ET 43	6X0 601 027 A
Ottinger 100 458	Z 091 300

13.6 Wheel allocation Lupo GTI, type 6ES model year 2001 to model year 2006

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Torque specifications for wheel bolts Running gear, axles, steering - Lupo 3 L, Lupo FSI, Lupo GTI; Rep. gr. 44 ; Torque specifications for wheel bolts

Pitch circle diameter 100 mm

Number of wheel bolt holes: 4

13.6.1 6 J x 14

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 75.

1H0 601 027 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 75

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	500

Winter wheel

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

6X0 601 027 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 75

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	475

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with multiple slots and central hub (no text or symbols)

13.6.2 6^1/2 ~J × 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 75.

6E0 601 025 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 75

Size:	6^1/2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	400

Technical line drawing of a wheel assembly with radial slots and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6E0 601 025 E - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 75

Size:	6 ^1 /2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	400

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with mounting holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

14 Lupo model year 1999 to model year 2005

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of genuine Volkswagen spare parts only. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to disc-type wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

14.1 Lupo, type 6X model year 1999 to model year 2005

Attachment to parts certificate 1903/05

Type Approval No.: e1*97/27*0085*00 to e1*97/27*0085*02

Type Approval No.: e1*98/14*0085*03 to e1*98/14*0085*13

Type Approval No.: e1*2001/116*0085*14 to e1*2001/116*0085*17

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
37 kW, 44 kW petrol engine without air conditioning	Standard tyres	155/70 R 13 75S	4^1/_2 J x 13 page 80	35	Yes	Tyres 185/55 R 14 or 195/45 R 15 are per-mitted only on vehi-cles with PAS
	Modification	175/65 R 13 80S/T	5^1/_2 J x 13 page 81	43	Yes

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
		185/55 R 14 79T	6 J x 14 ≥ page 82	43	Yes	General information on♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:♦ Summer tyres page 458♦ All-season tyres page 481♦ Winter tyres page 489
		185/55 R 14 79H	6 J x 14 ≥ page 82	43	Yes
		195/45 R 15 78H/V	6 J x 15 ≥ page 84	43/45	Yes
	Winter tyres	155/70 R 13 75Q	4 ^1/_2 J x 13 ≥ page 80	35	Yes
37 kW with air conditioning;44 kW petrol and diesel engines;55 kW petrol engines with automatic gearboxes	Standard tyres	175/65 R 13 80S	5 ^1/_2 J x 13 ≥ page 81	43	Yes
	Modification	175/65 R 13 80T	5 ^1/_2 J x 13 ≥ page 81	43	Yes
		185/55 R 14 79T	6 J x 14 ≥ page 82	43	Yes
		185/55 R 14 79H	6 J x 14 ≥ page 82	43	Yes
		195/45 R 15 78H	6 J x 15 ≥ page 84	43/45	No
	Winter tyres	175/65 R 13 80Q	5 ^1/_2 J x 13 ≥ page 81	43	Yes
55 kW petrol engine with manual gearbox	Standard tyres	175/65 R 13 80T	5 ^1/_2 J x 13 ≥ page 81	43	Yes
	Modification	185/55 R 14 79T	6 J x 14 ≥ page 82	43	Yes
		185/55 R 14 79H	6 J x 14 ≥ page 82	43	Yes
		195/45 R 15 78H.	6 J x 15 ≥ page 84	43/45	No
	Winter tyres	175/65 R 13 80Q	5 ^1/_2 J x 13 ≥ page 81	43	Yes
55 kW TDI;	Standard tyres	185/55 R 14 79/80H	6 J x 14 ≥ page 82	43	Yes	Snow chains:
74 kW 16V	Modification	195/45 R 15 78H/V	6 J x 15 page 84	43/45	No	Only the snow chains listed are per-mitted! Article No. page 80
	Winter tyres	185/55 R 14 79T	6 J x 14 page 82	43	Yes

Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or in Maintenance; Booklet 13.1.

Snow chains approved for Lupo 55 kW TDI and 74 kW 16 V

The snow chains listed below are permitted only in conjunction with the wheel and tyre combinations listed next to them!

Chain manufacturer Article No.	Accessories part No.	Tyre size	Wheel	Part No.
Rud 4414437	000 091 386 A	185/55 R 14 79/80H/T	6 J x 14 ET 43	1H0 601 027 A
Ottinger 100 458	Z 091 300

14.2 Wheel allocation Lupo, type 6X model year 1999 to model year 2005

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Wheel bolt torque settings Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44; Wheel bolt torque settings

Pitch circle diameter 100 mm Number of wheel bolt holes: 4

14.2.1 4^1/_2 J x 13

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 78.

For 37 kW and 44 kW petrol engines without air conditioning 6N0 601 025 E - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 78

Size:	4^1/2 J x 13
Wheel offset in mm:	35
Wheel load in kg:	390

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple holes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6N0 601 027 C - Wheel and tyre combination → page 78

Size:	4^1/2 J x 13
Wheel offset in mm:	35
Wheel load in kg:	425

Technical line drawing of a wheel or pulley component with multiple circular cutouts and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

14.2.2 5^1/_2 J x 13

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 78.

For all 37 kW, 44 kW and 55 kW petrol and 44 kW diesel engines 6N0 601 025 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 78

Size:	5^1/2 J x 13
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	415

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

6N0 601 027 D - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 78

Size:	5^1/_2 J x 13
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	415

Technical line drawing of a wheel or pulley component with multiple circular cutouts and central hub (no text or symbols)

6N0 601 025 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 78

Size:	5^1/_2 J x 13
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	425

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

14.2.3 6 J x 14

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 78.

For all vehicles with power steering

6X0 601 025 - Wheel and tyre combination → page 79

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	415

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible mounting holes and internal components (no text or symbols)

6N0 601 025 D - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 79

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	425

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 027 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 79

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	500

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

6X0 601 025 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 79

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	425

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with no text or symbols

6X0 601 025 D - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 79

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	475

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6X0 601 027 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 79

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	475

Technical line drawing of a wheel or tire component with multiple side slots and central hub (no text or symbols)

6X0 601 025 F - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 79

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	420

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6X0 601 025 G - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 79

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	475

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with six spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

14.2.4 6 J x 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 78.

For all vehicles with power steering

1H0 601 025 AD - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 79

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	460

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with multiple blades and central hub (no text or symbols)

6N0 601 025 H - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 79

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	420

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible blades and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6X0 601 025 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 79

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	475

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial slots and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6N0 601 025 J - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 79

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	425

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with mounting holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

6X0 601 025 E - Wheel and tyre combination → page 79

Size:	6J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	475

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

15 Polo model year 1995 to model year 2001

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of genuine Volkswagen spare parts only. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to disc-type wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

15.1 Polo, type 6N up to and including 07.95

Appendix 2 to Parts Certificate 1461/02

General type approval No. G 774

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
33, 37, 40, 44 kW with manual gearbox without air conditioning	Standard tyres	155/70 R 13 75S/T	4^1/_2 J x 13 page 87	35	Yes	If the speed rating „S“ does not already appear in the vehicle documentation, it must be entered.
		175/65 R 13 80S/T	5^1/_2 J x 13 page 88	43	Yes
	Modification	No changes are permissible apart from the standard wheel and tyre combinations!				General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:♦ Summer tyres page 459♦ All-season tyres page 481♦ Winter tyres page 489
	Winter tyres	155/70 R 13 75Q	4^1/_2 J x 13 page 87	35	Yes
40, 44 kW with air conditioning and/or automatic gearbox,55 kW petrol engine, 47 kW diesel engine	Standard tyres	175/65 R 13 80S/T	5^1/_2 J x 13 page 88	43	Yes
	Modification	No changes are permissible apart from the standard wheel and tyre combinations!
	Winter tyres	175/65 R 13 80Q	5^1/_2 J x 13 page 88	43	Yes

Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or in Maintenance; Booklet 28.

15.2 Wheel allocation Polo, type 6N up to and including 07.95

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Tightening torques for wheel bolts Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 40; Repairing front wheel suspension; II - Assembly overview - wheel bearing, suspension

Pitch circle diameter	100 mm
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

15.2.1 4^1 / 2 ~J × 13

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 86.

For 33, 37, 40, 44 kW vehicles with manual gearbox, without air conditioning

6N0 601 025 E - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 86

Size:	4^1/2 J x 13
Wheel offset in mm:	35
Wheel load in kg:	390

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with multiple circular cutouts and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6N0 601 027 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 86

Size:	4^1/2 J x 13
Wheel offset in mm:	35
Wheel load in kg:	425

Technical line drawing of a wheel or pulley component with multiple slots and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

15.2.2 5^1/2 ~J × 13

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 86

For vehicles up to and including 55 kW petrol engines with and without PAS

6N0 601 025 A - allocation ⇒ page 86

Size:	5^1/2 J x 13
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	415

Technical line drawing of a wheel or pulley component with multiple circular cutouts and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6N0 601.027 D - Allocation ⇒ page 86

Size:	5^1/_2 J x 13
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	425

Technical line drawing of a wheel or pulley component with multiple circular slots and central hub (no text or symbols)

15.3 Polo, type 6N from 08.95 up to and including model year 1996

Appendix 2 to Parts Certificate 1461/02

General type approval No. G 774

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
33, 37, 40, 44 kW with manual gear-box without air conditioning	Standard tyres	155/70 R 13 75S/T	4^1/_2 J x 13 ≥ page 92	35	Yes	Tyres 185/55 R 14 or 195/45 R 15 are permitted only on vehicles with PASGeneral information on:◆ Winter tyres ≥ page 14◆ Snow chains ≥ page 17Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:◆ Summer tyres ≥ page 459◆ All-season tyres ≥ page 481◆ Winter tyres ≥ page 489
		175/65 R 13 80S/T	5^1/_2 J x 13 ≥ page 92	43	Yes
	Modification	185/55 R 14 78S	6 J x 14 ≥ page 93	43	No
		195/45 R 15 78S	6 J x 15 ≥ page 94	45	No
	Winter tyres	155/70 R 13 75Q	4^1/_2 J x 13 ≥ page 92	35	Yes
40, 44 kW with air conditioning and/or automatic gearbox	Standard tyres	175/65 R 13 80S/T	5^1/_2 J x 13 ≥ page 92	43	Yes
55 kW petrol engine;47 kW diesel engine	Modification	185/55 R 14 78S	6 J x 14 ≥ page 93	43	No
		195/45 R 15 78S	6 J x 15 ≥ page 94	45	No
	Winter tyres	175/65 R 13 80Q	5^1/_2 J x 13 ≥ page 92	43	Yes
74 kW 16V	Standard tyres	185/55 R 14 78H	6 J x 14 page 93	43	Yes
	Modifica-tion	195/45 R 15 78H	6 J x 15 page 94	43/45	No
	Winter tyres	185/55 R 14 78T	6 J x 14 page 93	43	Yes

Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or in Maintenance; Booklet 28.

15.4 Polo, type 6N from model year 1997 to model year 1999

Appendix 2 to Parts Certificate 1461/02

Type Approval No.: e1*96/79*0069*00 to e1*96/79*0069*05

Type Approval No.: e1*98/14*0069*06

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
33, 37, 40, 44 kW with manual gear-box without air con-ditioningUp to and including model year 1998	Standard tyres	155/70 R 13 75S	4^1/_2 J x 13 page 92	35	Yes	The 155/70 R 13 75S tyres are no longer permitted on vehi-cles with 44 kW from model year 1999!Tyres 185/55 R 14 or 195/45 R 15 are permitted only on vehicles with PAS* Tyres with LI 78 are permitted on ve-hicles up to and in-cluding model year 1998!General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17Tyre makes recom-mended by Volks-wagen:
		175/65 R 13 80S	5^1/_2 J x 13 page 92	43	Yes
	Modifica-tion	185/55 R 14 79S* page 90	6 J x 14 page 93	43	No
		195/45 R 15 78S	6 J x 15 page 94	43/45	No
	Winter tyres	155/70 R 13 75Q	4^1/_2 J x 13 page 92	35	Yes
40, 44 kW with air conditioning and/or automatic gearbox,40, 44 kW from model year 1999;55 kW petrol engine;42, 44, 47 kW diesel engine	Standard tyres	175/65 R 13 80S	5^1/_2 J x 13 page 92	43	Yes	♦ Summer tyres page 459♦ All-season tyres page 481♦ Winter tyres page 489
	Modifica-tion	185/55 R 14 79S* page 90	6 J x 14 page 93	43	No
		195/45 R 15 78S	6 J x 15 page 94	43/45	No
	Winter tyres	175/65 R 13 80Q	5^1/_2 J x 13 page 92	43	Yes
74 kW 16V	Standard tyres	185/55 R 14 78H	6 J x 14 page 93	43	Yes
	Modifica-tion	195/45 R 15 78H	6 J x 15 page 94	43/45	No
	Winter tyres	185/55 R 14 78T	6 J x 14 page 93	43	Yes
88 kW 16V	Standard tyres	185/55 R 14 79H	6 J x 14 page 93	43	Yes
	Modifica-tion	195/45 R 15 78H	6 J x 15 page 94	43/45	No
	Winter tyres	185/55 R 14 79T	6 J x 14 page 93	43	Yes

Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or in Maintenance; Booklet 28.

15.5 Wheel allocation Polo, type 6N from 08.95 to model year 1999

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Tightening torques for wheel bolts Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 40; Repairing front wheel suspension; II - Assembly overview - wheel bearing, suspension

Pitch circle diameter

Number of wheel bolt holes:

100 mm

4

15.5.1 4^1/_2 J x 13

Caution

Observe wheel and tyre allocation for the respective engines, which are listed in the overview tables page 89 (from 08.95 up to and including model year 1996) and page 90 (from model year 1997 to 1999).

For 33, 37, 40, 44 kW vehicles with manual gearbox, without air conditioning

6N0 601 025 E - allocation page 89 (08.95 - 1996) or page 90 (1997 - 1999)

Size:	4^1/2 J x 13
Wheel offset in mm:	35
Wheel load in kg:	390

Technical line drawing of a wheel or pulley component with multiple circular cutouts and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6N0 601 027 C - allocation page 89 (08.95 - 1996) or page 90 (1997 - 1999)

Size:	4^1/2 J x 13
Wheel offset in mm:	35
Wheel load in kg:	425

Technical line drawing of a wheel or pulley component with multiple slots and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

15.5.2 5^1/_2 J x 13

Caution

Observe wheel and tyre allocation for the respective engines, which are listed in the overview tables page 89 (from 08.95 up to and including model year 1996) and page 90 (from model year 1997 to 1999).

For vehicles up to and including 55 kW petrol engines with and without PAS

6N0 601 025 A - allocation page 89 (08.95 - 1996) or page 90 (1997 - 1999)

Size:	5 12 J x 13
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	415

Technical line drawing of a wheel or pulley component with multiple circular cutouts and central hub (no text or symbols)

6N0 601 027 D - allocation page 89 (08.95 - 1996) or page 90 (1997 - 1999)

Size:	512 J x 13
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	425

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

15.5.3 6 J x 14

Caution

Observe wheel and tyre allocation for the respective engines, which are listed in the overview tables → page 89 (from 08.95 up to and including model year 1996) and → page 90 (from model year 1997 to 1999).

For all vehicles with power steering

6N0 601 025 D - allocation page 89 (08.95 - 1996) or page 90 (1997 - 1999)

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	415

Technical line drawing of a wheel with six spokes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 027 A - allocation page 89 (08.95 - 1996) or page 90 (1997 - 1999)

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	500

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

6X0 601 025 - allocation ⇒ page 89 (08.95 - 1996) or ⇒ page 90 (1997 - 1999)

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	415

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6X0 601 025 A - allocation page 89 (08.95 - 1996) or page 90 (1997 - 1999)

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	425

Technical line drawing of a wheel with internal components and no visible text or symbols

15.5.4 6 J x 15

Caution

Observe wheel and tyre allocation for the respective engines, which are listed in the overview tables page 89 (from 08.95 up to and including model year 1996) and page 90 (from model year 1997 to 1999).

For all vehicles with power steering

1H0 601 025 AE - allocation page 89 (08.95 - 1996) or page 90 (1997 - 1999)

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	480

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6N0 601 025 H - allocation page 89 (08.95 - 1996) or page 90 (1997 - 1999)

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	420

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible blades and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6N0 601 025 J - allocation ⇒ page 89 (08.95 - 1996) or ⇒ page 90 (1997 - 1999)

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	425

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 AD - allocation ⇒ page 89 (08.95 - 1996) or ⇒ page 90 (1997 - 1999)

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	460

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with multiple slots and central hub (no text or symbols)

6X0 601 025 C - allocation page 90 (08.95 - 1996) or page 90 (1997 - 1999)

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	475

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

15.6 Polo, type 6N from model year 2000 to model year 2001

Appendix 2 to Parts Certificate 1461/02

Type Approval No. e1*98/14*0069*07 to e1*98/14*0069*11

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
37 kW without air conditioning	Standard tyres	155/70 R 13 75S	4^1/_2 J × 13 ⇒page 98	35	Yes	Tyres 185/55 R 14 or 195/45 R 15 are permitted only on vehicles with PAS* Tyres with LI 79 are permitted on vehicles from model year 2001!General information on:◆ Winter tyres⇒ page 14◆ Snow chains⇒ page 17
	Modification	175/65 R 13 80S	5^1/_2 J × 13 ⇒page 98	43	Yes
		185/55 R 14 80H*⇒ page 96	6 J x 14⇒page 99	43	No
		195/45 R 15 78H	6 J x 15⇒page 100	43/45	No
	Winter tyres	155/70 R 13 75Q	4^1/_2 J × 13 ⇒page 98	35	Yes
37 kW with air conditioning;40, 44 kW petrol engine;42, 44, 47 kW diesel;55 kW petrol engine with 13" brakes, brake disc diameter 239 mm with automatic gearbox	Standard tyres	175/65 R 13 80S	5^1/_2 J × 13 ⇒page 98	43	Yes
	Modification	185/55 R 14 80H*⇒ page 96	6 J x 14⇒page 99	43	No
		195/45 R 15 78H	6 J x 15⇒page 100	43/45	No
	Winter tyres	175/65 R 13 80Q	5^1/_2 J x 13 ≥ page 98	43	Yes	Tyre makes recommended by Volks-wagen:◆ Summer tyres ≥ page 459◆ All-season tyres ≥ page 481◆ Winter tyres ≥ page 489
55 kW petrol engine with 13" brakes, brake disc diameter 239 mm with manual gearbox	Standard tyres	175/65 R 13 80T	5^1/_2 J x 13 ≥ page 98	43	Yes
	Modifica-tion	185/55 R 14 80H* page 96	6 J x 14 ≥ page 99	43	No
		195/45 R 15 78H	6 J x 15 ≥ page 100	43/45	No
	Winter tyres	175/65 R 13 80Q	5^1/_2 J x 13 ≥ page 98	43	Yes
55 kW petrol engine with 14" brakes, brake disc diameter 256 mm;55 kW TDI;74 kW 16V	Standard tyres	185/55 R 14 80H* page 96	6 J x 14 ≥ page 99	43	Yes
	Modifica-tion	195/45 R 15 78H	6 J x 15 ≥ page 100	43/45	No
	Winter tyres	185/55 R 14 80T* page 96	6 J x 14 ≥ page 99	43	Yes
92 kW 16V	Standard tyres	185/55 R 14 80V* page 96	6 J x 14 ≥ page 99	43	Yes
	Modifica-tion	195/45 R 15 78V	6 J x 15 ≥ page 100	43/45	No
	Winter tyres	185/55 R 14 80T* page 96	6 J x 14 ≥ page 99	43	Yes

Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or in Maintenance ; Booklet 28 .

15.7 Wheel allocation Polo, type 6N from model year 2000 to model year 2001

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Tightening torques for wheel bolts Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 40; Repairing front wheel suspension; II - Assembly overview - wheel bearing, suspension

Pitch circle diameter

100 mm

Number of wheel bolt holes:

4

15.7.1 4^1 / 2 ~J × 13

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 96.

For 33, 37, 40, 44 kW vehicles with manual gearbox, without air conditioning

6N0 601 025 E - allocation ⇒ page 96

Size:	4^1/_2 J x 13
Wheel offset in mm:	35
Wheel load in kg:	390

Technical line drawing of a wheel or pulley component with multiple circular cutouts and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6N0 601 027 C - allocation ⇒ page 96

Size:	4^1/_2 J x 13
Wheel offset in mm:	35
Wheel load in kg:	425

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple slots and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

15.7.2 5^1/_2 J x 13

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 96.

For vehicles up to and including 55 kW petrol engine without ABS with 13" brakes with and without PAS

6N0 601 025 A - allocation page 96

Size:	5^1/_2 J x 13
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	415

Technical line drawing of a wheel or pulley component with multiple circular cutouts and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6N0 601.027 D - Allocation ⇒ page 96

Size:	5^1/_2 J x 13
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	425

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with multiple circular cutouts and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

15.7.3 6 J x 14

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 96.

For vehicles with maximum permitted axle load of 830 kg

6X0 601 025 - allocation ⇒ page 96

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	415

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6N0 601.025 D - Allocation ⇒ page 96

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	415

For vehicles with maximum permitted axle load of 850 kg

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6X0 601 025 A - allocation ⇒ page 96

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	425

For all vehicles with power steering

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with labeled components (no readable text or symbols)

6X0 601 025 D - allocation ⇒ page 96

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	475

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 027 A - allocation ⇒ page 96

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	500

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

15.7.4 6 J x 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 96.

For vehicles with maximum permitted axle load of 840 kg

6N0 601 025 H - allocation ⇒ page 96

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	420

For vehicles with maximum permitted axle load of 850 kg

6N0 601 025 J - allocation ⇒ page 96

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	425

For all vehicles with power steering

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible blades and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 AD - allocation ⇒ page 96

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	460

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 AE - allocation ⇒ page 96

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	480

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6X0 601 025 C - allocation ⇒ page 96

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	475

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6X0 601 025 E - allocation ⇒ page 96

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	475

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and brand mark N44-10093 (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

16 Polo Classic model year 1996 to model year 2002

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of genuine Volkswagen spare parts only. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to disc-type wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

16.1 Polo Classic, type 6KV model year 1996 to model year 2002

Appendix 2 to Parts Certificate 1461/02

Type Approval No.: e9*93/81*0008*00 to e9*93/81*0008*08

Type Approval No.: e9*98/14*0008*09 to e9*98/14*0008*16

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
Up to 44 kW petrol engines	Standard tyres	185/60 R 14 82H	6 J x 14 page 106	38	No
	Modification	175/70 R 13 82S	5^1/_2J × 13 page 105	38	No
		185/60 R 14 82S	6 J x 14 page 106	38	No
		185/55 R 15 81S	6 J x 15 ≥ page 107	38	No	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17
	Winter tyres	175/70 R 13 82Q	512J × 13 ≥ page 105	38	Yes
55 kW petrol engine, up to 55 kW diesel engine	Standard tyres	185/60 R 14 82/83T	6 J x 14 ≥ page 106	38	No	The winter tyres 175/65 R 14 82Q are not always entered in the vehicle documentation.If necessary, they must be subsequently entered.
	Modification	185/60 R 14 82S	6 J x 14 ≥ page 106	38	Yes* ≥ page 104
		185/55 R 15 82S	6 J x 15 ≥ page 107	38	Yes* ≥ page 104
	Winter tyres	175/65 R 14 82Q	6 J x 14 ≥ page 106	38	Yes
		185/60 R 14 82Q* page 104	6 J x 14 ≥ page 106	38	Yes
66 kW TDI	Standard tyres	185/60 R 14 82/83H	6 J x 14 ≥ page 106	38	Yes* ≥ page 104	Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:♦ Summer tyres page 460♦ Winter tyres page 491
	Modification	185/60 R 14 82T	6 J x 14 ≥ page 106	38	Yes* ≥ page 104
		185/55 R 15 81T	6 J x 15 ≥ page 107	38	Yes* ≥ page 104
	Winter tyres	175/65 R 14 82Q	6 J x 14 ≥ page 106	38	Yes
		185/60 R 14 82O* page 104	6 J x 14 ≥ page 106	38	Yes
74 kW 81 kW TDI	Standard tyres	185/60 R 14 83H	6 J x 14 ≥ page 106	38	Yes* ≥ page 104
	Modification	185/60 R 14 82H	6 J x 14 ≥ page 106	38	Yes* ≥ page 104
		185/55 R 15 81H	6 J x 15 ≥ page 107	38	Yes* ≥ page 104
	Winter tyres	175/65 R 14 82Q	6 J x 14 page 106	38	Yes
		185/60 R 14 82Q* page 104	6 J x 14 page 106	38	Yes

Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or in Maintenance; Booklet 29.

16.2 Wheel allocation Polo Classic, type 6KV model year 1996 to model year 2002

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Tightening torques for wheel bolts Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 40; Repairing front wheel suspension; II - Repairing wheel bearing

Pitch circle diameter 100 mm

Number of wheel bolt holes: 4

16.2.1 5^1/_2 J x 13

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 103.

Size:	5^1/2 J x 13
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	410

1H0 601 025 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 103

Size:	5^1/2 J x 13
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	450

Technical line drawing of a wheel or pulley component with mounting holes and concentric rings (no text or symbols)

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

16.2.2 6 J x 14

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 103.

For 40 kW and 44 kW vehicles - to VIN 6K W 530 000

1L0 601 025 J - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 103

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	530

For 40 kW and 44 kW vehicles - from vehicle ID No. 6K W 530 001

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

6K9 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 103

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	530

For all vehicles

Technical line drawing of a wheel with concentric rings and central hub (no text or symbols)

321 601 025 H - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 103

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	500

Technical line drawing of a wheel with mounting holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

357 601 025 A/Q - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 103

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	530

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

6K0 601 025 M - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 103

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	450

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6K0 601 025 S - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 103

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	450

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

16.2.3 6 J x 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 103.

For all vehicles

6K0 601 025 Q - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 104

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	450

Technical line drawing of a five-wheeled vehicle wheel (no text or symbols)

6K0 601 025 AB - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 104

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	450

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

17 Polo estate model year 1998 to model year 2002

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of genuine Volkswagen spare parts only. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to disc-type wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

17.1 Polo estate type 6KV model year 1998 to model year 2002

Appendix 2 to Parts Certificate 1461/02

Type Approval No.: e9*93/81*0008*00 to e9*93/81*0008*08

Type Approval No.: e9*98/14*0008*09 to e9*98/14*0008*16

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
Up to 44 kW petrol engines	Standard tyres	185/60 R 14 82H	6 J x 14 page 112	38	No
	Modification	175/70 R 13 82S	5^1/_2J × 13 page 111	38	No
		185/60 R 14 82S	6 J x 14 page 112	38	No
		185/55 R 15 81S	6 J x 15 ≥ page 113	38	No	General information on:◆ Winter tyres page 14◆ Snow chains page 17The winter tyres 175/65 R 14 82Q are not always entered in the vehicle documentation.If necessary, they must be subsequently entered.Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:◆ Summer tyres page 461◆ Winter tyres page 492* Valid only for vehicles from 09.99. Use only small-link snow chains.
	Winter tyres	175/70 R 13 82Q	5 12 J x 13 ≥ page 111	38	Yes
55 kW petrol engine, up to 55 kW diesel engine	Standard tyres	185/60 R 14 82/83T	6 J x 14 ≥ page 112	38	No
	Modification	185/60 R 14 82S	6 J x 14 ≥ page 112	38	Yes* ≥ page 110
		185/55 R 15 82S	6 J x 15 ≥ page 113	38	Yes* ≥ page 110
	Winter tyres	175/65 R 14 82Q	6 J x 14 ≥ page 112	38	Yes
		185/60 R 14 82Q* page 110	6 J x 14 ≥ page 112	38	Yes
66 kW TDI	Standard tyres	185/60 R 14 82/83H	6 J x 14 ≥ page 112	38	Yes* ≥ page 110
	Modification	185/60 R 14 82T	6 J x 14 ≥ page 112	38	Yes* ≥ page 110
		185/55 R 15 81T	6 J x 15 ≥ page 113	38	Yes* ≥ page 110
	Winter tyres	175/65 R 14 82Q	6 J x 14 ≥ page 112	38	Yes
		185/60 R 14 82O* page 110	6 J x 14 ≥ page 112	38	Yes
74 kW 81 kW TDI	Standard tyres	185/60 R 14 83H	6 J x 14 ≥ page 112	38	Yes* ≥ page 110
	Modification	185/60 R 14 82H	6 J x 14 ≥ page 112	38	Yes* ≥ page 110
		185/55 R 15 81H	6 J x 15 ≥ page 113	38	Yes* ≥ page 110
	Winter tyres	175/65 R 14 82Q	6 J x 14 page 112	38	Yes
		185/60 R 14 82Q* page 110	6 J x 14 page 112	38	Yes

Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or in Maintenance; Booklet 29.

17.2 Wheel allocation Polo estate type 6KV model year 1998 to model year 2002

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Tightening torques for wheel bolts Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 40; Repairing front wheel suspension; II - Repairing wheel bearing

Pitch circle diameter 100 mm

Number of wheel bolt holes: 4

17.2.1 5^1 / 2J× 13

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 109.

Size:	5^1/_2 J x 13
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	410

Technical line drawing of a wheel component with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 109

Size:	5^1/_2 J x 13
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	450

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

17.2.2 6 J x 14

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 109.

For 40 kW and 44 kW vehicles - to VIN 6K W 530 000

1L0 601 025 J - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 109

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	530

For 40 kW and 44 kW vehicles - from vehicle ID No. 6K W 530 001

6K9 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination → page 109

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	530

For all vehicles

Technical line drawing of a wheel assembly with concentric rings and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

Technical line drawing of a wheel with concentric rings and central hub (no text or symbols)

321 601 025 H - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 109

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	500

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

357 601 025 A/Q - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 109

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	530

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

6K0 601 025 M - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 109

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	450

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6K0 601 025 S - Wheel and tyre combination → page 109

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	450

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

17.2.3 6 J x 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 109.

For all vehicles

6K0 601 025 Q - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 110

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	450

Technical line drawing of a five-wheeled vehicle wheel (no text or symbols)

6K0 601 025 AB - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 110

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	450

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

Pro-tertabelt copyright light copyright pursuant commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted unless authorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee a accept any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright likely Volkswagen AG.

18 Polo from model year 2002

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of only genuine Volkswagen spare parts. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

18.1 Polo, type 9N model year 2002 to model year 2008

Attachment to parts certificate 3879/08

The parts certificate can be found on the Volkswagen ServiceNet under Technology; Guides; Wheels and Tyres Guide.

Type approval number: e1*98/14*0174*00 to e1*98/14*0174*04

Type approval number: e1*2001/116*0174*05 to e1*2001/116*0174*23

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
1.2l 40 kW;1.2l 44 kW without power steering	Standard tyres	155/80 R 13 79S	5 J x 13 page 122	35	Yes
	Standard tyres from model year 2003	155/80 R 13 79T	5 J x 13 page 122	35	Yes
	Modification	No changes are permissible apart from the standard wheel and tyre combinations!				General information on:◆ Winter tyres⇒ page 14◆ Snow chains⇒ page 17Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:◆ Summer tyres⇒ page 461◆ All-season tyres⇒ page 481◆ Winter tyres⇒ page 489
	Winter tyres	155/80 R 13 79Q	5 J x 13⇒page 122	35	Yes
1.2l 40 kW;1.2l 44 kW with power steering;1.2l 47 kW;1.2l 51 kW;1.4l 55 kW petrol engines;1.4l 51 kW;1.4l 55 kW;1.4l 59 kW;1.9l 47 kW diesel engines	Standard tyres	165/70 R 14 81T	5 J x 14⇒page 123	35	Yes
	Modification	185/60 R 14 82T/H	6 J x 14⇒page 123	43	Yes
		185/55 R 15 82T/H	6 J x 15⇒page 125	43	Yes
		195/50 R 15 82H	6 J x 15⇒page 125	43	No
		195/55 R 15 85T/H/V	6 J x 15⇒page 125	43	No
		205/45 R 16 83T/H/V/W*⇒ page 116	6^1/_2 J x 16⇒page 126	38	No
		205/45 R 16 83T/H/V/W	6^1/_2 J x 16⇒page 126	43	No
	Winter tyres	165/70 R 14 81Q	5 J x 14⇒page 123	35	Yes
		185/55 R 15 82T/H	6 J x 15⇒page 125	43	Yes
1.4l 59 kW;1.4l 63 kW petrol engine	Standard tyres	195/55 R15 85V	6 J x 15⇒page 125	43	No
	Modification	165/70 R 14 81T	5 J x 14⇒page 123	35	Yes
		185/60 R 14 82T/H	6 J x 14⇒page 123	43	Yes
		185/55 R 15 82T/H	6 J x 15 page 125	43	Yes	205/45 R 16 83T/H/V/W tyres on 6^1/_2 J x 16 wheels with offset 38 are only possible in combination with widened wheel housings (Flaps)!
		195/50 R 15 82H	6 J x 15 page 125	43	No
		195/55 R 15 85T/H	6 J x 15 page 125	43	No
		205/45 R 16 83T/H/V/ W * page 117	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 126	38	No
		205/45 R 16 83T/H/V/W	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 126	43	No
	Winter tyres	185/55 R 15 82Q/T/H	6 J x 15 page 125	43	Yes
		185/60 R 14 82Q	6 J x 14 page 123	43	Yes
1.4l 74 kW;1.6l 77 kW petrol engines1.9l 74 kW diesel engines	Standard tyres	185/60 R 14 82H	6 J x 14 page 123	43	Yes
	Modification	185/55 R 15 82H	6 J x 15 page 125	43	Yes
		195/50 R 15 82H/V	6 J x 15 page 125	43	No
		195/55 R 15 85H/V	6 J x 15 page 125	43	No
		205/45 R 16 83H/V/ W * page 117	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 126	38	No
		205/45 R 16 83H/V/W	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 126	43	No
	Winter tyres	185/60 R 14 82Q	6 J x 14 page 123	43	Yes
1.9l 96 kW diesel engines	Standard tyresModification	195/55 R 15 85V205/45 R 16 83W *⇒ page 118	6 J x 15 page 125 6^1/_2 J x 16⇒page 126	4338	NoNo
						205/45 R 16 83W tyres on 6^1/_2 J x 16 wheels with offset 38 are only possible in combination with widened wheel housings (Flaps)!
		205/45 R 16 83W	6^1/_2 J x 16⇒page 126	43	No
	Winter tyres	185/55 R 15 86Q	6 J x 15⇒page 125	43	Yes

Tyre inflation pressures are located on a sticker on inside of fuel tank flap or in Maintenance; Booklet; Check tyres: condition, profile, inflation pressure, depth of tread

18.2 Polo, type 9N model year 2009

Attachment to parts certificate 3879/08

The parts certificate can be found on the Volkswagen ServiceNet under Technology; Guides; Wheels and Tyres Guide.

Type approval number: e1*2001/116*0174*24 to e1*2001/116*0174*25

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
1.2l 44 kW with no PAS	Standard tyres	155/80 R 13 79T	5 J x 13 page 122	35	Yes	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:♦ Summer tyres page 461♦ All-season tyres page 481♦ Winter tyres page 489
	Modification	No changes are permissible apart from the standard wheel and tyre combinations!
	Winter tyres	155/80 R 13 79Q	5 J x 13 page 122	35	Yes
1.2l 44 kW with PAS;1.2l 51 kW;1.4l 59 kW petrol engines;1.4l 51 kW;1.4l 59 kW; diesel engines	Standard tyres	165/70 R 14 81T	5 J x 14 page 123	35	Yes
	Modification	185/60 R 14 82T/H	6 J x 14 page 123	43	Yes
		185/55 R 15 82T/H	6 J x 15 page 125	43	Yes

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
		195/50 R 15 82H	6 J x 15 page 125	43	No	205/45 R 16 83T/H/V/W tyres on 6^1/_2 J x 16 wheels with offset 38 are only possible in combination with widened wheel housings (Flaps)!
		195/55 R 15 85T/H/V	6 J x 15 page 125	43	No
		205/45 R 16 83T/H/V/ W^* page 119	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 126	38	No
		205/45 R 16 83T/H/V/W	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 126	43	No
		205/40 R 17 84T/H/V/ W^* page 119	7^1/_2 J x 17 page 129	38	No	205/40 R 17 84H/V/W tyres on 7^1/_2 J x 17 wheels with offset 38 are only permitted under the following conditions:◆ Vehicles with 4 doors: curtain and side airbags may not be installed or must be deactivated.◆ Sports running gear must be installed◆ Widened wheel housings (Flaps) must be installed
	Winter tyres	165/70 R 14 81Q	5 J x 14 page 123	35	Yes
		185/55 R 15 82Q/T/H	6 J x 15 page 125	43	Yes
1.4l 55 kW petrol engine with automatic gear-box	Standard tyres	165/70 R 14 81T	5 J x 14 page 123	35	Yes
	Modification	185/60 R 14 82T/H	6 J x 14 page 123	43	Yes
		185/55 R 15 82T/H	6 J x 15 page 125	43	Yes
		195/50 R 15 82H	6 J x 15 page 125	43	No
		195/55 R 15 85T/H/V	6 J x 15 page 125	43	No
		205/45 R 16 83T/H/V/W * ➔ page 120	6^1/_2 J x 16 ➔page 126	38	No	205/45 R 16 83T/H/V/W tyres on 6^1/_2 J x 16 wheels with offset 38 are only possible in combination with widened wheel housings (Flaps)!
		205/45 R 16 83T/H/V/W	6^1/_2 J x 16 ➔page 126	43	No
	Winter tyres	165/70 R 14 81Q	5 J x 14 ➔page 123	35	Yes
		185/55 R 15 82Q/T/H	6 J x 15 ➔page 125	43	Yes
1.4I 74 kW petrol engine	Standard tyres	185/60 R 14 82H	6 J x 14 ➔page 123	43	Yes	205/45 R 16 83H/V/W tyres on 6^1/_2 J x 16 wheels with offset 38 are only possible in combination with widened wheel housings (Flaps)!
	Modification	185/55 R 15 82H	6 J x 15 ➔page 125	43	Yes
		195/50 R 15 82H/V	6 J x 15 ➔page 125	43	No
		195/55 R 15 85H/V	6 J x 15 ➔page 125	43	No
		205/45 R 16 83H/V/W* ➔ page 120	6^1/_2 J x 16 ➔page 126	38	No
		205/45 R 16 83H/V/W	6^1/_2 J x 16 ➔page 126	43	No
	Winter tyres	185/60 R 14 82Q	6 J x 14 ➔page 123	43	Yes
		185/55 R 15 82Q/T/H	6 J x 15 ➔page 125	43	Yes
1.6I 77 kW petrol engine	Standard tyres	185/60 R 14 82H	6 J x 14 ➔page 123	43	Yes
1.9I 74 kW diesel engine	Modification	185/55 R 15 82H[scza]	6 J x 15 ➔page 125	43	Yes
		195/50 R 15 82H/V	6 J x 15 ➔page 125	43	No
		195/55 R 15 85H/V	6 J x 15 ➔page 125	43	No
		205/45 R 16 83H/V/W*⇒ page 121	6^1/_2 J x 16⇒page 126	38	No	205/45 R 16 83H/V/W tyres on 6^1/_2 J x 16 wheels with offset 38 are only possible in combination with widened wheel housings (Flaps)!
		205/45 R 16 83H/V/W	6^1/_2 J x 16⇒page 126	43	No
		205/40 R 17 84H/V/W*⇒ page 121	7^1/_2 J x 17⇒page 129	38	No	205/40 R 17 84H/V/W tyres on 7^1/_2 J x 17 wheels with offset 38 are only permitted under the following conditions:◆ Vehicles with 4 doors: curtain and side airbags may not be installed or must be deactivated◆ Sports running gear must be installed◆ Widened wheel housings (Flaps) must be installed
	Winter tyres	185/60 R 14 82Q	6 J x 14⇒page 123	43	Yes
		185/55 R 15 82Q/T/H	6 J x 15⇒page 125	43	Yes
1.9I 96 kW diesel engines	Standard tyres	195/55 R 15 85V	6 J x 15⇒page 125	43	No	205/45 R 16 83W tyres on 6^1/_2 J x 16 wheels with offset 38 are only possible in combination with widened wheel housings (Flaps)!
	Modification	205/45 R 16 83W *⇒ page 121	6^1/_2 J x 16⇒page 126	38	No
		205/45 R 16 83W	6^1/_2 J x 16⇒page 126	43	No
		205/40 R 17 84W *⇒ page 122	7^1/_2 J x 17⇒page 129	38	No	205/40 R 17 84W tyres on 7^1/_2 J x 17 wheels with offset 38 are only permitted under the following conditions:◆ Vehicles with 4 doors: curtain and side airbags may not be installed or must be deactivated◆ Sports running gear must be installed◆ Widened wheel housings (Flaps) must be installed
	Winter tyres	185/55 R 15 86Q	6 J x 15⇒page 125	43	Yes

Tyre inflation pressures are located on a sticker on inside of fuel tank flap or in→ Maintenance ; Booklet ; Check tyres: condition, profile, inflation pressure, depth of tread .

18.3 Wheel allocation for Polo, type 9N model year 2002 to model year 2009

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Torque specifications for wheel bolts Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44 ; Fitting wheels and tyres; Fitting wheels

Pitch circle diameter: 100 mm

Number of wheel bolt holes: 5

18.3.1 5 J x 13

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table → page 115.

For 1.2l 40 kW, 44 kW without power steering

6Q0 601 027 E - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 115

Size:	5 J x 13
Wheel offset in mm:	35
Wheel load in kg:	400

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

18.3.2 5 J x 14

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 115.

For 1.2l 40 kW, 44 kW with power steering, 1.2l 47 kW, 51 kW, 1.4l 55 kW, 59 kW; 63 kW and 74 kW, 1.6l 77 kW, 1.4l 51 kW, 55 kW, 59 kW diesel, 1.9l 47 kW

6Q0 601 027 H, 6Q0 601 027 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 116

Size:	5 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	35
Wheel load in kg:	455

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

6Q0 601 025 AC - Wheel and tyre combination page 116 Only for vehicles to maximum permissible axle load of 870kg

Size:	5 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	35
Wheel load in kg:	435

Line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and hub, no text or symbols present

18.3.3 6 J x 14

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 115.

For 1.2l 40 kW, 44 kW with power steering, 1.2l 47 kW, 51 kW, 1.4l 55 kW, 59 kW; 63 kW and 74 kW, 1.6l 77 kW, 1.4l 51 kW, 55 kW, 59 kW diesel, 1.9l 47 kW, 74 kW

6Q0 601 027 F, 6Q0 601 027 P - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 116

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	465

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with concentric rings and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6Q0 601 025 Q - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 116

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	465

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6Q0 601 025 K - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 116

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	465

Line drawing of a Volkswagen V74-101 alloy wheel with no text or symbols on the component itself

6Q0 601 025 AB - Wheel and tyre combination → page 116

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	465

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

18.3.4 6 J x 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 115.

For 1.2l 40 kW, 44 kW with power steering, 1.2l 47 kW, 51 kW, 1.4l 55 kW, 59 kW; 63 kW and 74 kW, 1.6l 77 kW, 1.4l 51 kW, 55 kW, 59 kW diesel, 1.9l 47 kW, 74 kW

6Q0 601 027 G, 6Q0 601 027 Q - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 116

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	500

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with concentric rings and bolt holes (no text or symbols)

6Q0 601 025 L - Wheel and tyre combination → page 116

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	475

Line drawing of a Volkswagen wheel with five spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

6Q0 601 025 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 116

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	480

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

For 96 kW diesel

6Q0 601 027 G, 6Q0 601 027 Q - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 117

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	500

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

6Q0 601 025 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 116

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	480

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

18.3.5 6^1 / 2 ~J × 16 offset 38

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 115.

205/45 R 16 83T/H/V/W tyres on 6^1/2 J x 16 wheels with offset 38 are only possible in combination with widened wheel housings (Flaps)!

6Q0 601 025 AD - Wheel and tyre combination → page 116

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	480

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible mounting holes and brand logo (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

18.3.6 6^1 / 2J× 16 offset 43

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 115.

For 1.2l 40 kW, 44 kW with power steering, 1.2l 47 kW, 51 kW, 1.4l 55 kW, 59 kW; 63 kW and 74 kW, 1.6l 77 kW, 1.4l 51 kW, 55 kW, 59 kW diesel, 1.9l 47 kW, 74 kW

6Q0 601 025 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 116

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	480

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible mounting holes and brand mark N44-10121 (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

6Q0 601 025 D - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 116

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	475

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6Q0 601 025 S - Wheel and tyre combination → page 116

Size:	6 12 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	480

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6Q0 601 025 T - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 116

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	480

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with mounting holes and hub (no text or symbols)

6Q0 601 025 AA - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 116

Size:	6 ^1 / _2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	480

For 96 kW diesel

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6Q0 601 025 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 116

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	480

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with mounting holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

6Q0 601 025 S - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 116

Size:	6 ^1 /2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	480

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6Q0 601 025 T - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 116

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	480

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with mounting holes and hub (no text or symbols)

6Q0 601 025 AA - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 116

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	480

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

18.3.7 7^1/_2 J x 17 offset 38

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 115.

WARNING

205/40 R 17 84H/V/W tyres on 7½ J x 17 wheels with offset 38 are only permitted under the following conditions:

◆ Vehicles with 4 doors: curtain and side airbags may not be installed or must be deactivated
♦ Sports running gear must be installed
◆ Widened wheel housings (Flaps) must be installed

1J0 601 025 BC - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 119

Size:	7^1/2 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

19 Polo Fun model year 2004 to model year 2005

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of only genuine Volkswagen spare parts. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

19.1 Polo Fun, type 9N model year 2004 to model year 2005

Attachment to parts certificate 3176/05

The parts certificate can be found on the Volkswagen ServiceNet under Technology; Guides; Wheels and Tyres Guide.

Type approval number e1*2001/116*0174*07 to e1*2001/116*0174*14

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
1.2l 40 kW1.2l 47 kW1.4l 55 kW1.4l 63 kW1.4l 74 kWpetrol engines	Standard tyres	215/40 ZR 17 83W	7^1/_2 J x 17 page 131	35	No	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Offset in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
1.4l 55 kW1.9l 74 kW diesel engines	Modification	No changes are permissible apart from the standard wheel and tyre combinations!				Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:◆ Summer tyres⇒ page 462◆ Winter tyres⇒ page 490
	Winter tyres	185/60 R 15 84Q/T	6 J x 15 ≈ page 131	38	Yes

Tyre inflation pressures are located on a sticker on inside of fuel tank flap or in Maintenance; Booklet; Check tyres: condition, profile, inflation pressure, depth of tread.

19.2 Wheel allocation for Polo Fun, type 9N model year 2004 to model year 2005

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Torque specifications for wheel bolts Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44 ; Fitting wheels and tyres; Fitting wheels

Pitch circle diameter: 100 mm

Number of wheel bolt holes: 5

19.2.1 6 J x 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 130.

1J0 601 027 Q - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 131

Winter wheel

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

19.2.2 7^1/_2J × 17

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 130.

6Q0 601 025 J - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 130

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	35
Wheel load in kg:	480

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

Protracted by copyright. Copying or granted commercial purposes, In part or in whole, is not permitted unless authorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee or accept any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright hereby Volkswagen AG.

20 CrossPolo from model year 2006

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of only genuine Volkswagen spare parts. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

20.1 CrossPolo, type 9N model year 2006 to model year 2009

Attachment to parts certificate 3879/08

The parts certificate can be found on the Volkswagen ServiceNet under Technology; Guides; Wheels and Tyres Guide.

Type approval number: e1*2001/116*0174*15 to e1*2001/116*0174*25

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
1.2l 47 kW1.2l 51 kW1.4l 55 kW1.4l 59 kW1.4l 74 kW1.6l 77 kWpetrol engines	Standard tyres	215/40 ZR 17 83W	7^1/_2 J x 17 ≥ page 134	35	No	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17
1.4l 51 kW1.9l 74 kWdiesel engines	Modification	No changes are permissible apart from the standard wheel and tyre combinations!				Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:
	Winter tyres	185/60 R 15 84Q/T	6 J x 15 page 134	38	Yes	♦ Summer tyres page 462♦ Winter tyres page 490

Tyre inflation pressures are located on a sticker on inside of fuel tank flap or in Maintenance; Booklet; Check tyres: condition, profile, inflation pressure, depth of tread.

20.2 Wheel allocation for CrossPolo, type 9N model year 2006 to model year 2009

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Torque specifications for wheel bolts → Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44; Fitting wheels and tyres; Fitting wheels

Pitch circle diameter:

100 mm

Number of wheel bolt holes:

5

20.2.1 6 J x 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 133.

1J0 601 027 Q - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 134

Winter wheel

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a wheel with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

20.2.2 7^1/_2J × 17

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 133.

6Q0 601 025 J - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 133

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	35
Wheel load in kg:	480

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6Q0 601 025 AF- Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 133

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	35
Wheel load in kg:	480

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

21 Polo BlueMotion from model year 2007

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of only genuine Volkswagen spare parts. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

21.1 Polo BlueMotion, type 9N model year 2007 to model year 2009

Attachment to parts certificate 3879/08

The parts certificate can be found on the Volkswagen ServiceNet under Technology; Guides; Wheels and Tyres Guide.

Type approval number: e1*2001/116*0174*17 to e1*2001/116*0174*25

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
1.4l 59 kW diesel engine	Standard tyres	165/70 R14 81T	5 J x 14 page 137	35	Yes	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17
	Modification	No changes are permissible apart from the standard wheel and tyre combinations!				Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:◆ Summer tyres⇒ page 462◆ Winter tyres⇒ page 490
	Winter tyres	165/70 R14 81Q	5 J x 14⇒page 137	35	Yes

Tyre inflation pressures are located on a sticker on inside of fuel tank flap or in→ Maintenance ; Booklet ; Check tyres: condition, profile, inflation pressure, depth of tread .

21.2 Wheel allocation for Polo BlueMotion, type 9N model year 2007 to model year 2009

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Torque specifications for wheel bolts Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44; Fitting wheels and tyres; Fitting wheels

Pitch circle diameter:

Number of wheel bolt holes:

100 mm

5

21.2.1 5 J x 14

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 136.

6Q0 601 027 H, 6Q0 601 027 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 136

Size:	5 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	35
Wheel load in kg:	455

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

6Q0 601 025 AC - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 136

Size:	5 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	35
Wheel load in kg:	435

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

Protected by copyright. Copywriting water commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted unless authorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee or accept any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

22 Polo GTI from model year 2006

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of only genuine Volkswagen spare parts. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

22.1 Polo GTI, type 9N model year 2006 to model year 2009

Attachment to parts certificate 3879/08

The parts certificate can be found on the Volkswagen ServiceNet under Technology; Guides; Wheels and Tyres Guide.

Type approval number: e1*2001/116*0174*14 to e1*2001/116*0174*25

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
1.8l 110 kW pet-rol engine	Standard tyres	205/45 R 16 83V/W	6^1/_2 J x 16 ≥ page 141	38	No	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:
		205/45 R 16 83V/W	6^1/_2 J x 16 ≥ page 141	43	No
	Modification	195/55 R 15 85V	6 J x 15 page 140	43	No	◆ Summer tyres page 463◆ Winter tyres page 490
		205/40 R17 84W * page 140	7 J x 17 page 143	38	No
		205/40 R17 84W * page 140	7 ^1/_2 J x 17 page 144	38	No	* Vehicles with 4 doors; curtain and side airbags may not be installed or must be deactivated.
	Winter tyres	185/55 R 15 82Q	6 J x 15 page 140	43	Yes

Tyre inflation pressures are located on a sticker on inside of fuel tank flap or in Maintenance ; Booklet ; Check tyres: condition, profile, inflation pressure, depth of tread.

22.2 Wheel allocation for Polo GTI, type 9N model year 2006 to model year 2009

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Torque specifications for wheel bolts → Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44 ; Fitting wheels and tyres; Fitting wheels

Pitch circle diameter: 100 mm Number of wheel bolt holes: 5

22.2.1 6 J x 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 139.

6Q0 601 027 G, 6Q0 601 027 Q - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 140

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	500

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

6Q0 601 025 L - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 140

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	475

Line drawing of a Volkswagen wheel with five spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

6Q0 601 025 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 140

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	480

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

22.2.2 6^1/2 ~J × 16 offset 38

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 139.

205/45 R 16 83V/W tyres on 6^1 / 2 J x 16 wheels with offset 38 are only possible in combination with widened wheel housings (FLAPS)!

6Q0 601 025 AD - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 139

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	480

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with BMW logo and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

22.2.3 6^1/_2 J x 16 offset 43

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 139.

6Q0 601 025 D - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 139

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	475

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with mounting holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

6Q0 601 025 S - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 139

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	480

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6Q0 601 025 T - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 139

Size:	6 ^1 /2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	480

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6Q0 601 025 AA - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 139

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	480

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with mounting holes and hub (no text or symbols)

6Q0 601 025 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 139

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	480

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with mounting holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

22.2.4 7 J x 17 offset 38

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 139.

WARNING

◆ Vehicles with 4 doors: curtain and side airbags may not be installed or must be deactivated.
◆ 205/40 R 17 84W tyres on 7 J x 17 wheels with offset 38 are only possible in combination with widened wheel housings (FLAPS)!

1J0 601 025 S - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 140

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm2	38
Wheel load in kg:	580

Technical line drawing of a five-bladed car wheel with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 AB - Wheel and tyre combination → page 140

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and N44-10091 label (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

22.2.5 7^1/_2 J x 17 offset 38

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 139.

WARNING

◆ Vehicles with 4 doors: curtain and side airbags may not be installed or must be deactivated.
205/40 R 17 84W tyres on 7^1/2J × 17 wheels with offset 38 are only possible in combination with widened wheel housings (FLAPS)!

1J0 601 025 BC - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 140

Size:	7^1/_2J × 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel assembly (no text or symbols)

23 Polo GTI Cup Edition from model year 2007

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of only genuine Volkswagen spare parts. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

23.1 Polo GTI Cup Edition, type 9N model year 2007 to model year 2009

Attachment to parts certificate 3879/08

The parts certificate can be found on the Volkswagen ServiceNet under Technology; Guides; Wheels and Tyres Guide.

Type approval number: e1*2001/116*0174*18 to e1*2001/116*0174*25

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
1.8l 132 kW pet-rol engine	Standard tyresModification	205/40 R 17 84W *⇒ page 146205/45 R 16 83W	7^1/_2 J x 17⇒page 149 6^1/_2 J x 16 page 147	3843	NoNo	General information on:♦ Winter tyres⇒ page 14♦ Snow chains⇒ page 17Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:◆ Summer tyres page 463◆ Winter tyres page 491* Vehicles with 4 doors: curtain and side airbags may not be installed or must be deactivated.
		205/40 R17 84W * page 146	7 J x 17 page 148	38	No
	Winter tyres	205/45 R 16 83Q/T/H	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 146	42	Yes
		205/45 R 16 83Q/T/H	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 147	43	No

Tyre inflation pressures are located on a sticker on inside of fuel tank flap or in Maintenance; Booklet Check tyres: condition, profile, inflation pressure, depth of tread

23.2 Wheel allocation for Polo GTI Cup Edition, type 9N model year 2007 to model year 2009

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Torque specifications for wheel bolts Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44 ; Fitting wheels and tyres; Fitting wheels

Pitch circle diameter:	100 mm
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

23.2.1 6^1 / 2 ~J × 16 offset 42

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 145.

1J0 601 027 R, 1J0 601 027 AD - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 146

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a wheel with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

23.2.2 6^1/_2 J x 16 offset 43

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 145.

6Q0 601 025 D - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 146

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	475

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with mounting holes and brand mark N44-10122 (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

6Q0 601 025 S - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 146

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	480

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6Q0 601 025 T - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 146

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	480

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with mounting holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

6Q0 601 025 AA - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 146

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	480

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6Q0 601 025 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 146

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	480

Technical line drawing of a car wheel assembly with mounting holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

23.2.3 7 J x 17 offset 38

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 145.

WARNING

◆ Vehicles with 4 doors: curtain and side airbags may not be installed or must be deactivated.
205/40 R 17 84W tyres on 7 J x 17 wheels with offset 38 are only possible in combination with widened wheel housings (FLAPS)!

1J0 601 025 S - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 146

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	580

Technical line drawing of a five-bladed car wheel with mounting holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 AB - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 146

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and N44-10091 label (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

23.2.4 7^1/_2 J x 17 offset 38

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 145.

WARNING

◆ Vehicles with 4 doors: curtain and side airbags may not be installed or must be deactivated.
205/40 R 17 84W tyres on 7^1/_2 J x 17 wheels with offset 38 are only possible in combination with widened wheel housings (FLAPS)!

1J0 601 025 BC - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 145

Size:	7^1/_2J × 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with spokes and hub (no text or symbols)

24 Polo saloon/sedan model year 2004 to model year 2005

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of genuine Volkswagen spare parts only. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to disc-type wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

24.1 Polo saloon/sedan, type 9N model year 2004 to model year 2005

Attachment to parts certificate 1900/05

Type Approval No.: e1*2001/116*0174*06 to e1*2001/116*0174*11

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
1.4l 55 kW petrol engine	Standard tyres	165/70 R 14 81T	5 J x 14 page 152	35	Yes
	Modification	185/60 R 14 82T/H	6 J x 14 page 152	43	Yes
		185/55 R 15 82T/H	6 J x 15 page 154	43	Yes
		195/50 R 15 82H	6 J x 15 page 154	43	No
Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Offset in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
		195/55 R 15 85H/V	6 J x 15 page 154	43	No	General information on:◆ Winter tyres page 14◆ Snow chains page 17Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:◆ Summer tyres page 459◆ All-season tyres page 482◆ Winter tyres page 491
		205/45 R 16 83V/W	6 ^1/_2 J x 16 page 155	43	No
	Winter tyres	165/70 R 14 81Q	5 J x 14 page 152	35	Yes
1.4l 55 kW1.9l 47 kW diesel engines	Standard tyres	195/55 R15 85V	6 J x 15 page 154	43	No
	Modification	185/60 R 14 82T/H	6 J x 14 page 152	43	Yes
		185/55 R 15 82T/H	6 J x 15 page 154	43	Yes
		195/50 R 15 82H	6 J x 15 page 154	43	No
		195/55 R 15 85H/V	6 J x 15 page 154	43	No
		205/45 R 16 83V/W	6 ^1/_2 J x 16 page 155	43	No
	Winter tyres	185/60 R 14 82Q	6 J x 14 page 152	43	Yes
		185/55 R 15 82T/H	6 J x 15 page 154	43	Yes
1.4l 74 kW petrol engine	Standard tyres	185/60 R 14 82H	6 J x 14 page 152	43	Yes
	Modification	185/55 R 15 82H	6 J x 15 page 154	43	Yes
		195/50 R 15 82H/V	6 J x 15 page 154	43	No
		195/55 R 15 85H/V	6 J x 15 page 154	43	No
		205/45 R 16 83V/W	6 ^1/_2 Jx 16 page 155	43	No
Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
	Winter tyres	185/60 R 14 82Q	6 J x 14 ≥ page 152	43	Yes
		185/55 R 15 82T/H	6 J x 15 ≥ page 154	43	Yes

Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or in Maintenance; Booklet 15.1.

24.2 Wheel allocation Polo saloon/sedan, type 9N model year 2004 to model year 2005

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Torque specifications for wheel bolts Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44 ; Fitting wheels and tyres; Fitting wheels

Pitch circle diameter 100 mm Number of wheel bolt holes: 5

24.2.1 5 J x 14

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 150.

6Q0 601 027 H - Wheel and tyre combination → page 150

Factory equipment only; not available as replacement part

Size:	5 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	35
Wheel load in kg:	465

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

24.2.2 6 J x 14

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 150.

Factory equipment only; not available as replacement part 6Q0 601 027 A - Wheel and tyre combination page 150

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	450

6Q0 601 027 F - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 150

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	465

Not factory equipment, but available as replacement parts

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

Technical line drawing of a wheel assembly with mounting holes and concentric rings (no text or symbols)

6Q0 601 025 Q - Wheel and tyre combination page 150 Not factory equipment, but available as replacement part

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	465

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6Q0 601 025 K - Wheel and tyre combination page 150 Not factory equipment, but available as replacement part

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	465

N44-101-9

24.2.3 6 J x 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 150.

Factory equipment only; not available as replacement part

6QE 601 025 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 151

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	475

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6Q0 601 027 G - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 150

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	500

Technical line drawing of a wheel assembly with mounting holes and concentric rings (no text or symbols)

6Q0 601 025 L - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 150

Not factory equipment, but available as replacement part

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	475

Technical line drawing of a Volkswagen wheel rim with five spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

6Q0 601 025 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 150

Not factory equipment, but available as replacement part

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	480

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

24.2.4 6^1 / 2J× 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 150.

Not factory equipment, but available as replacement parts

6Q0 601 025 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 151

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	480

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible mounting holes and hub (no text or symbols)

6Q0 601 025 D - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 151

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	475

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6Q0 601 025 T - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 151

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	480

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with mounting holes and hub (no text or symbols)

Proteceived copyright copying/prepact Commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted unless authorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee or accept any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright © 2016/04/05 Copyright © 2016/04/05 Copyright © 2016/04/05 Copyright © 2016/04/05 Copyright © 2016/04/05 Copyright © 2016/04/05 Copyright © 2016/04/05 Copyright © 2016/04/05 Copyright ©2016/04/05 Copyright © 2016/04/05 Copyright © 2016/04/05 Copyright © 2016/04/05 Copyright © 2016/04/05 Copyright © 2016/04/05 Copyright © 2016/04/05 Copyright © 2G Copyright © 2G Copyright © 2G Copyright © 2G Copyright © 2G Copyright © 2G Copyright © 2G Copyright © 2G Copyright © 2G Copyright © 2G Copyright © 2G Copyright © 2G Copyright © 2G Copyright © 2G Copyright © 2G Copyright © 2G Copyright © 2G Copyright ©2016/04/05 Copyright © 2016/04/05 Copyright © 2016/04/05 Copyright © 2016/04/05 Copyright © 2016/04/05 Copyright © 2016/04/05 Copyright © 2016/04/05 Copyright© 2016/04/05 Copyright© 2016/04/05 Copyright© 2016/04/05 Copyright© 2016/04/05 Copyright© 2016/04/05 Copyright© 2016/04/05 Copyright© 2G Copyright© 2G

25 Golf model year 1992 to model year 1998

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of genuine Volkswagen spare parts only. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to disc-type wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

25.1 Golf type 1HX0, Golf Syncro 1HX1, Golf type 1H

Appendix 2 to Parts Certificate 1479/00

Golf, type 1HX0 from model year 1992 to model year 1997

General type approval No.: F 804

Golf, type 1HX1 from model year 1992 to model year 1997

General type approval No.: G 156

Golf, type 1H model year 1998

Type Approval No. e1*96/79*0068*00 to e1*96/79*0068*03

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
Golf 44 kW, 47 kW, 55 kW, 66 kW pet-rol engine;	Standard tyres	175/70 R 13 82T	5^1/_2 J x 13 page 161	38	Yes
55 kW TD and GTD;Golf Eco-matic and 55 kW with automatic to 12.94	Modification	175/70 R 13 82S	5^1/_2 J x 13 page 161	38	Yes	175/70 R 13 82S/T are not permitted on vehicles from 05.96 with ABS and all vehi-cles with GT equipment!General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17Tyre makes recommended by Volkswa-gen:♦ Summer tyres page 463♦ All-season tyres page 482♦ Winter tyres page 492
		175/65 R 14 82S	6 J x 14 page 162	43/45	Yes
		185/60 R 14 82T	6 J x 14 page 162	43/45	Yes
		195/50 R 15 82H	6 J x 15 page 165	45	Yes
	Winter tyres	175/70 R 13 82Q	5^1/_2 J x 13 page 161	38	Yes
Golf 44 kW, 47 kW, 55 kW pet-rol engine;55 kW TD and GTD from 05.96 with ABS	Standard tyres	185/60 R 14 82S	6 J x 14 page 162	43/45	Yes
	Modification	175/65 R 14 82S	6 J x 14 page 162	43/45	Yes
		185/60 R 14 82T	6 J x 14 page 162	43/45	Yes
		195/50 R 25 82H	6 J x 15 page 165	45	es
	Winter tyres	175/65 R 14 82S	6 J x 14 page 162	43/45	Yes
Golf 66 kW CL, GL to 12.94	Standard tyres	175/70 R 13 82T	5^1/_2 J x 13 page 161	38	Yes
	Modification	185/60 R 14 82T	6 J x 14 page 162	43/45	Yes
		195/50 R 15 82H	6 J x 15 page 165	45	Yes
	Winter tyres	175/70 R 12 82Q	5^1/_2 J x 13 page 161	38	Yes
Golf Syn-cro;66 kW,66 kW GT to 12.94	Standard tyres	185/60 R 14 82H	6 J x 14 page 162	43/45	Yes	Syncro vehicles: Snow chains are per-mitted on the front wheels only.
	Modification	175/70 R 13 82T	5^1/_2J × 13 page 161	38	Yes
		185/60 R 14 82T	6 J x 14 page 162	43/45	Yes
		195/50 R 15 82H	6 J x 15 page 165	45	Yes
	Winter tyres	175/70 R 13 82Q	5^1/_2J × 13 page 161	38	Yes
Golf Syn-cro;66 kW CL, GL from 01.95;66 kW TDI	Standard tyres	185/60 R 14 82T	6 J x 14 page 162	43/45	Yes
	Modification	195/60 R 14 85H	6 J x 14 page 162	43/45	Yes
		195/50 R 15 82H	6 J x 15 page 165	45	Yes
	Winter tyres	175/65 R 14 82Q	6 J x 14 page 162	43/45	Yes
Golf 55 kW,66 kW,66 kW GT and Golf Ecomatic from 01.95	Standard tyres	185/60 R 14 82T	6 J x 14 page 162	43/45	Yes
	Modification	195/50 R 15 82H	6 J x 15 page 165	45	Yes
	Winter tyres	175/65 R 14 82Q	6 J x 14 page 162	43/45	Yes
all 74 kW;85 kW CL, GL;81 kW TDI CL, GL	Standard tyres	185/60 R 14 82H	6 J x 14 page 162	43/45	Yes
	Modification	195/50 R 15 82H	6 J x 15 page 165	45	Yes
	Winter tyres	175/65 R 14 82Q	6 J x 14 ≈ page 162	43/45	Yes
85 kW GTI;81 kW TDI GTI	Standard tyres	195/50 R 15 82V	6 J x 15 page 165	38	Yes
	Modification	195/50 R 15 82H	6 J x 15 page 165	38	Yes
		195/50 R 15 82H	6^1/_2J × 15 page 167	43	Yes
		205/50 R 15 82H	6^1/2J × 15 page 167	43	Yes
		215/40 R 16 82V	7 J x 16 page 170	43	No
	Winter tyres	185/55 R 15 81T	6 J x 15 page 165	38	Yes	Vehicles to 12.94
		185/55 R 15 81T	6 J x 15 page 165	35	Yes	Vehicles from 01.95
110 kW GTI 16V	Standard tyres	205/50 R 15 86V	6 J x 15 page 165	38	Yes
	Modification	195/50 R 15 82V	6 J x 15 page 165	38	Yes
		195/50 R 15 82V	6^1/2J × 15 page 167	43	Yes
		215/40 R 16 82V	7 J x 16 page 170	43	No
	Winter tyres	185/55 R 15 81T	6 J x 15 page 165	38	Yes	Vehicles to 12.94
		195/55 R 15 81T	6 J x 15 page 165	35	Yes	Vehicles from 01.95
128 kW VR6	Standard tyres	205/50 R 15 86V	6^1/2J × 15 page 167	43	Yes
	Modification	215/40 R 16 86W reinforced	7 J x 16 page 170	43	No
	Winter tyres	185/55 R 15 81T reinforced	6 J x 15 page 165	38	Yes	Vehicles to 12.94
		185/55 R 15 81T reinforced	6 J x 15 page 165	35	Yes	Vehicles from 01.95
128 kW VR6	Standard tyres	205/50 R 15 86W	6^1/2J × 15 page 167	43	Yes	Syncro vehicles:
Syncro 140 kW	Modification	205/50 ZR 15 86W reinforced	6^1/2J × 15 page 167	43	Yes	Snow chains may be fitted on the front wheels only!
	Winter tyres	185/55 R 15 81T reinforced	6 J x 15 page 165	35	Yes

Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or in Maintenance ; Booklet 35.

25.2 Wheel allocation for Golf type 1HX0, Golf Syncro 1HX1, Golf type 1H

Golf, type 1HX0 from model year 1992 to model year 1997

Golf Syncro, type 1HX1 from model year 1992 to model year 1997

Golf, type 1H model year 1998

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Torque specifications for wheel bolts Running gear; Rep. gr. 40 ; Repairing front suspension (basic running gear); Removing and installing wheel bearing, strut, drive shaft (basic suspension) or Running gear; Rep. gr. 40 ; Repairing front suspension (plus running gear); Removing and installing wheel bearing, strut (plus running gear)

Pitch circle diameter: 100 mm

25.2.1 5^1/_2 J x 13

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 157.

Golf to 55 kW CL, GL with manual gearbox (front-wheel drive) 191 601 025 D - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 157

Size:	5^1/2 J x 13
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	410
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Golf to 66 kW CL, GL with petrol and diesel engines, Golf Syncro 66 kW to 12.94

Technical line drawing of a wheel or pulley component with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 157

Size:	5^1/2 J x 13
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	450
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

321 601 025 J/M - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 157

Size:	5^1/_2 J x 13
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	460
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

25.2.2 6 J x 14

Golf to 85 kW CL, GL, Golf 66 kW GT, Golf Syncro 66 kW

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 157.

811 601 025 P - Wheel and tyre combination → page 159

Note

This rim is allowed only for vehicles with a maximum permitted axle load of 880 kg.

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	440
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with spokes and hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 D - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 159

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	450
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 AE - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 159

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	480
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 159

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	500
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with multiple screw holes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 027 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 159

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	500
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel or pulley component with multiple screw holes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

Golf to 85 kW, petrol and diesel engine CL, GL, Golf 66 kW GT, all Golf Syncro 66 kW

Not for „20 Years GTI" special models

1H0 601 025 P - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 158

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	460
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1HM 601 025 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 158

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	460
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel assembly with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 B - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 158

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	460
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 027 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 158

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	500
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple screw holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 158

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	500
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple blades and central hub (no text or symbols)

25.2.3 6 J x 15

Golf to 85 kW CL, GL, Golf 66 kW GT, Golf Syncro 66 kW

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 157.

1H0 601 025 E - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 159

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	450
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel with five spokes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 L - Wheel and tyre combination → page 159

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	450
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel with internal blades and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 Q - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 159

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	450
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel with internal blades and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 AD - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 159

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	460
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Golf to 85 kW, petrol and diesel engine CL, GL, Golf 66 kW GT, all Golf Syncro 66 kW

Not for „20 Years GTI“ special models

1H0 601 025 AD - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 158

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	460
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple blades and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 AE - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 158

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	480
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Golf GTI 85 kW, Golf GTI 16V

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with visible mounting holes and hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 J - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 159

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	530
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Golf GTI 85 kW, Golf GTI 16V Golf VR6 to 12.94, Golf VR6 Syncro to 12.94

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 K - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 159

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	490
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Golf GTI 85 kW, Golf GTI 16V, Golf VR6, Golf VR6 Syncro

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 157.

3A0 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination → page 160

Possible for snow tyres.

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	35
Wheel load in kg:	530
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Technical line drawing of a wheel or tire component with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple screw holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

25.2.4 6^1 / 2 ~J × 15

Golf GTI 85 kW, Golf GTI 16V Golf VR6 to 12.94, Golf VR6 Syncro to 12.94

1H0 601 025 F - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 159

Size:	6^1/2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	490
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Golf GTI 85 kW, Golf GTI 15V with 280 mm diameter brake disc on the front axle

Golf VR6, Golf VR6 Syncro with 280 mm diameter brake disc on the front axle

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 N - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 159

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	490
	5

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 M - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 159

Size:	6^1/2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	490
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Technical line drawing of a wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

535 601 025 D - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 159

Size:	6^1/2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	510
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 G - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 159

Size:	6^1/2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	490
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Technical line drawing of a wheel with visible blades and central hub (no text or symbols)

Golf GTI 85 kW, Golf GTI 16V, Golf VR6, Golf VR6 Syncro

1H0 601 025 AA - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 159

Size:	6^1/2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	500
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Technical line drawing of a wheel with internal gear-like components (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 S- Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 159

Size:	6^1/2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	490
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Technical line drawing of a four-wheeled vehicle wheel (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 AB - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 159

Size:	6^1/2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	510
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple blades and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 T - Wheel and tyre combination → page 159

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	490
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 AF - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 159

Size:	6^1/2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	490
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 AG - Wheel and tyre combination page 159

Size:	6 12 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	500
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and N44-10061 label (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

25.2.5 7 J x 16

Golf GTI 85 kW, Golf GTI 16V, Golf VR6

All special models „20 Years GTI“

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 157.

1H0 601 025 AH - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 160

Size:	7 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	500
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with mounting holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

26 Golf model year 1998 to model year 2004, Golf R32, Golf Anniversary GTI

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of genuine Volkswagen spare parts only. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to disc-type wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

26.1 Golf, Golf 4Motion, type 1J model year 1998 to model year 2004

Appendix 2 to Parts Certificate 1958/04

Type Approval No.: e1*96/79*0071*00 to e1*96/79*0071*09

Type Approval No.: e1*98/14*0071*10 to e1*98/14*0071*30

Type Approval No.: e1*2001/116*0071*31 to e1*2001/116*0071*37

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
1.4l 55 kW petrol engine;	Standard tyres to 12/01	175/80 R 14 88T	6 J x 14 page 174	38	Yes
Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Offset in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
1.9l 50 kW diesel engines	Standard tyres arom 01/02	195/65 R 15 91T	6 J x 15 page 175	38	Yes	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17
	Modification	195/65 R15 91T	6 J x 15 page 175	38	Yes	Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:♦ Summer tyres page 465♦ All-season tyres page 482♦ Winter tyres page 493
		205/55 R 16 91H	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 179	42	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7 J x 17 page 183	38	No
	Winter tyres	175/80 R 14 88Q/T	6 J x 14 page 174	38	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91T/H	5^1/_2 J x 16 page 178		Yes
1.6l 74 kW, 75 kW, 77 kW petrol engines	Standard tyres	175/80 R 14 88H	6 J x 14 page 174	38	Yes	The 225/45 R 17 tyre may be mounted on the 7 J x 17 or the 7^1/_2 J x 17 rim only if the listed conditions page 186 are fulfilled!
	Modification	195/65 R 15 91H	6 J x 15 page 175	38	Yes	The adhesive weights for balancing must be attached to the inner side of the rim of 6^1/_2 J x 16 aluminium wheels!
		205/55 R 16 91H	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 179	42	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7 J x 17 page 183	38	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7^1/_2 J x 17 page 186	38	No	4Motion vehicles: Snow chains are permitted on the front wheels only.
	Winter tyres	175/80 R 14 88Q/T	6 J x 14 page 174	38	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91T/H	5^1/_2 J x 16 page 178	36	Yes
Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
1.9l 66 kW TDI	Standard tyres	195/65 R 15 91T	6 J x 15 page 175	38	Yes
	Modification	205/55 R 16 91H	6^1/_2J × 16 page 179	42	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7 J x 17 page 183	38	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7^1/_2J × 17 page 186	38	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T	6 J x 15 page 175	38	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91T/H	5^1/_2J × 16 page 178	36	Yes
1.9l 74 kW, 81 kW, 85 kW TDI;2.0l 85 kW petrol engine;1.6l 81 kW petrol engine	Standard tyres	195/65 R 15 91H	6 J x 15 page 175	38	Yes
	Modification	205/55 R 16 91H	6^1/_2J × 16 page 179	42	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7 J x 17 page 183	38	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T	6 J x 15 page 175	38	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91T/H	5^1/_2J × 16 page 178		Yes
1.8l 92 kW;1.8l 110 kW;2.3l 110 kW Petrol engines;1.9l 96 kW TDI;1.9l 110 kW TDI	Standard tyres	195/65 R 15 91V	6 J x 15 page 175	38	Yes
	Modification	205/55 R 16 91V	6^1/_2J × 16 page 179	42	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7 J x 17 page 183	38	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7 ^1/_2J × 17 page 186	38	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T	6 J x 15 page 175	38	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91T/H	5^2/_2J × 16 page 178	36	Yes
1.8l 132 kW; 2.3l 125 kW	Standard tyres	205/55 R 16 91W	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 181	42	No
	Modification	205/55 R 16 91V	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 181	42	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7 J x 17 page 183	38	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7^1/_2 J x 17 page 186	38	No
	Winter tyres	205/55 R 16 91T/H	5^1/_2 J x 16 page 178	36	Yes
2.8l 150 kW	Standard tyres	205/55 R 16 91W	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 181	42	No
	Modification	225/45 R 17 91W	7 J x 17 page 183	38	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7^1/_2 J x 17 page 186	38	No
	Winter tyres	20S/55 R 16 91T/H	5^1/_2 J x 16 page 178	36	Yes

Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or in Maintenance; Booklet 37.

26.2 Wheel allocation Golf, Golf 4Motion, type 1J model year 1998 to model year 2004

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Wheel bolt torque settings Running gear, axles, steering - front and four-wheel drive; Rep. gr. 44 ; Wheel bolt torque settings

Pitch circle diameter	100 mm
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

26.2.1 6 J x 14

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 171.

For Golf 55 kW, 74 kW, 77 kW petrol engines, 50 kW diesel 1J0 601 027 J - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 171

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	520

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 027 N, 1J0 601 027 P - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 171

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	520

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple screw holes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

26.2.2 6 J x 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 171.

For Golf 55 kW, 74 kW, 77 kW petrol engines, 50 kW diesel 1J0 601 025 N, 1J0 601 025 AG - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 172

Note

These rims are allowed only for vehicles with a maximum permitted axle load of 1000 kg.

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	500

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with mounting holes and hub (no text or symbols)

For vehicles up to and including 96 kW and petrol engines to 110 kW

1J0 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 172

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple screw holes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 027 H, 1J0 601 027 Q - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 172

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with mounting holes and inner rotor (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 B, 1J0 601 025 AA - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 172

Note

These rims are allowed only for vehicles with a maximum permitted axle load of 1000 kg.

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	500

Technical line drawing of a Volkswagen wheel rim with five spokes and a central logo (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

1J0 601 025 Q - Wheel and tyre combination → page 172

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	530

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 AK - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 172

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	580

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1C0 601 025 F - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 172

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 P, 1J0 601 025 AL - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 172

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 BD - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 172

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	580

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

For vehicles with 110 kW TDI and petrol engines 1.8l 132 kW, 2.3l 125 kW, 2.8l 150 kW

1J0 601 025 P, 1J0 601 025 AL - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 173

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 BD - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 173

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	580

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

26.2.3 5^1 / 2 ~J × 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 171.

For vehicles up to and including 96 kW and petrol engines to 110 kW

For vehicles with 110 kW TDI and petrol engines 1.8l 132 kW, 2.3l 125 kW, 2.8l 150 kW

Snow tyres

1J0 601 025 M, 1J0 601 025 AF - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 172

Size:	5^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	36
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with eight spokes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 AP - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 172

Size:	5^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	36
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with mounting holes and hub (no text or symbols)

26.2.4 6^1/_2 J x 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 171.

For vehicles up to and including 96 kW and petrol engines to 110 kW

1C0 601 025 A, 1C0 601 025 D - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 172

Note

These rims are allowed only for vehicles with a maximum permitted axle load of 1000 kg.

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	500

Technical line drawing of a Volkswagen wheel with visible brand logo and mounting bracket (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

1J0 601 027 L, 1J0 601 027 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 172

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 F, 1J0 601 025 AC - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 172

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	530

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with mounting flanges and central hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 E, 1J0 601 025 AD - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 172

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	530

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with hexagonal cutouts and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 H, 1J0 601 025 AH - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 172

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	530

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and brand mark (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

1J0 601 025 L, 1J0 601 025 AE - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 172

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1C0 601 025 G - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 172

Size:	6 12 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and mounting bracket (no text or symbols)

1C0 601 025 H - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 172

Size:	6 12 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 R, 1J0 601 025 AN - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 172

Size:	6 12 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with mounting holes and hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 T, 1J0 601 025 AJ - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 172

Size:	6 12 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with multiple spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

For vehicles with 110 kW TDI and petrol engines 1.8l 132 kW, 2.3l 125 kW, 2.8l 150 kW

1J0 601 027 L, 1J0 601 027 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 173

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 F, 1J0 601 025 AC - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 173

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	530

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 L, 1J0 601 025 AE - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 173

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 AN, 1J0 601 025 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 173

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 T, 1J0 601 025 AJ - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 173

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with multiple spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1C0 601 025 G - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 173

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1C0 601 025 H - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 173

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW branding and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

26.2.5 7 J x 17

The following wheels are permitted only if the stated conditions page 186 are fulfilled.

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 171.

1J0 601 025 J, 1J0 601 025 S - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 172

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	580

Technical line drawing of a five-bladed car wheel with mounting holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 AB - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 172

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and brand number N44-10091 (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

1C0 601 025 B, 1C0 601 025 E - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 172

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Line drawing of a Volkswagen V74-10092 wheel with no text or symbols on the component itself

1C0 601 025 J - Wheel and tyre combination page 172

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1C0 601 025 K, 1C0 601 025 Q - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 172

Alloy disc-type wheels with exchangeable trim elements page 58

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a five-wheeled car wheel with BMW logo and brand mark N44-101'0 (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

1J0 601 025 BE - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 172

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 AS - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 172

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial slots and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1C0 601 025 M - Wheel and tyre combination → page 172

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial slots and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

26.2.6 7^1/_2 J x 17

The following wheels are permitted only if the stated conditions page 186 are fulfilled.

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 171.

1J0 601 025 BF - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 172

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

1J0 601 025 BH - Wheel and tyre combination → page 172

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	560

Line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and a central hub, no text or symbols present

Line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

26.3 Conditions for fitting 17" wheels and tyres to Golf model year 1998 to model year 2004

17" wheels with 225/45 R 17 are possible only:

1. For vehicles from model year 2001.
2. If 17" sports running gear and a steering box with reduced steering arm travel are installed in the vehicle

Allocation of steering box PR No. to engine:
PR No. of steering box	Engine
QZ 35)	1.8l; 2.0l; 2.3l petrol engines;1.9l diesel engines
QZ 45)	Up to and including 1.6 l petrol engines
QZ 55)	VR6 (US version);VR6 4Motion

5) Replacement part numbers → Electronic parts catalogue „ETKA“
3. If tyres with a maximum width of 218 mm are used.

1. If snow chains are not used.

Maximum width of 17" tyres

If a vehicle is retrofitted with 17" tyres or if existing 17" tyres are renewed, use only tyres with a maximum width -a- which does not exceed 218 mm during use ^6) .

6) The measured width of the tyre including lettering on 7 J x 17 or 7^1/2 J x 17 and at the specified tyre pressure.

If wider tyres are used, under certain circumstances, the tyres may contact the front axle and the bodywork while the car is being driven.

a AG does not or acce N44-018°

26.4 Golf R32, type 1J model year 2003 to model year 2005

Appendix 2 to Parts Certificate 1958/04

Type Approval No.: e1*98/14*0071*26 to e1*98/14*0071*30

Type Approval No.: e1*2001/116*0071*31 to e1*2001/116*0071*37

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
3.2l 177 kW	Standard tyres	225/40 R 18 88Y	7^1/_2 J x 18 page 189	38	No	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:♦ Summer tyres page 473♦ Winter tyres page 498Tyre pressures for winter tyres page 187Snow chains may be fitted on the front wheels only!
	Modification	225/45 R 17 91W	7^1/_2 J x 17 page 188	38	No
	Winter tyres	205/50 R 17 93T/H	5^1/_2 J x 17 page 188	36	Yes

Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or in Maintenance; Booklet 37.

Tyre pressures for winter tyres:

Tyre pressure M + S:
Part load front:	2.3
Part load rear:	2.1
Full load front:	2.5
Full load rear:	2.9

26.5 Wheel allocation Golf R32, type 1J model year 2003 to model year 2005

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Wheel bolt torque settings Running gear, axles, steering - front and four-wheel drive; Rep. gr. 44 ; Wheel bolt torque settings

Pitch circle diameter 100 mm

Number of wheel bolt holes: 5

26.5.1 5^1/_2 J x 17

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 187.

1J0 601 025 BB - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 187

M + S wheel with snow chain

Size:	5^1/_2 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	36
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

26.5.2 7^1/_2J × 17

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 187.

1J0 601 025 BC - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 187

Note

No snow chains permitted!

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

26.5.3 7^1 / 2 ~J × 18

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 187.

1J0 601 025 BA - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 187

Note

No snow chains permitted!

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with spokes and hub (no text or symbols)

26.6 Golf Anniversary GTI, type 1J model year 2002

Appendix 2 to Parts Certificate 1486/03

Type Approval No.: e1*98/14*0071*21 to e1*98/14*0071*24

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
1,8l 132 kW	Standard tyres	225/40 R 18 88Y	7^1/_2 J x 18 page 194	38	No	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:♦ Summer tyres page 473♦ Winter tyres page 498
	Modification	205/55 R 16 91W	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 191	42	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7 J x 17 page 192	38	No
	Winter tyres	205/55 R 16 91T/H	5^1/_2 J x 16 page 190	36	Yes	Fitting 17" and 18" wheels and tyres is permitted only if the stated conditions page 194 are fulfilled.Snow chains may be fitted on the front wheels only!

Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or in Maintenance ; Booklet 37.

26.7 Wheel allocation for Golf Anniversary GTI, type 1J model year 2002

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Wheel bolt torque settings Running gear, axles, steering - front and four-wheel drive; Rep. gr. 44 ; Wheel bolt torque settings

Pitch circle diameter 100 mm

Number of wheel bolt holes: 5

26.7.1 5^1/_2 J x 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 189.

Snow tyres

1J0 601 025 M, 1J0 601 025 AF - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 189

Size:	5^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	36
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial slots and central hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 AP - Wheel and tyre combination → page 189

Size:	5^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	36
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

26.7.2 6^1/2 ~J × 16

1J0 601 027 L, 1J0 601 027 R - Wheel and tyre combination page 189

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

1J0 601 025 F, 1J0 601 025 AC - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 189

Size:		6 12 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:		42
Wheel load in kg:		530

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple screw holes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 L, 1J0 601 025 AE - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 189

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 189

Size:	6^1/_2J × 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 T, 1J0 601 025 AJ - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 189

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with multiple spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1C0 601 025 G - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 189

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and a central hub, no text or symbols present.

1C0 601 025 H - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 189

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and brand mark N44-10109 (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

26.7.3 7 J x 17

The following wheels are permitted only if the stated conditions page 194 are fulfilled.

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 189.

1J0 601 025 J, 1J0 601 025 S - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 189

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	580

Technical line drawing of a five-spoke car wheel with mounting holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 AB - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 189

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and brand number N44-10091 (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

1C0 601 025 B, 1C0 601 025 E - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 189

Size:	7J×17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and 'N44-10092' label (no technical text or symbols on the diagram itself)

1C0 601 025 J - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 189

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and mounting bracket (no text or symbols)

1C0 601 025 K, 1C0 601 025 Q - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 189

Alloy disc-type wheels with exchangeable trim elements ⇒ page 58

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and a central hub, no text or symbols present.

26.7.4 7^1/_2 J x 18

The following wheels are permitted only if the stated conditions page 194 are fulfilled.

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 189.

1J0 601 025 AM - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 189

Size:	7^1/_2J × 18
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	475

Volkswagen AG de Germany, V Sachanliability with N44-101:4

26.8 Conditions for fitting 17" and 18" wheels and tyres of Golf Anniversary GTI

Conditions for fitting 17" wheels and tyres

17" wheels with 225/45 R 17 are possible only:

1. For vehicles from model year 2001.
2. If a steering box with reduced steering arm travel for vehicles with 17" sports running gear is installed.

PR No. of steering box: QZ 37)

7) Replacement part numbers Electronic parts catalogue "ETKA"
3. If tyres with a maximum width of 218 mm are used.
4. If snow chains are not used.

Conditions for fitting 18" wheels and tyres

These vehicles are equipped as standard with a steering gear having reduced steering arm travel and sports running gear. These components cannot be retrofitted on vehicles which were not originally equipped with them.

Maximum width for 17" and 18" tyres

If a vehicle is retrofitted with 17" or 18" tyres or if existing 17" or 18" tyres are renewed, use only tyres which do not exceed the maximum width -a- during use ^8 .

Dimension -a- for 17" tyres: 218 mm

Dimension -a- for 18" tyres: 225 mm

8) 1) The measured width of the tyre including lettering fitted on an appropriate wheel at the specified pressure.

If wider tyres are used, under certain circumstances, the tyres may contact the front axle and the bodywork while the car is being driven.

a N44-018°

Protected by copyright copying or patent copy commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted unless authorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee a acceptance liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright likely Volkswagen AG.

27 Golf model year 2004 to model year 2009

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of only genuine Volkswagen spare parts. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

27.1 Golf, Golf 4Motion, type 1K model year 2004 to model year 2006

Attachment to parts certificate 2066/08

The parts certificate can be found on the Volkswagen ServiceNet under Technology; Guides; Wheels and Tyres Guide.

Type approval number: e1*2001/116*0242*00 to e1*2001/116*0242*15

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
1.4I 55 kW;1.4I 66 kW;petrol engines;	Standard tyres	195/65 R 15 91T	6 J x 15 page 203	47	Yes	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
1.9l 66 kW TDI;2.0l 55 kW SDI diesel engines	Modification	195/65 R 15 91H/V	6 J x 15 page 203	47	Yes	Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:◆ Summer tyres page 466◆ All-season tyres page 483◆ Winter tyres page 494
		195/65 R 15 91T/H/V	6 ^1/_2 J x 15 page 204	50	Yes
		205/60 R 15 91H/V	6 J x 15 page 203	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91H/V/W	6 ^1/_2 J x 16 page 205	50	No
		225/45 R 17 91H/V/W	7 J x 17 page 210	54	No
		225/45 R 17 91H/V/W	7 ^1/_2 J x 17 page 212	51	No
		225/40 R 18 92Y* page 197	7 ^1/_2 J x 18 page 213	51	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T/H	6 J x 15 page 203	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16 page 205	50	Yes
1.6l 75 kW;1.6l 85 kW;petrol engines;1.9l 77 kW TDI diesel engine	Standard tyres	195/65 R 15 91H	6 J x 15 page 203	47	Yes
	Modification	195/65 R 15 91V	6 J x 15 page 203	47	Yes
		195/65 R 15 91H/V	6 ^1/_2 J x 15 page 204	50	Yes
		205/60 R 15 91H/V	6 J x 15 page 203	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91H/V/W	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 205	50	No
		225/45 R 17 91H/V/W	7 J x 17 page 210	54	No
		225/45 R 17 91H/V/W	7^1/_2J × 17 page 212	51	No
		225/40 R 18 92Y* page 197	7^1/_2J × 18 page 213	51	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T/H	6 J x 15 page 203	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16 page 205	50	Yes
2.0I 110 kW;petrol engine2.0I 100 kW TDI;2.0I 103 kW TDI;diesel engines	Standard tyres	205/55 R 16 91V	6^1/_2J × 16 page 205	50	No
	Modification	195/65 R 15 91V	6 J x 15 page 203	47	Yes
		195/65 R 15 91V	6^1/_2J × 15 page 204	50	Yes
		205/60 R 15 91V	6 J x 15 page 203	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91W	6^1/_2J × 16 page 205	50	No
		225/45 R 17 91V/W	7 J x 17 page 210	54	No
		225/45 R 17 91V/W	7^1/_2J × 17 page 212	51	No
		225/40 R 18 92Y* page 197	7^1/_2J × 18 page 213	51	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T/H	6 J x 15 page 203	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16 page 205	50	Yes
1.4I 125 kW;petrol engine2.0I 125 kW TDI;diesel engine	Standard tyres	205/55 R 16 91V	6^1/_2J × 16 page 205	50	No
	Modification	225/45 R 17 91V/W	7 J x 17 page 210	54	No
		225/40 R 18 92Y* page 197	7^1/_2J × 18 page 213	51	No
	Winter tyres	205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16 page 205	50	Yes

Tyre inflation pressures are located on a sticker on inside of fuel tank flap or in Maintenance ; Booklet ; Check tyres: condition, profile, inflation pressure, depth of tread.

27.2 Golf, Golf 4Motion, type 1K model year 2007 to model year 2009

Attachment to parts certificate 2066/08

The parts certificate can be found on the Volkswagen ServiceNet under Technology; Guides; Wheels and Tyres Guide.

Type approval number: e1*2001/116*0242*16 to e1*2001/116*0242*24

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
1.4l 55 kW;1.4l 59 kW;1.4l 66 kW;1.6l 75 kW;petrol engines	Standard tyres	195/65 R 15 91T	6 J x 15 page 203	47	Yes	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17
1.9l 66 kW TDI;2.0 l 55 kW SDI;1.9l 77 kW TDI; diesel engines	Modification	195/65 R 15 91H/V	6 J x 15 page 203	47	Yes	Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:♦ Summer tyres page 466♦ All-season tyres page 483♦ Winter tyres page 494
		195/65 R 15 91T/H/V	6 ^1/_2 J x 15 page 204	50	Yes
		205/60 R 15 91T/H/V	6 J x 15 page 203	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91T/H/V/W	6 ^1/_2 J x 16 page 205	50	No
		225/45 R 17 91T/H/V/W	7 J x 17 page 210	54	No
		225/45 R 17 91T/H/V/W * page 199	7 ^1/_2 J x 17 page 212	51	No
		225/40 R 18 92Y** page 199	7 ^1/_2 J x 18 page 213	51	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T/H	6 J x 15 page 203	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16 page 205	50	Yes
1.4I, 90 kW petrol engine with manual gearbox1.6I 85 kW;1.4I 103 kW petrol engines;	Standard tyres	195/65 R 15 91H	6 J x 15 page 203	47	Yes
	Modification	195/65 R 15 91V	6 J x 15 page 203	47	Yes
		195/65 R 15 91H/V	6 ^1/_2 J x 15 page 204	50	Yes
		205/60 R 15 91H/V	6 J x 15 page 203	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91H/V/W	6 ^1/_2 J x 16 page 205	50	No
		225/45 R 17 91H/V/W	7 J x 17 page 210	54	No
		225/45 R 17 91H/V/W* page 199	7 ^1/_2 J x 17 page 212	51	No
		225/40 R 18 92Y** page 199	7 ^1/_2 J x 18 page 213	51	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T/H	6 J x 15 page 203	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16 page 205	50	Yes
1.4I 90 kW petrol engine with double clutch gearbox	Standard tyres	195/65 R 15 91H	6 J x 15 page 203	47	Yes
	Modification	195/65 R 15 91V/W	6 J x 15 page 203	47	Yes
		195/65 R 15 91H/V/W	6 ^1/_2 J x 15 page 204	50	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91H/V/W	6 ^1/_2 J x 16 page 205	50	No
		225/45 R 17 91H/V/W* page 199	7 ^1/_2 J x 17 page 212	51	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T/H	6 J x 15 page 203	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16 page 205	50	Yes
2.0l 110 kW petrol engine with front-wheel drive and automatic gearbox2.0l 110 kW petrol engine 4MO-TION2.0l 100 kW TDI;2.0l 103 kW TDI; diesel engines	Standard tyres	205/55 R 16 91H	6 ^1/_2 J x 16 page 205	50	No
	Modification	195/65 R 15 91H/V	6 J x 15 page 203	47	Yes
		195/65 R 15 91H/V	6 ^1/_2 J x 15 page 204	50	Yes
		205/60 R 15 91H/V	6 J x 15 page 203	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91H/V/W	6 ^1/_2 J x 16 page 205	50	No
		225/45 R 17 91H/V/W	7 J x 17 page 210	54	No
		225/45 R 17 91H/V/W* page 199	7 ^1/_2 J x 17 page 212	51	No
		225/40 R 18 92Y** page 199	7 ^1/_2 J x 18 page 213	51	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T/H	6 J x 15 page 203	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16 page 205	50	Yes
2.0l 110 kW; petrol engine with front-wheel drive and manual gearbox	Standard tyres	205/55 R 16 91V	6 ^1/_2 J x 16 page 205	50	No
	Modification	195/65 R 15 91V	6 J x 15 page 203	47	Yes
		195/65 R 15 91V	6 ^1/_2 J x 15 page 204	50	Yes
		205/60 R 15 91V	6 J x 15 page 203	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91V/W	6 ^1/_2 J x 16 page 205	50	No
		225/45 R 17 91V/W	7 J × 17 page 210	54	No
		225/45 R 17 91V/W * page 199	7^1/_2J × 17 page 212	51	No
		225/40 R 18 92Y** page 199	7^1/_2J × 18 page 213	51	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T/H	6 J × 15 page 203	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J × 16 page 205	50	Yes
1.4I 125 kW; petrol engine	Standard tyres	205/55 R 16 91V	6^1/_2J × 16 page 205	50	No
	Modification	225/45 R 17 91V/W	7 J × 17 page 210	54	No
		225/45 R 17 91V/W * page 199	7^1/_2J × 17 page 212	51	No
		225/40 R 18 92Y** page 199	7^1/_2J × 18 page 213	51	No
	Winter tyres	205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J × 16 page 205	50	Yes
2.0I 125 kW TDI; diesel engine	Standard tyres	205/55 R 16 91V	6^1/_2J × 16 page 205	50	No
	Modification	225/45 R 17 91V/W	7 J × 17 page 210	54	No
		225/40 R 18 92Y** page 199	7^1/_2J × 18 page 213	51	No
	Winter tyres	205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J × 16 page 205	50	Yes
		205/50 R 17 93Q/T/H	6 J × 17 page 209	48.5	Yes*** page 202	*** Only snow chains with fine links of no more than 8 mm may be used page 203 .

Tyre inflation pressures are located on a sticker on inside of fuel tank flap or in Maintenance ; Booklet ; Check tyres: condition, profile, inflation pressure, depth of tread.

Approved snow chains for 6 J x 17 offset 48.5 wheel rim

The following snow chains are only permissible in combination with the adjacent wheel and tyre combination!

Chain manufacturer Item no.	Accessory part num-ber	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Part no.
Ottinger 100 956	-	205/50 R 17 93Q/T/H	6 J x 17 offset 48.5	1K0 601 025 N

27.3 Wheel allocation for Golf, Golf 4Motion, type 1K from model year 2004 to model year 2009

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Torque specifications for wheel bolts Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44; Torque specifications for fitting wheels

Pitch circle diameter: 112 mm Number of wheel bolt holes: 5

27.3.1 6 J x 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 196.

1K0 601 027 C, 1K0 601 027 H - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 196

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	47
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 027 T - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 196

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	47
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple screw holes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

2K0 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 196

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	47
Wheel load in kg:	650

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

27.3.2 6^1 / 2J× 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 196.

1K0 601 025 A - Wheel and tyre combination → page 197

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AK - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AQ - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 CA - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Size:	6 12 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial blades and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

27.3.3 6 J x 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 196.

Winter wheels

8P0 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Size:	6 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Use the following wheel bolt caps for wheel bolts:

◆ 1K0.601.173 (4 per wheel)
◆ 1K0.601.173.A (1 per wheel)

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 Q - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Size:	6 J x 16 EH2⇒ page 57
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

27.3.4 6^1 / 2J× 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 196.

1K0 601 027 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple screw holes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 027 J - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AJ - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BC - Wheel and tyre combination → page 197

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BM - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BR - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Rear view of a silver automotive wheel with eight spokes and central hub (no text or symbols visible)

1K0 601 025 BS - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Close-up of a silver car wheel with radial blades and mounting holes (no text or symbols visible)

1K0 601 025 CB - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 CG - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Close-up of a silver automotive wheel with eight spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols visible)

1T0 601 025 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 F - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with eight spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 P - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

1T0 601 025 G; 1T0 601 025 K - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1T0 601 025 M - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1T0 601 025 R- Wheel and tyre combination → page 197

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Close-up of a silver automotive wheel rim with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols visible)

27.3.5 6 J x 17

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 196.

Winter wheel

1K0 601 025 N - Wheel and tyre combination → page 202

Size:	6 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	48.5
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial slots and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

27.3.6 7 J x 17

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 196.

1K0 601 025 B - Wheel and tyre combination page 197

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 J - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial and concentric components (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 K - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and N44-10139 specification (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

1K0 601 025 M - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 T - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AF - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	630

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AE - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	630

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AN - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

27.3.7 7^1/_2 J x 17

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 196.

1K0 601 025 AC - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BB - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BK - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and spokes (no text or symbols)

27.3.8 7^1/2 ~J × 18

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 196.

1K0 601 025 AD - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Only for vehicles with sports running gear and rear axle camber of -1°45'

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	630

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AH - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Only for vehicles with sports running gear and rear axle camber of -1°45'

Size:	7^1/2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AG - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Only for vehicles with sports running gear and rear axle camber of -1°45'

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	630

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AM - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Only for vehicles with sports running gear and rear axle camber of -1°45'

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AT, 1K0 601 025 CC - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Only for vehicles with sports running gear and rear axle camber of -1°45'

Size:	7 12 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with visible teeth and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BA - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Only for vehicles with sports running gear and rear axle camber of -1°45'

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a five-wheeled car wheel (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BE - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Only for vehicles with sports running gear and rear axle camber of -1°45'

Size:	7^1/2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

3D rendered image of a car wheel with visible blades and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BL - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 197

Only for vehicles with sports running gear and rear axle camber of -1°45'

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and hub, no text or symbols present

28 Golf BlueMotion model year 2008 to model year 2009

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of only genuine Volkswagen spare parts. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

28.1 Golf BlueMotion, type 1K model year 2008 to model year 2009

Attachment to parts certificate 2066/08

The parts certificate can be found on the Volkswagen ServiceNet under Technology; Guides; Wheels and Tyres Guide.

Type approval number: e1*2001/116*0242*22 to e1*2001/116*0242*24

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
1.9l 77 kW TDI diesel engine	Standard tyresModification	195/65 R 15 91T195/65 R 15 91H/V	6 J x 15 page 2176 J x 15 page 217	4747	YesYes	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:♦ Summer tyres page 467♦ Winter tyres page 494
		195/65 R 15 91T/H/V	6 ^1/_2 J x 15 page 218	50	Yes
		205/60 R 15 91T/H/V	6 J x 15 page 217	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91T/H/V/W	6 ^1/_2 J x 16 page 219	50	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T/H	6 J x 15 page 203	47	Yes

Tyre inflation pressures are located on a sticker on inside of fuel tank flap or in Maintenance ; Booklet ; Check tyres: condition, profile, inflation pressure, depth of tread.

28.2 Wheel allocation for Golf BlueMotion, type 1K model year 2008 to model year 2009

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Torque specifications for wheel bolts Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44; Torque specifications for fitting wheels

Pitch circle diameter: 112 mm Number of wheel bolt holes: 5

28.2.1 6 J x 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 216.

1K0 601 027 C, 1K0 601 027 H - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 216

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	47
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 027 T - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 216

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	47
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

2K0 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 216

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	47
Wheel load in kg:	650

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and inner hub (no text or symbols)

28.2.2 6^1 / 2J× 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 216.

1K0 601 025 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 217

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AK - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 217

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial blades and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AQ - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 217

Size:	6^1/2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 CA - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 217

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with eight spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

28.2.3 6½ J x 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 216.

1K0 601 027 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 217

Size:	6 ^1 /2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 027 J - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 217

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AJ - Wheel and tyre combination → page 217

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BC - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 217

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with eight spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BM - Wheel and tyre combination → page 217

Size:	61/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BR - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 217

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Close-up of a silver automotive wheel rim with eight spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols visible)

1K0 601 025 BS - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 217

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Close-up of a silver automotive wheel rim with eight spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols visible)

1K0 601 025 CB - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 217

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 CG - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 217

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Close-up of a silver car wheel with eight spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols visible)

1T0 601 025 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 217

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with six spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 F - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 217

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with eight spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 P - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 217

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 217

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

1T0 601 025 G; 1T0 601 025 K ^2 -Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 217

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1T0 601 025 M - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 217

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1T0 601 025 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 217

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Close-up of a silver car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols visible)

29 Golf GTI model year 2005 to model year 2009

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of only genuine Volkswagen spare parts. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

29.1 Golf GTI, type 1K model year 2005 to model year 2008

Attachment to parts certificate 2066/08

The parts certificate can be found on the Volkswagen ServiceNet under Technology; Guides; Wheels and Tyres Guide.

Type Approval No.: e1*2001/116*0242*07 to e1*2001/116*0242*22

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
2.0l 147 kW;2.0l 169 kW;petrol engine	Standard tyresModifica-tion	225/45 R 17 91W205/55 R 16 91W	7^1/_2 J x 17 page 234 6^1/_2 J x 16 page 227	5150	NoNo	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17Tyre makes recommended by Volks-wagen:◆ Summer tyres page 468◆ Winter tyres page 495
		225/45 R 17 91W	7 J x 17 page 232	54	No
		225/40 R 18 92Y	7^1/_2 J x 18 page 235	51	No
	Winter tyres	205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16 page 227	50	Yes	* Only snow chains with fine links of no more than 8 mm may be used page 225.
		205/50 R 17 93Q/T/H	6 J x 17 page 231	48.5	Yes* page 225

Tyre inflation pressures are located on a sticker on inside of fuel tank flap or in Maintenance; Booklet; Check tyres: condition profile, inflation pressure, depth of tread.

Approved snow chains for 6 J x 17 offset 48.5 wheel rim

The following snow chains are only permissible in combination with the adjacent wheel and tyre combination!

Chain manufacturer Item no.	Accessory part num-ber	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Part no.
Ottinger 100 956	-	205/50 R 17 93Q/T/H	6 J x 17 offset 48.5	1K0 601 025 N

29.2 Golf GTI, type 1K model year 2009

Attachment to parts certificate 2066/08

The parts certificate can be found on the Volkswagen ServiceNet under Technology; Guides; Wheels and Tyres Guide.

Type approval number: e1*2001/116*0242*23 to e1*2001/116*0242*24

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
2.0l 147 kW; petrol engine	Standard tyresModification	225/45 R 17 91V205/55 R 16 91V	7^1/_2 J x 17 page 234 6^1/_2 J x 16 page 227	5150	NoNo	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17Tyre makes recommended by Volks-wagen:◆ Summer tyres page 468◆ Winter tyres page 495
		225/45 R 17 91V	7 J x 17 page 232	54	No
		225/40 R 18 92Y	7^1/_2 J x 18 page 235	51	No
	Winter tyres	205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16 page 227	50	Yes
		205/50 R 17 93Q/T/H	6 J x 17 page 231	48.5	Yes* page 226
2.0l 169 kW; petrol engine	Standard tyres	225/45 R 17 91W	7^1/_2 J x 17 page 234	51	No
	Modification	205/55 R 16 91W	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 227	50	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7 J x 17 page 232	54	No
		225/40 R 18 92Y	7^1/_2 J x 18 page 235	51	No
	Winter tyres	205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16 page 227	50	Yes
		205/50 R 17 93Q/T/H	6 J x 17 page 231	48.5	Yes* page 226

Tyre inflation pressures are located on a sticker on inside of fuel tank flap or in Maintenance ; Booklet ; Check tyres: condition, profile, inflation pressure, depth of tread.

Approved snow chains for 6 J x 17 offset 48.5 wheel rim

The following snow chains are only permissible in combination with the adjacent wheel and tyre combination!

Chain manufacturer Item no.	Accessory part num ber	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Part no.
Ottinger 100 956	-	205/50 R 17 93Q/T/H	6 J x 17 offset 48.5	1K0 601 025 N

29.3 Wheel allocation for Golf GTI, type 1K model year 2005 to model year 2009

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Torque settings for wheel bolts Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44; Torque settings for fitting wheels

Pitch circle diameter: 112 mm

Number of wheel bolt holes: 5

29.3.1 6 J x 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 224.

Winter wheels

8P0 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 225

Size:	6 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Use the following wheel bolt caps for wheel bolts:

◆ 1K0.601.173 (4 per wheel)
◆ 1K0.601.173.A (1 per wheel)

1K0 601 025 Q - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 225

Size:	6 J x 16 EH2⇒ page 57
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

29.3.2 6^1/2 ~J × 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 224.

1K0 601 027 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 225

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple screw holes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 027 J - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 225

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AJ - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 225

Size:	61/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BC - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 225

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with eight spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BM - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 225

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BR - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 225

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Exterior view of a silver car wheel with eight spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols visible)

1K0 601 025 BS - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 225

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Close-up of a metallic car wheel with eight spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols visible)

1K0 601 025 CB - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 225

Size:	6 ^1 /2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 CG - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 225

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Close-up of a silver automotive wheel with eight spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols visible)

1K0 601 025 P - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 225

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 225

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

1T0 601 025 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 225

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

1T0 601 025 G; 1T0 601 025 K - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 225

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1T0 601 025 M - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 225

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1T0 601 025 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 225

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Rear wheel with five spokes and a small inset showing a component labeled 'OILER', no readable text or symbols beyond the label.

29.3.3 6 J x 17

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 224.

Winter wheel

1K0 601 025 N - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 225

Size:	6 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	48.5
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with hexagonal blades and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

29.3.4 7 J x 17

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 224.

1K0 601 025 B - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 225

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 225

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 J - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 225

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial slots and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 K - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 225

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and N44-10139 specification (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

1K0 601 025 M- Wheel and tyre combination → page 225

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 T - Wheel and tyre combination → page 225

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AF - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 225

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	630

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AE - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 225

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	630

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AN - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 225

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

29.3.5 7/2 J x 17

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 224.

1K0 601 025 AC - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 224

Size:	71/2 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BB - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 224

Size:	7^1/2 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BK - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 224

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial slots and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

29.3.6 7^1/2 ~J × 18

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 224.

1K0 601 025 AD - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 225

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg	630

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AG - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 225

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	630

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AH - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 225

Size:	7^1/2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AM - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 225

Size:	7^1/2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AT, 1K0 601 025 CC - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 225

Size:	7^1/2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BA - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 225

Size:	7^1/2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BE - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 225

Size:	7^1/_2J × 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Close-up of a metallic car wheel rim with cutouts and mounting holes (no text or symbols visible)

1K0 601 025 BL - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 225

Size:	7^1/_2J × 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and hub (no text or symbols)

Pro-tered by copyright copyright granted Commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted unless authorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee or accept any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright University Volkswagen AG.

30 Pirelli Golf model year 2008 to model year 2009

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of only genuine Volkswagen spare parts. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

30.1 Pirelli Golf, type 1K model year 2008 to model year 2009

Attachment to parts certificate 2066/08

The parts certificate can be found on the Volkswagen ServiceNet under Technology; Guides; Wheels and Tyres Guide.

Type approval number: e1*2001/116*0242*20 to e1*2001/116*0242*24

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
2.0l 169 kW; petrol engine	Standard tyresModifica-tion	225/40 R 18 92Y205/55 R 16 91W	7^1/_2 J x 18 page 248 6^1/_2 J x 16 page 240	5150	NoNo	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17Tyre makes recommended by Volks-wagen:◆ Summer tyres page 468◆ Winter tyres page 495
		225/45 R 17 91W	7 J x 17 page 244	54	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7^1/_2 J x 17 page 247	51	No
	Winter tyres	205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16 page 239	50	Yes	* Only snow chains with fine links of no more than 8 mm may be used page 239.
		205/50 R 17 93Q/T/H	6 J x 17 page 244	48.5	Yes* page 239

Tyre inflation pressures are located on a sticker on inside of fuel tank flap or in Maintenance ; Booklet ; Check tyres: condition, profile, inflation pressure, depth of tread.

Approved snow chains for 6 J x 17 offset 48.5 wheel rim

The following snow chains are only permissible in combination with the adjacent wheel and tyre combination!

Chain manufacturer Item no.	Accessory part num-ber	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Part no.
Ottinger 100 956	-	205/50 R 17 93Q/T/H	6 J x 17 offset 48.5	1K0 601'025 N

30.2 Wheel allocation for Pirelli Golf, type 1K model year 2008 to model year 2009

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Torque settings for wheel bolts Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44; Torque settings for fitting wheels

Pitch circle diameter: 112 mm Number of wheel bolt holes: 5

30.2.1 6 J x 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 238.

Winter wheels

8P0 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 239

Size:	6 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Use the following wheel bolt caps for wheel bolts:

◆ 1K0.601.173 (4 per wheel)
◆ 1K0.601.173.A (1 per wheel)

Technical line drawing of a wheel with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 Q - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 239

Size:	6 J x 16 EH2→ page 57
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

30.2.2 6^1 / 2J× 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 238.

1K0 601 027 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 239

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple screw holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 027 J - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 239

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple screw holes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AJ - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 239

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BC - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 239

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BM - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 239

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BR - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 239

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Close-up of a metallic car wheel rim with eight spokes and central hub (no text or symbols visible)

1K0 601 025 BS - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 239

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Close-up of a silver automotive wheel rim with eight spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols visible)

1K0 601 025 CB - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 239

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 CG - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 239

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Rear wheel with eight spokes and mounting holes, no visible text or symbols

1K0 601 025 P - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 239

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 239

Size:	6 1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

1T0 601 025 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 239

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1T0 601 025 G; 1T0 601 025 K - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 239

Size:	6 12 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1T0 601 025 M - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 239

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1T0 601 025 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 239

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Close-up of a silver automotive wheel rim with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols visible)

30.2.3 6 J x 17

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 238.

Winter wheel

1K0 601 025 N - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 239

Size:	6 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	48.5
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

30.2.4 7 J x 17

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 238.

1K0 601 025 B - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 239

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 239

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible mounting holes and internal blades (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 J - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 239

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial and linear components (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 K - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 239

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with hexagonal segments and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 M - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 239

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with hexagonal blades and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 T - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 239

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial blades and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AF - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 239

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	630

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AE - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 239

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	630

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AN - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 239

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

30.2.5 7^1/_2 J x 17

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 238.

1K0 601 025 AC - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 239

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BB - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 239

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BK - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 239

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Line drawing of a car wheel with radial slots and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

30.2.6 7^1/_2J × 18

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 238.

1K0 601 025 BT - Wheel and tyre combination → page 238

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	630

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AD - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 238

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	630

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with spokes and hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AG - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 238

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	630

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AH - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 238

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AM - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 238

Size:	7^1/2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AT, 1K0 601 025 CC - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 238

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with mounting holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BA - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 238

Size:	7^1/2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BE - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 238

Size:	7^1/2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Circular mechanical component with radial slots and central hub, no visible text or symbols

1K0 601 025 BL - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 238

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

ProTECTED copyright: Copying or patenter commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted unless authorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee or accept any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright (by Volkswagen AG)

31 Golf R32 model year 2006 to model year 2009

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of only genuine Volkswagen spare parts. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

31.1 Golf R32, type 1K model year 2006 to model year 2009

Attachment to parts certificate 2066/08

The parts certificate can be found on the Volkswagen ServiceNet under Technology; Guides; Wheels and Tyres Guide.

Type Approval No.: e1*2001/116*0242*11 to e1*2001/116*0242*24

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
3.2l 184 kW; petrol engine	Standard tyresModifica-tion	225/40 R 18 92Y225/45 R 17 94W	7^1/_2 J × 18 page 255 7 J x 17 page 253	5154	NoNo	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14 ♦ Snow chains page 17 Tyre makes recommended by Volks-wagen:♦ Summer tyres page 468♦ Winter tyres page 495* Only fine-link snow chains, which do not add more than 8 mm may be used page 252
	Winter tyres	205/50 R 17 93Q/T/H	6 J x 17 page 252	48.5	Yes* page 252

Tyre inflation pressures are located on a sticker on inside of fuel tank flap or in Maintenance ; Booklet ; Check tyres: condition, profile, inflation pressure, depth of tread.

Approved snow chains for 6 J x 17 offset 48.5 wheel rim

The following snow chains are only permissible in combination with the adjacent wheel and tyre combination!

Chain manufacturer Item no.	Accessory part num-ber	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Part no.
Ottinger 100 956	-	205/50 R 17 93Q/T/H	6 J x 17 offset 48.5	1K0 601 025 N

31.2 Wheel allocation for Golf R32, type 1K model year 2006 to model year 2009

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Torque settings for wheel bolts → Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44 ; Torque settings for fitting wheels

Pitch circle diameter: 112 mm Number of wheel bolt holes: 5

31.2.1 6 J x 17

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 224.

Winter wheel

1K0 601 025 N - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 252

Size:	6 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	48.5
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

31.2.2 7 J x 17

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 251.

1K0 601 025 B - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 252

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 252

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 J - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 252

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial and concentric components (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 K - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 252

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and N44-10139 specification (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

1K0 601 025 M - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 252

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 T - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 252

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AF - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 252

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	630

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AE - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 252

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	630

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AN - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 252

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

31.2.3 7^1/_2 J x 18

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 251.

1K0 601 025 AD - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 251

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	630

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AG - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 251

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	630

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AH - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 251

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with multiple blades and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AM - Wheel and tyre combination → page 251

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AT, 1K0 601 025 CC - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 251

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible mounting holes and internal components (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BA - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 251

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BE - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 251

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Close-up of a car wheel with visible blades and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BL - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 251

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

32 CrossGolf from model year 2007

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of only genuine Volkswagen spare parts. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

32.1 CrossGolf, type 1KP model year 2007 to model year 2009

Attachment to parts certificate 2066/08

The parts certificate can be found on the Volkswagen ServiceNet under Technology; Guides; Wheels and Tyres Guide.

Type approval number: e1*2001/116*0304*07 to e1*2001/116*0304*13

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
1.9I 77 kW TDI diesel engine	Standard tyres	225/45 R 17 91W	7 J x 17 page 268	47	No	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17
	Modification	195/65 R 15 91T/H/V	6 J x 15 page 261	47	Yes	Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:
		195/65 R 15 91T/H/V	6^1/_2 J x 15 page 262	50	Yes	◆ Summer tyres page 469◆ All-season tyres page 483◆ Winter tyres page 496
		205/60 R 15 91T/H/V	6 J x 15 page 261	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91T/H/V	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 264	50	No
		225/45 R 17 91T/H/V	7 J x 17 page 269	54	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7^1/_2 J x 17 page 271	47	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91T/H/V	6 J x 15 page 261	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16 page 263	50	Yes
1.6l, 75 kW petrol engine with manual gearbox	Standard tyres	225/45 R 17 91W	7 J x 17 page 268	47	No
	Modification	195/65 R 15 91T/H/V	6 J x 15 page 261	47	Yes
		195/65 R 15 91T/H/V	6^1/_2 J x 15 page 262	50	Yes
		205/60 R 15 91T/H/V	6 J x 15 page 261	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91H/V	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 264	50	No
		225/45 R 17 91H/V	7 J x 17 page 269	54	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7^1/_2 J x 17 page 271	47	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91T/H/V		47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16 page 263	50	Yes
1.6l 75 kW petrol engine with automatic gear-box	Standard tyresModification	225/45 R 17 91H/V195/65 R 15 91T/H/V	7 J x 17 page 2696 J x 15 ≥ page 261	5447	NoYes
		195/65 R 15 91T/H/V	6^1/_2 J x 15 ≥ page 262	50	Yes
		205/60 R 15 91T/H/V	6 J x 15 ≥ page 261	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91H/V	6^1/_2 J x 16 ≥ page 264	50	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91T/H/V	6 J x 15 ≥ page 261	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16 ≥ page 263	50	Yes
1.4I 103 kW petrol engine;2.0I 103 KW TDI; diesel engine	Standard tyres	225/45 R 17 91W	7 J x 17 ≥ page 268	47	No
	Modification	195/65 R 15 91H/V	6 J x 15 ≥ page 261	47	Yes
		195/65 R 15 91H/V	6^1/_2 J x 15	50	Yes
		205/60 R 15 91H/V	6 J x 15 ≥ page 261	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91H/V	6^1/_2 J x 16 ≥ page 269	50	No
		225/45 R 17 91H/V	7 J x 17 ≥ page 269	54	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7^1/_2 J x 17 ≥ page 271	47	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91T/H/V	6 J x 15 ≥ page 261	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16 ≥ page 263	50	Yes
1,4I 118 kW petrol engine	Standard tyres	225/45 R 17 91W	7 J x 17 ≥ page 268	47	No
	Modification	205/55 R 16 91V	6^1/_2 J x 16 ≥ page 269	50	No
		225/45 R 17 91V/W	7 J x 17 ≥ page 269	54	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7^1/_2 J x 17 page 271	47	No
	Winter tyres	205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16 page 263	50	Yes
		205/50 R 17 93Q/T/H	6 J x 17 page 268	48.5	Yes

Tyre inflation pressures are located on a sticker on inside of fuel tank flap or in Maintenance ; Booklet ; Check tyres: condition, profile, inflation pressure, depth of tread.

32.2 Wheel allocation for CrossGolf, type 1KP model year 2007 to model year 2009

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Torque specifications for wheel bolts Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44 ; Torque specifications for fitting wheels

Pitch circle diameter: 112 mm

Number of wheel bolt holes: 5

32.2.1 6 J x 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 258.

1K0 601 027 C, 1K0 601 027 H - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 258

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	47
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 027 T - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 258

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	47
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

2K0 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 258

Size:		6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:		47
Wheel load in kg:		650

Technical line drawing of a wheel with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

32.2.2 6^1 / 2 ~J × 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 258.

1K0 601 025 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 259

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AK - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 259

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial blades and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AQ - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 259

Size:	6^1/2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 CA - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 259

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with eight spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

32.2.3 6J×16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 258.

Winter wheels

8P0 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 259

Size:	6 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Use the following wheel bolt caps for wheel bolts:

◆ 1K0.601.173 (4 per wheel)
◆ 1K0.601.173.A (1 per wheel)

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 Q - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 259

Size:	6 J x 16 EH2⇒ page 57
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

32.2.4 6^1 / 2J× 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 258.

1K0 601 027 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 259

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 027 J - Wheel and tyre combination → page 259

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AJ - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 259

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BC - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 259

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BM - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 259

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BR - Wheel and tyre combination → page 259

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Close-up of a silver car wheel rim with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BS - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 259

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Close-up of a silver automotive wheel rim with eight spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols visible)

1K0 601 025 CB - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 259

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 CG - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 259

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Metal car wheel with eight spokes and a central hub, shown without any text or symbols on the rim itself.

1T0 601 025 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 259

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 F - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 259

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with eight spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 P - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 259

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 259

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

1T0 601 025 G; 1T0 601 025 K - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 259

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Guarantee or accept any liability with N44-10236

1T0 601 025 M - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 259

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1T0 601 025 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 259

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Close-up of a silver automotive wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols visible)

32.2.5 6 J x 17

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 258.

Winter wheel

1K0 601 025 N - Wheel and tyre combination → page 261

Size:	6 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	48.5
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

32.2.6 7 J x 17 offset 47

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 258.

5M0 601 025 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 258

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	47
Wheel load in kg:	630

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

32.2.7 7 J x 17 offset 54

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 258.

1K0 601 025 B - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 259

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 259

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 J - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 259

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 K - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 259

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and N44-10139 specification (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

1K0 601 025 M - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 259

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 T - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 259

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AF - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 259

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	630

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AE - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 259

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	630

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AN - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 259

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

32.2.8 7^1/_2 J x 17

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 258.

3C0 601 025 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 259

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	47
Wheel load in kg:	650

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

33 Golf Plus from model year 2005

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of only genuine Volkswagen spare parts. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

33.1 Golf Plus, type 1KP model year 2005 to model year 2006

Attachment to parts certificate 2066/08

The parts certificate can be found on the Volkswagen ServiceNet under Technology; Guides; Wheels and Tyres Guide.

Type approval number: e1*2001/116*0304*00 to e1*2001/116*0304*05

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
1.4I 55 kW;1.6I 66 kW petrol engines;1.9I 66 kW TDI diesel engine	Standard tyres	195/65 R 15 91T	6 J x 15 page 278	47	Yes	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17
	Modification	195/65 R 15 91H/V	6 J x 15 page 278	47	Yes
		195/65 R 15 91T/H/V	6^1/_2 J x 15 page 278	50	Yes	Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:◆ Summer tyres page 470◆ All-season tyres page 484◆ Winter tyres page 496* The 225/40 R 18 92Y tyre on the 7^1/_2 J x 18 off-set 51 rim is permitted only on vehicles with sports running gear and rear axle camber of -1°45!
		205/60 R 15 91T/H/V	6 J x 15 page 278	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91H/V/W	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 280	50	No
		225/45 R 17 91H/V/W	7 J x 17 page 285	54	No
		225/40 R 18 92Y* page 273	7^1/_2 J x 18 page 287	51	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T/H	6 J x 15 page 278	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16 page 279	50	Yes
1.6l 75 kW;1.6l 85 kW petrol engines;1.9l 77 kW TDI diesel engine	Standard tyres	195/65 R 15 91H	6 J x 15 page 278	47	Yes
	Modification	195/65 R 15 91V	6 J x 15 page 278	47	Yes
		195/65 R 15 91H/V	6^1/_2 J x 15 page 278	50	Yes
		205/60 R 15 91H/V	6 J x 15 page 278	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91H/V/W	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 280	50	No
		225/45 R 17 91H/V/W.	7 J x 17 page 285	54	No
		225/40 R 18 92Y* page 273	7^1/_2 J x 18 page 287	51	No
	Winter tyres	195/65R 15 91Q/T/H	6 J x 15 page 278	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16 page 279	50	Yes
2.0I 110 kW; petrol engine2.0I 96 kW TDI;2.0I 100 kW TDI;2.0I 103 kW TDI; diesel engines	Standard tyres	205/55 R 16 91V	6 ^1/_2 J x 16 page 280	50	No
	Modification	195/65 R 15 91V	6 J x 15 page 278	47	Yes
		195/65 R 15 91V	6 ^1/_2 J x 15 page 278	50	Yes
		205/60 R 15 91V	6 J x 15 page 278	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91W	6 ^1/_2 J x 16 page 280	50	No
		225/45 R 17 91V/W	7 J x 17 page 285	54	No
		225/40 R 18 92Y* page 273	7 ^1/_2 J x 18 page 287	51	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T/H	6 J x 15 page 278	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16 page 279	50	Yes

Tyre inflation pressures are located on a sticker on inside of fuel tank flap or in Maintenance ; Booklet ; Check tyres: condition, profile, inflation pressure, depth of tread.

33.2 Golf Plus, type 1KP model year 2007 to model year 2009

Attachment to parts certificate 2066/08

The parts certificate can be found on the Volkswagen ServiceNet under Technology; Guides; Wheels and Tyres Guide.

Type approval number: e1*2001/116*0304*06 to e1*2001/116*0304*13

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
1.9I 66 kW TDI diesel engine (engine codes: BXF and BXJ)	Standard tyres	195/65 R 15 91T	6 J x 15 page 278	47	Yes
1.6l 85 kW petrol engine with automatic gear-box1.9l 77 kW TDI diesel engine (engine code: BLS, BXE)	Modification	195/65 R 15 91H/V	6 J x 15 page 278	47	Yes	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:♦ Summer tyres page 470♦ All-season tyres page 484♦ Winter tyres page 496* The 225/40 R 18 92Y tyre on the 7 ^1 / _2 J x 18 off-set 51 rim is permitted only on vehicles with sports running gear and rear axle camber of -1°45'!
		195/65 R 15 91T/H/V	6 ^1/_2 J x 15 page 278	50	Yes
		205/60 R 15 91T/H/V	6 J x 15 page 278	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91T/H/V	6 ^1/_2 J x 16 page 280	50	No
		225/45 R 17 91T/H/V	7 J x 17 page 285	54	No
		225/40 R 18 92Y* page 275	7 ^1/_2 J x 18 page 287	51	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T/H	6 J x 15 page 278	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16 page 279	50	Yes
1.4l 55 kW;1.4l 59 kW;1.6l 66 kW;1.6l 75 kW;petrol engines1.9l 66 kW TDI diesel engine (engine code: BRU)	Standard tyres	195/65 R 15 91T	6 J x 15 page 278	47	Yes
	Modification	195/65 R 15 91H/V	6 J x 15 page 278	47	Yes
		195/65 R 15 91T/H/V	6 ^1/_2 J x 15 page 278	50	Yes
		205/60 R 15 91T/H/V	6 J x 15 page 278	47	Yes
		225/45 R 17 91H/V/W	7 J x 17 page 285	54	No
		225/40 R 18 92Y* page 275	7 ^1/_2 J x 18 page 287	51	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T/H	6 J x 15 page 278	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16 page 279	50	Yes
1.6I, 85 kW petrol engine with manual gearbox1.4I 90 kW1.4I 103 kW petrol engine1.9I 77 kW TDI diesel engine (engine code: BKC)	Standard tyres	195/65 R 15 91H	6 J x 15 page 278	47	Yes
	Modification	195/65 R 15 91V	6 J x 15 page 278	47	Yes
		195/65 R 15 91H/V	6 ^1/_2 J x 15 page 278	50	Yes
		205/60 R 15 91H/V	6 J x 15 page 278	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91H/V/W	6 ^1/_2 J x 16 page 280	50	No
		225/45 R 17 91H/V/W	7 J x 17 page 285	54	No
		225/40 R 18 92Y* page 275	7 ^1/_2 J x 18 page 287	51	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T/H	6 J x 15 page278	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16 page 279	50	Yes
2.0I 110 kW; petrol engine2.0I 96 kW TDI;2.0I 100 kW TDI;2.0I 103 kW TDI; diesel engines	Standard tyres	205/55 R 16 91H	6 ^1/_2 J x 16 page 280	50	No
	Modification	195/65 R 15 91H/V	6 J x 15 page 278	47	Yes
		195/65 R 15 91H/V	6 ^1/_2 J x 15 page 278	50	Yes
		205/60 R 15 91H/V	6 Jx 15 page 278	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91V/W	6 ^1/_2 J x 16 page 280	50	No
		225/45 R 17 91H/V/W	7 J x 17 page 285	54	No
		225/40 R 18 92Y* page 275	7 ^1/_2 J x 18 page 287	51	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T/H	6 J x 15 page 278	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16 page 279	50	Yes
1.4I 118 kW;1.4I 125 kW;petrol engine	Standard tyres	205/55 R 16 91V	6 ^1/_2 J x 16 page 280	50	No
	Modification	205/55 R 16 91W	6 ^1/_2 J x 16 page 280	50	No
		225/45 R 17 91V/W	7 J x 17 page 285	54	No
		225/40 R 18 92Y* page 275	7 ^1/_2 J x 18 page 287	[KCAH]	No
	Winter tyres	205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16 page 279	50	Yes	** Only snow chains with fine links of no more than 8 mm may be used page 277 .
		205/50 R 17 93Q/T/H	6 J x 17 page 284	48.5	Yes** page 277

Tyre inflation pressures are located on a sticker on inside of fuel tank flap or in Maintenance ; Booklet ; Check tyres: condition, profile, inflation pressure, depth of tread .

Approved snow chains for 6 J x 17 offset 48.5 wheel rim

The following snow chains are only permissible in combination with the adjacent wheel and tyre combination!

Chain manufacturer Item no.	Accessory part num-ber	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Part no.
Ottinger 100 956	-	205/50 R 17 93Q/T/H	6 J x 17 offset 48.5	1K0 601 025 N

33.3 Wheel allocation for Golf Plus, type 1KP model year 2005 to model year 2009

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Torque specifications for wheel bolts Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44; Torque specifications for fitting wheels

Pitch circle diameter:

112 mm

Number of wheel bolt holes:

5

33.3.1 6 J x 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 272.

1K0 601 027 C, 1K0 601 027 H - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 272

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	47
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 027 T - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 272

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	47
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

2K0 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination → page 272

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	47
Wheel load in kg:	650

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

33.3.2 6^1 / 2J× 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 272.

1K0 601 025 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Size:	6^1/2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AK - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with eight spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AQ - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Size:	6^1/2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 CA - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Size:	6^1/2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial blades and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

33.3.3 6 J x 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 272.

Winter wheels

8P0 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Size:	6 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Use the following wheel bolt caps for wheel bolts:

◆ 1K0.601.173 (4 per wheel)
◆ 1K0.601.173.A (1 per wheel)

1K0 601 025 Q - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Size:	6 J x 16 EH2⇒ page 57
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

33.3.4 6^1 / 2J× 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 272.

1K0 601 027 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 027 J - Wheel and tyre combination → page 273

Size:	6 1/2 J x 46
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple screw holes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AJ - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Size:	6^1/_2J × 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BC - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Size:	6 12 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with eight spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BM - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Size:	6^1/2J × 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BR - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Close-up of a metallic car wheel rim with eight spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols visible)

1K0 601 025 BS - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Close-up of a silver car wheel rim with eight spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols visible)

1K0 601 025 CB - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 CG - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Rear wheel with metallic alloy rim and eight spokes (no text or symbols visible)

1T0 601 025 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with visible spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 F - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 P - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1T0 601 025 G; 1T0 601 025 K - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1T0 601 025 M - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1T0 601 025 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Close-up of a silver automotive wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no visible text or symbols)

33.3.5 6 J x 17

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 274.

Winter wheel

1K0 601 025 N - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 277

Size:	6 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	48.5
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

33.3.6 7 J x 17

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 272.

1K0 601 025 B - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 J - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial and concentric components (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 K - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and N44-10139 specification (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

1K0 601 025 M - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 T - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AF - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	630

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AE - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	630

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible mounting holes and hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AN - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

33.3.7 7^1 / 2 ~J × 18

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 272.

1K0 601 025 AD - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Only for vehicles with sports running gear and rear axle camber of -1°45'

Size:	7^1/2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	630

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AH - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Only for vehicles with sports running gear and rear axle camber of -1°45'

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

1K0 601 025 AG - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Only for vehicles with sports running gear and rear axle camber of -1°45'

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	630

1K0 601 025 AM - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Only for vehicles with sports running gear and rear axle camber of -1°45'

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

1K0 601 025 BA - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Only for vehicles with sports running gear and rear axle camber of -1°45'

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

Technical line drawing of a five-wheeled tire with mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BE - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Only for vehicles with sports running gear and rear axle camber of -1°45'

Size:	7^1/2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Circular metallic automotive wheel with eight radial slots, no visible text or symbols

1K0 601 025 BL - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 273

Only for vehicles with sports running gear and rear axle camber of -1°45'

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and hub (no text or symbols)

ProTECTED by copyright copyright protection commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted unless authorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee or accept any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright hereby Volkswagen AG.

34 Golf Plus BlueMotion from model year 2008

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of only genuine Volkswagen spare parts. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

34.1 Golf Plus BlueMotion, type 1KP model year 2008 to model year 2009

Attachment to parts certificate 2066/08

The parts certificate can be found on the Volkswagen ServiceNet under Technology; Guides; Wheels and Tyres Guide.

Type approval number: e1*2001/116*0304*12 to e1*2001/116*0304*13

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
1.9l 77 kW TDI diesel engine	Standard tyres	195/65 R 15 91T	6 J x 15 page 291	47	Yes	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
	Modification	195/65 R 15 91H/V	6 J x 15 page 291	47	Yes	Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:♦ Summer tyres page 471♦ Winter tyres page 497
		195/65 R 15 91T/H/V	6 ^1 / _2 J x 15 page 292	50	Yes
		205/60 R 15 91T/H/V	6 J x 15 page 291	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91T/H/V/W	6 ^1 / _2 J x 16 page 293	50	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T/H	6 J x 15 page 291	47	Yes

Tyre inflation pressures are located on a sticker on inside of fuel tank flap or in Maintenance ; Booklet ; Check tyres: condition, profile, inflation pressure, depth of tread.

34.2 Wheel allocation for Golf Plus BlueMotion, type 1KP model year 2008 to model year 2009

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Torque specifications for wheel bolts Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44; Torque specifications for fitting wheels

Pitch circle diameter: 112 mm Number of wheel bolt holes: 5

34.2.1 6 J x 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 290.

1K0 601 027 C, 1K0 601 027 H - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 290

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	47
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 027 T - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 290

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	47
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

2K0 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 290

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	47
Wheel load in kg:	650

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

34.2.2 6^1 / 2J× 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 290.

1K0 601 025 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 291

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with no visible text or symbols

1K0 601 025 AK - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 291

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AQ - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 291

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 CA - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 291

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with mounting holes and radial blades (no text or symbols)

34.2.3 6^1/2 ~J × 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 290.

1K0 601 027 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 291

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 027 J - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 291

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AJ - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 291

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BC - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 291

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BM - Wheel and tyre combination → page 291

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BR- Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 291

Size:	6 12 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Rear view of a silver automotive wheel with eight spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols visible)

1K0 601 025 BS - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 291

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Close-up of a metallic car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols visible)

1K0 601 025 CB Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 291

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with mounting holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 CG - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 291

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Metal car wheel with eight spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols visible)

1T0 601 025 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 291

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with visible spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 F - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 291

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with eight spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 P - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 291

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 291

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

1T0 601 025 G; 1T0 601 025 K - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 291

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1T0 601 025 M - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 291

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1T0 601 025 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 291

Size:	6 ^1 /2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Close-up of a silver car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols visible)

35 Golf estate model year 1994 to model year 1998

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of genuine Volkswagen spare parts only. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to disc-type wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

35.1 Golf Estate type 1HX0, Golf Estate Syncro type 1HX1, Golf Estate type 1H

Appendix 2 to Parts Certificate 1479/00

Golf estate; type 1HX0 from model year 1994 to model year 1997

General type approval No.: F 804

Golf estate Syncro; type 1HX1 from model year 1994 to model year 1997

General type approval No.: G 156

Golf Estate; type 1H model year 1998

Type Approval No. e1*96/79*0068*00 to e1*96/79*0068*03

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
40 kW, 44 kW	Standard tyres	175/70 R 13 82T	5^1/_2 J x 13 page 302	38	Yes	The 175/70 R 13 82S/T/Q tyres are no longer permitted on vehi-cles with ABS from 05.96.*Vehicles from mod-el year 1995 require tyres with LI 86General information on:◆ Winter tyres page 14◆ Snow chains page 17Tyre makes recom-mended by Volkswa-gen:◆ Summer tyres page 464◆ All-season tyres page 482◆ Winter tyres page 492
	Modification	175/70 R 13 82S	5^1/_2 J x 13 page 302	38	Yes
		185/60 R 14 82T	6 J x 14 page 302	43/45	Yes
		195/60 R 14 85T* page 299	6 J x 14 page 302	43/45	Yes
		195/50 R 15 82H	6 J x 15 page 305	45	Yes
	Winter tyres	175/70 R 13 82Q	5^1/_2 J x 13 page 302	38	Yes
47 kW, 55 kW CL, GL diesel engine;55 kW CL, GL petrol engine	Standard tyres	185/60 R 14 82H	6 J x 14 page 302	43/45	Yes
	Modification	185/60 R 14 82T	6 J x 14 page 302	43/45	Yes
		195/60 R 14 85T* page 299	6 J x 14 page 302	43/45	Yes
	195/50 R 15 82H	6 J x 15 page 305	45	Yes
	Winter tyres	175/65 R 14 82Q	6 J x 14 page 302	43/45	Yes
66 kW TDI; 66 kW CL, GT	Standard tyres	195/50 R 15 86H	6 J x 15 page 305	43/45	Yes
	Modification	185/60 R 14 82T	6 J x 14 page 302	43/45	Yes
		195/60 R 14 85T* page 299	6 J x 14 page 302	43/45	Yes
		195/50 R 15 82H	6 J x 15 page 305	45	Yes
	Winter tyres	175/65 R 14 82Q	6 J x 14 page 302	43/45	Yes
Estate „Special“66 kW GT; 55 kW GTD 66 kW TDI	Standard tyres	195/50 R 15 86V	6 J x 15 page 305	45	Yes
	Modification	185/60 R 14 82T	6 J x 14 page 302	43/45	Yes
		195/60 R 14 85T* page 299	6 J x 14 page 302	43/45
		195/50 R 15 82H	6 J x 15 page 305	45	Yes
	Winter tyres	175/65 R 14 82Q	6 J x 14 page 302	43/45	Yes
74 kW; 81 kW TDI85 kW CL, GL	Standard tyres	195/60 R 14 86H	6 J x 14 page 302	43/45	Yes
	Modification	195/60 R 14 85H* page 299	6 J x 14 page 302	43/45	Yes
		195/50 R 15 82H	6 J x 15 page 305	45	Yes
	Winter tyres	175/65 R 14 82C	6 J x 14 page 302	43/45	Yes
Estate „Special“85 kW GT	Standard tyres	195/60 R 15 82V	6 J x 15 page 305	45	Yes
	Modification	195/60 R 14 85H	6 J x 14 page 302	43/45	Yes
		195/50 R 15 82H	6 J x 15 page 305	45	Yes
	Winter tyres	175/65 R 14 82Q	6 J x 14 page 302	43/45	Yes
Estate Syncro 66 kW TDI 66 kW petrol engine	Standard tyres	195/60 R 14 86T*⇒ page 299	6 J x 14⇒page 305	43/45	Yes	Syncro vehicles: Snow chains are per- mitted on the front wheels only.
		195/60 R 14 85T	6 J x 14⇒page 305	43/45	Yes
	Modification	No changes are permissible apart from the stand- ard wheel and tyre combinations!
	Winter tyres	195/60 R 14 85Q*⇒ page 299	6 J x 14⇒page 305	43/45	Yes
Estate Syncro 85 kW	Standard tyres	195/60 R 14 86H	6 J x 14⇒page 305	43/45	Yes
	Modification	No changes are permissible apart from the stand- ard wheel and tyre combinations!
	Winter tyres	195/60 R 14 86Q	6 J x 14⇒page 305	43/45	Yes
Estate Syncro 140 kW VR6	Standard tyres	205/50 R 15 86W	6^1/_2 J x 15⇒page 308	43	Yes	**Tyres with this dou- ble rating were of- fered by tyre dealers only during a transi- tion period after which W tyres were offered.
	Modification	205/50 ZR 15 86W**⇒ page 301	6^1/_2 J x 15⇒page 308	43	Yes
	Winter tyres	185/55 R 15 81T reinforced	6 J x 15⇒page 307	35	Yes

Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or in Maintenance; Booklet 35.

35.2 Wheel allocation for Golf Estate type 1HX0, Golf Estate Syncro type 1HX1, Golf Estate type 1H

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Torque specifications for wheel bolts Running gear; Rep. gr. 40; Repairing front suspension (basic running gear); Removing and installing wheel bearing, strut, drive shaft (basic suspension) or Running gear; Rep. gr. 40; Repairing front suspension (plus running gear); Removing and installing wheel bearing, strut (plus running gear)

Pitch circle diameter: 100 mm

35.2.1 5^1/_2 J x 13

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 299.

Estate 1.4l with manual gearbox

1H0 601 025 A - Wheel and tyre combination page 299

Size:	5^1/_2 J x 13
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	450
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

321 601 025 J/M - Wheel and tyre combination → page 299

Size:	5^1/_2 J x 13
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	460
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

35.2.2 6 J x 14

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 299.

Golf Estate to 85 kW petrol engine, Golf Estate to 55 kW diesel engine with manual gearbox

811 601 025 P - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 299

Note

This rim is allowed only for vehicles with a maximum permitted axle load of 880 kg.

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	440
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 D - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 299

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	450
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel with five spokes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 AE - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 299

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	480
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 299

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	500
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple screw holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 027 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 299

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	500
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple screw holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

Estate to 85 kW petrol and diesel engines

1H0 601 025 P - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 299

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	460
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1HM 601 025 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 299

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	460
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with concentric rings and bolt holes (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 B - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 299

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	460
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel or pulley component with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 027 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 299

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	500
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple screw holes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 299

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	500
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Estate Syncro to 85 kW petrol and diesel engines

Technical line drawing of a wheel with eight spokes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H1 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 301

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	480
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with multiple screw holes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1H1 601 027 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 301

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	500
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple screw holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 301

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	500
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple blades and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

35.2.3 6 J x 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 299.

Golf Estate to 85 kW petrol engine, Golf Estate to 55 kW diesel engine with manual gearbox

1H0 601 025 E - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 299

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	450
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with five spokes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 L - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 299

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	450
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel with radial blades and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 Q - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 299

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	450
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel with radial blades and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 AD - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 299

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	460
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

Estate to 85 kW petrol and diesel engines

1H0 601 025 AD - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 299

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	460
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with no visible text or symbols

1H0 601 025 AE - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 299

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	480
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

VR6 Syncro - possible only for winter tyres

3A0 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 301

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	35
Wheel load in kg:	530
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple screw holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 J - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 301

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	530
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

35.2.4 6^1 / 2J× 15

VR6 Syncro

1H0 601 025 AA - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 301

Size:	6^1/2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	500
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple blades and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

Proteceived copyright copying/prelinear commercial purposes, input or in whole, is not permitted unless authorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee or accept any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright © 2019/05/04 Copyright © 2019/05/04

36 Golf estate model year 1999 to model year 2006, Bora estate model year 1999 to model year 2005

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of genuine Volkswagen spare parts only. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to disc-type wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

36.1 Golf Estate, Golf Estate 4Motion, Bora Estate, Bora Estate 4Motion, type 1J

Golf estate, Golf estate 4Motion; type 1J model year 1999 to model year 2006

Bora estate, Bora estate 4Motion; type 1J model year 1999 to model year 2005

Appendix 2 to Parts Certificate 1958/04

Type Approval No.: e1*96/79*0071*08 to e1*96/79*0071*09

Type Approval No.: e1*98/14*0071*10 to e1*98/14*0071*30

Type Approval No.: e1*2001/116*0071*31 to e1*2001/116*0071*36

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
1.4l 55 kW petrol engine;1.9l 50 kW diesel engine	Standard tyres	195/65 R 15 91T	6 J x 15 page 312	38	Yes	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:♦ Summer tyres page 472♦ All-season tyres page 485♦ Winter tyres page 498The 225/45 R 17 tyre may be mounted on the 7 J x 17 or the 7^1/_2 J x 17 rim only if the listed conditions page 323 are fulfilled!
	Modification	205/55 R 16 91H	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 316	42	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7 J x 17 page 320	38	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T	6 J x 15 page 312	38	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91T/H	5^1/_2 J x 16 page 315	36	Yes
1.9l 66 kW TDI	Standard tyres	195/65 R 15 91T	6 J x 15 page 312	38	Yes
	Modification	205/55 R 16 91H	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 316	42	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7 J x 17 page 320	38	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7^1/_2 J x 17 page 323	38	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T	6 J x 15 page 312	38	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91T/H	5^1/_2 J x 16 page 315	36	Yes
1.6l 74 kW, 75 kW, 77 kW, 81 kW, 2.0l 85 kW petrol engine; 2.0l 85 kW BI FUEL 1.9l 74 kW, 81 kW, 85 kW TDI	Standard tyres	195/65 R 15 91H	6 J x 15 page 312	38	Yes	The adhesive weights for balancing must be attached to the inner side of the rim of 6^1/_2 J x 16 aluminium wheels!4Motion vehicles: Snow chains are permitted on the front wheels only.
	Modification	205/55 R 16 91H	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 316	42	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7 J x 17 page 320	38	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7^1/_2 J x 17 page 323	38	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T	6 J x 15 page 312	38	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91T/H	5^1/_2 J x 16 page 315	36	Yes
1.8l 92 kW; 1.8l 110 kW; 2.3l 110 kW petrol engines; 1.9l 96 kW TDI; 1.9l 110 kW TDI	Standard tyres	195/65 R15 91V	6 J x 15 page 312	38	Yes
	Modification	205/55 R 16 91V	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 316	42	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7 J x 17 page 320	38	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7^ 1/_2 J x 17 page 323	38	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T	6 J x 15 page 312	38	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91T/H	5^1 /_2 J x 16 page 315	36	Yes
1.8l 132 kW; 2.3l 125 kW	Standard tyres	205/55 R 16 91W	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 318	42	No
	Modification	205/55 R 16 91H	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 318	42	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7 J x 17 page 320	38	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7^1/_2 J x 17 page 323	38	No
	Winter tyres	205/55 R 16 91T/H	5^1/_2 J x 16 page 315	36	Yes
2,8l 150 kW	Standard tyres	205/55 R 16 91W	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 318	42	No
	Modification	225/45 R 17 91W	7 J x 17 page 320	38	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7^1/_2 J x 17 page 323	38	No
	Winter tyres	205/55 R 16 91T/H	5^1/_2 J x 16 page 315	36	Yes

Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or in Maintenance ; Booklet 37.

36.2 Wheel allocation for Golf Estate, Golf Estate 4Motion, Bora Estate, Bora Estate 4Motion, type 1J

Wheel allocation Golf estate, Golf estate 4Motion; type 1J model year 1999 to model year 2006

Wheel allocation Bora estate, Bora estate 4Motion; type 1J model year 1999 to model year 2005

Explanation of information on wheels → page 57

Wheel bolt torque settings → Running gear, axles, steering - front and four-wheel drive; Rep. gr. 44 ; Wheel bolt torque settings

Pitch circle diameter 100 mm

Number of wheel bolt holes: 5

36.2.1 6 J x 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 310.

For vehicles with maximum permitted axle load of 1000 kg

1J0 601 025 B, 1J0 601 025 AA - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 310

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	500

For vehicles with maximum permitted axle load of 1060 kg

N44-10062

1J0 601 025 Q - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 310

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	530

For vehicles up to and including 96 kW and petrol engines to 110 kW

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 027 K - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 310

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 027 H, 1J0 601 027 Q - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 310

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 AK - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 310

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	580

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with six spokes and a central hub, no text or symbols present

1J0 601 025 P, 1J0 601 025 AL - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 310

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1C0 601 025 F - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 310

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 BD - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 310

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	580

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

For vehicles with 110 kW TDI and petrol engines 1.8l 132 kW, 2.3l 125 kW, 2.8l 150 kW

1J0 601 025 P, 1J0 601 025 AL - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 311

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 BD - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 311

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	580

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and 'N44-10087' label (no readable text or symbols beyond branding)

36.2.2 5^1/2 ~J × 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 310.

For vehicles up to and including 96 kW and petrol engines to 110 kW

For vehicles with 110 kW TDI and petrol engines 1.8l 132 kW, 2.3l 125 kW, 2.8l 150 kW

Snow tyres

1J0 601 025 M, 1J0 601 025 AF - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 310

Size:	5^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	36
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 AP - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 310

Size:	5^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	36
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with mounting holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

36.2.3 6^1/_2J × 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 310.

For vehicles with maximum permitted axle load of 1000 kg

1C0 601 025 A, 1C0 601 025 D - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 310

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	500

For vehicles with maximum permitted axle load of 1060 kg

Technical line drawing of a Volkswagen wheel rim with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 F, 1J0 601 025 AC - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 310

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	530

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 E, 1J0 601 025 AD - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 310

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	530

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 H, 1J0 601 025 AH - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 310

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	530

For vehicles up to and including 96 kW and petrol engines to 110 kW

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and N44-10074 specification (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

1J0 601 027 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 310

Size:	6 12 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 L, 1J0 601 025 AE - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 310

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial blades and central hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 R, 1J0 601 025 AN - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 310

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with mounting holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 T, 1J0 601 025 AJ - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 310

Size:	6 12 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with multiple spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1C0 601 025 G - Wheel and tyre combination → page 310

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with no visible text or symbols

1C0 601 025 H - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 310

Size:	6 12 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and hub (no text or symbols)

For vehicles with 110 kW TDI and petrol engines 1.8l 132 kW, 2.3l 125 kW, 2.8l 150 kW

1J0 601 027 L, 1J0 601 027 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 311

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a wheel with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 F, 1J0 601 025 AC - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 311

Note

This rim is allowed only for vehicles with a maximum permitted axle load of 1060 kg.

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	530

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 L - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 311

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 AN, 1J0 601 025 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 311

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 T, 1J0 601 025 AJ - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 311

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with mounting holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

1C0 601 025 G - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 311

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and a central hub, no text or symbols present

1C0 601 025 H - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 311

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and brand mark N44-10109 (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

36.2.4 7 J x 17

The following wheels are permitted only if the stated conditions page 323 are fulfilled.

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 310.

1J0 601 025 J, 1J0 601 025 S - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 310

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	580

Technical line drawing of a five-wheeled car wheel with mounting holes and hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 AB - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 310

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with brand logo and acceptance/acceptant mark (no readable text or symbols)

1C0 601 025 B, 1C0 601 025 E - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 310

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and N44-10082 specification (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

1C0 601 025 J - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 310

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible brand mark and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1C0 601 025 K, 1C0 601 025 Q - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 310

Alloy disc-type wheels with exchangeable trim elements page 58

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and a central hub, no text or symbols present

1J0 601 025 BE - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 310

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 AS - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 310

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1C0 601 025 M - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 310

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial slots and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

36.2.5 7^1 / 2J× 17

The following wheels are permitted only if the stated conditions page 323 are fulfilled.

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 310.

1J0 601 025 BF - Wheel and tyre combination → page 310

Size:	7^1/2 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 BH - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 310

Size:	7^1/2 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	560

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

36.3 Conditions for fitting 17" wheels and tyres

17" wheels with 225/45 R 17 are possible only:

1. For vehicles from model year 2001.

2. If 17" sports running gear and a steering box with reduced steering arm travel are installed in the vehicle

Allocation of steering box PR No. to engine:
PR No. of steering box	Engine
QZ 39)	1.8l; 2.0l; 2.3l petrol engines;1.9l diesel engines
QZ 49)	Up to and including 1.6 l petrol engines
QZ 59)	VR6 (US version);VR6 4Motion

9) Replacement part numbers ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue „ETKA“

1. If tyres with a maximum width of 218 mm are used.

2. If snow chains are not used.

Maximum width of 17" tyres

If a vehicle is retrofitted with 17" tyres or if existing 17" tyres are renewed, use only tyres with a maximum width -a- which does not exceed 218 mm during use ^10 .

10) The measured width of the tyre including lettering on 7 J x 17 or 7^1/_2 J x 17 and at the specified tyre pressure.

If wider tyres are used, under certain circumstances, the tyres may contact the front axle and the bodywork while the car is being driven.

a N44-018

Protected by copyright: Copy/ingations/patent commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted unless authorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee a raced usability with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright fuzzy wholesale agent AG.

37 Golf Variant model year 2007 to model year 2010

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of only genuine Volkswagen spare parts. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

37.1 Golf Variant, Golf Variant 4Motion; type 1KM model year 2007 to model year 2008

Attachment to parts certificate 3878/08

The parts certificate can be found on the Volkswagen ServiceNet under Accessories/Tyres, Wheels and Tyres, Wheels and Tyres Guide.

Type approval number: e1*2001/116*0328*07 to e1*2001/116*0328*11

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
1.6l 75 kW;1.4l 59 kWpetrol engine	Standard tyres	195/65 R 15 91T	6 J x 15 page 331	47	Yes	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17
1.9I 77 kW TDI diesel engine with automatic gearbox	Modification	195/65 R 15 91H/V	6 J x 15 page 331	47	Yes	Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:◆ Summer tyres page 474◆ All-season tyres page 485◆ Winter tyres page 499* The 225/40 R 18 92Y tyre on the 7 ^1/_2 J x 18 off-set 51 rim is permitted only on vehicles with sports running gear and rear axle camber of -1°45! page 340
		195/65 R 15 91T/H/V	6 ^1/_2 J x 15 page 332	50	Yes
		205/60 R 15 91T/H/V	6 J x 15 page 331	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91T/H/V	6 ^1/_2 J x 16 page 334	50	No
		225/45 R 17 91T/H/V	7 J x 17 page 338	54	No
		225/40 R 18 92Y* page 326	7 ^1/_2 J x 18 page 340	51	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T/H	6 J x 15 page 331	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16 page 333	50	Yes
1.4I 90 kW petrol engine	Standard tyres	195/65 R 15 91H	6 J x 15 page 331	47	Yes
1.9I 77 kW TDI diesel engine with manual gearbox and front-wheel drive	Modification	195/65 R 15 91V	6 J x 15 page 331	47	Yes
2.0I 100 kW TDI; 2.0I 103 kW TDI; diesel engines		195/65 R 15 91H/V	6 ^1/_2 J x 15 page 332	50	Yes
		205/60 R 15 91H/V	6 J x 15 page 331	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91H/V/W	6 ^1/_2 J x 16 page 334	50	No
		225/45 R 17 91H/V/W	7 J x 17 page 338	54	No
		225/40 R 18 92Y*⇒ page 326	7^1/_2J × 18 ⇒page 340	51	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T/H	6 J x 15⇒page 331	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16⇒page 333	50	Yes
1.9l 77 kW TDI diesel engine with manual gearbox and 4Motion	Standard tyres	205/55 R 16 91T/H/V	6^1/_2J × 16 ⇒page 334	50	No
	Modification	225/45 R 17 91T/H/V	7 J x 17⇒page 338	54	No
		225/40 R 18 92Y*⇒ page 326	7^1/_2J × 18 ⇒page 340	51	No
	Winter tyres	205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16⇒page 333	50	Yes
1.4l 103 kW; petrol engine	Standard tyres	205/55 R 16 91V	6^1/_2J × 16 ⇒page 334	50	No
	Modification	195/65 R 15 91V	6 J x 15⇒page 331	47	Yes
		195/65 R 15 91V	6^1/_2J × 15 ⇒page 332	50	Yes
		205/60 R 15 91V	6 J x 15⇒page 331	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91V/W	6^1/_2J × 16 ⇒page 334	50	No
		225/45 R 17 91V/W	7 J x 17⇒page 338	54	No
		225/40 R 18 92Y*⇒ page 326	7^1/_2J × 18 ⇒page 340	51	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T/H	6 J x 15⇒page 331	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16⇒page 333	50	Yes
1.4l 125 kW; petrol engine	Standard tyresModification	205/55 R 16 91V225/45 R 17 91V/W	6^1/_2J × 16 ⇒page 334 7 J × 17 page 338	5054	NoNo
		225/40 R 18 92Y^* page 326	7^1/_2J × 18 page 340	51	No
	Winter tyres	205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J × 16 page 333	50	Yes
2.0l 147 kW; petrol engine	Standard tyres	205/55 R 16 91W	6^1/_2J × 16 page 334	50	No
	Modification	225/45 R 17 91W	7 J × 17 page 338	54	No
		225/40 R 18 92Y^* page 326	7^1/_2J × 18 page 340	51	No
	Winter tyres	205/55 R 16 91QT/H	6 J × 16 page 333	50	Yes

Tyre inflation pressures are located on a sticker on inside of fuel tank flap or in Maintenance; Booklet; Check tyres: condition, profile, inflation pressure, depth of tread.

37.2 Golf Variant, Golf Variant 4Motion; type 1KM model year 2009 to model year 2010

Attachment to parts certificate 3878/08

The parts certificate can be found on the Volkswagen ServiceNet under Accessories/Tyres, Wheels and Tyres, Wheels and Tyres Guide.

Type approval number: e1*2001/116*0328*12 to e1*2001/116*0328*14

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Offset in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
1.6I 75 kW;1.4I 59 kW petrol engine	Standard tyres	195/65 R 15 91T	6 J x 15 page 331	47	Yes	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17
1.9I 77 kW TDI diesel engine with front-wheel drive	Modification	195/65 R 15 91H/V	6 J x 15 page 331	47	Yes	Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:
Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
		195/65 R 15 91T/H/V	6^1/_2 J x 15 page 332	50	Yes	◆ Summer tyres page 474◆ All-season tyres page 485◆ Winter tyres page 499* The 225/40 R 18 92Y tyre on the 7^1/_2 J x 18 off-set 51 rim is permitted only on vehicles with sports running gear and rear axle camber of -1°45! page 340
		205/60 R 15 91T/H/V	6 J x 15 page 331	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91T/H/V	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 334	50	No
		225/45 R 17 91T/H/V	7 J x 17 page 338	54	No
		225/40 R 18 92Y* page 329	7^1/_2 J x 18 page 340	51	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T/H	6 J x 15 page 331	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16 page 333	50	Yes
1.9L77 kW TDI diesel engine with manual gearbox and 4Motion	Standard tyres	205/55 R 16 91T/H/V	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 334	50	No
	Modification	225/45 R 17 91T/H/V	7 J x 17 page 338	54	No
		225/40 R 18 92Y* page 329	7^1/_2 J x 18 page 340	50	No
	Winter tyres	205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16 page 333	50	Yes
1.4l 90 kW petrol engine	Standard tyres	195/65 R 15 91H	6 J x 15 page 331	47	Yes
	Modification	195/65 R 15 91V	6 J x 15 page 331	47	Yes
		195/65 R 15 91H/V	6^1/_2 J x 15 page 332	50	Yes
		205/60 R 15 91H/V	6 J x 15 page 331	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91H/V/W	6^1/_2J × 16 page 334	50	No	As of model year 2009: models with a 2.0I 100/103 kW TDI engine will only be equipped with a 16" brake system (PR No. 1LJ). Only wheels as of 16" are permitted!
		225/45 R 17 91H/V/W	7 J x 17 page 338	54	No
		225/40 R 18 92Y* page 329	7^1/_2J × 18 page 340	51	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T/H	6 J x 15 page 331	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16 page 333	50	Yes
2.0I 100 kW TDI;2.0I 103 kW TDI; diesel engine	Standard tyres	205/55 R 16 91H/V/W	6^1/_2J × 16 page 334	50	No
	Modification	225/45 R 17 91H/V/W	7 J x 17 page 338	54	No
		225/40 R 18 92Y* page 329	7^1/_2J × 18 page 340	51	No
	Winter tyres	205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16 page 333	50	Yes
1.4I 103 kW;	Standard tyres	205/55 R 16 91V	6^1/_2J × 16 page 334	50	No	As of model year 2009: models with a 1.4I 103 kW petrol engine will only be equipped with a 16" brake system (PR No. 1LJ). Only wheels as of 16" are permitted!
	Modification	205/55 R 16 91H/V/W	6^1/_2J × 16 page 334	50	No
		225/45 R 17 91H/V/W	7 J x 17 page 338	54	No
		225/40 R 18 92Y* page 329	7^1/_2J × 18 page 40	51	No
	Winter tyres	205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16 page 333	50	Yes
1.4I 118 kW;1.4I 125 kW;2.0I 147 kW petrol engine	Standard tyresModification	205/55 R 16 91V225/45 R 17 91V/W	6^1/_2J × 16 page 3347 J x 17 page 338	5054	NoNo
		225/40 R 18 92Y* page 329	7 ^1/_2 J x 18 page 340	51	No
	Winter tyres	205/55 R 16 91Q/T/H	6 J x 16 page 333	50	Yes

Tyre inflation pressures are located on a sticker on inside of fuel tank flap or in Maintenance ; Booklet ; Check tyres: condition, profile, inflation pressure, depth of tread.

37.3 Wheel allocation for Golf Variant, Golf Variant 4Motion; type 1KM model year 2007 to model year 2010

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Torque specifications for wheel bolts Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44 ; Torque specifications for fitting wheels

Pitch circle diameter: 112 mm

Number of wheel bolt holes: 5

37.3.1 6 J x 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 325.

1K0 601 027 C, 1K0 601 027 H - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 325

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	47
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601,027 T - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 325

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	47
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

2K0 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 325

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	47
Wheel load in kg:	650

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

37.3.2 6^1 / 2 ~J × 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 325.

1K0 601,025 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AK - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AQ - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Size:	6^1/2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 CA - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with eight spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

37.3.3 6 J x 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 325.

Winter wheels

8P0 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Size:	6 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

Use the following wheel bolt caps for wheel bolts:

◆ 1K0.601.173 (4 per wheel)
◆ 1K0.601.173.A (1 per wheel)

1K0 601 025 Q - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Size:	6 J x 16 EH2⇒ page 57
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial slots and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

37.3.4 6^1 / 2J× 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 325.

1K0 601 027 A - Wheel and tyre combination → page 326

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel assembly with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 027 J - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AJ - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BC - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and hub, no text or symbols present

1K0 601 025 BM - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BR - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Close-up of a silver automotive wheel rim with eight spokes and central hub (no text or symbols visible)

1K0 601 025 BS - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Close-up of a silver automotive wheel rim with eight spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols visible)

1K0 601 025 CB - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with mounting holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 CG - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Rear wheel with eight spokes, no visible text or symbols

1T0 601 025 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 F - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial slots and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 P-Wheel and tyre combination page 326

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

1T0 601 025 G, 1T0 601 025 K - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1T0 601 025 M - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1T0 601 025 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Close-up of a silver automotive wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols visible)

37.3.5 7 J x 17

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 325.

1K0 601 025 B - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601,025 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 J - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial slots and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 K - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and brand mark (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

1K0 601 025 M - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 T - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AF - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	630

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AE - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	630

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AN - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

37.3.6 7^1 / 2J× 18

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 325.

Caution

7^1/_2 J × 18 wheels can only be fitted under the following conditions:

- Additional wheel housing extensions (FLAPS) ⇒ page 4 have to be fitted on the rear axle ⇒ Electronic replacement parts catalogue „ETKA“.

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AD - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Only for vehicles with sports running gear and rear axle camber of -1°45'

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	630

1K0 601 025 AG - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Only for vehicles with sports running gear and rear axle camber of -1°45'

Size:	7^1/2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	630

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AH - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Only for vehicles with sports running gear and rear axle camber of -1°45'

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with multiple screw holes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AM - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Only for vehicles with sports running gear and rear axle camber of -1°45'

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AT, 1K0 601 025 CC - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Only for vehicles with sports running gear and rear axle camber of -1°45'

Size:	7^1/_2J × 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with visible mounting holes and hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BA - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Only for vehicles with sports running gear and rear axle camber of -1°45'

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BE - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Only for vehicles with sports running gear and rear axle camber of -1°45'

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

3D rendering of a car wheel with eight blades and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BL - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 326

Only for vehicles with sports running gear and rear axle camber of -1°45'

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	51
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and hub, no text or symbols present

38 Golf Variant BlueMotion model year 2008 to model year 2010

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of only genuine Volkswagen spare parts. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

38.1 Golf Variant BlueMotion, type 1KM model year 2008 to model year 2010

Attachment to parts certificate 3878/08

The parts certificate can be found on the Volkswagen ServiceNet under Accessories/Tyres, Wheels and Tyres, Wheels and Tyres Guide.

Type approval number: e1*2001/116*0328*11 to e1*2001/116*0328*14

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
1.9l 77 kW TDI diesel engine	Standard tyresModification	195/65 R 15 91T195/65 R 15 91H/V	6 J x 15 page 344 6 J × 15 page 344	4747	YesYes	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:♦ Summer tyres page 475♦ Winter tyres page 499
		195/65 R 15 91T/H/V	6^1/_2 J × 15 page 345	50	Yes
		205/60 R 15 91T/H/V	6 J × 15 page 344	47	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91T/H/V/W	6^1/_2 J × 16 page 346	50	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T/H	6 J × 15 page 344	47	Yes

Tyre inflation pressures are located on a sticker on inside of fuel tank flap or in Maintenance; Booklet; Check tyres: condition, profile, inflation pressure, depth of tread.

38.2 Wheel allocation for Golf Variant Blue-Motion, type 1KM model year 2008 to model year 2010

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Torque specifications for wheel bolts Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44 ; Torque specifications for fitting wheels

Pitch circle diameter: 112 mm Number of wheel bolt holes: 5

38.2.1 6 J x 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 343.

1K0 601 027 C, 1K0 601 027 H - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 343

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	47
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601,027 T - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 343

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	47
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

2K0 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 343

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	47
Wheel load in kg:	650

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

38.2.2 6^1 / 2J× 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 343.

1K0 601,025 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 344

Size:	6 12 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AK - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 344

Size:	6^1/2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial blades and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AQ - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 344

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 CA - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 344

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	600

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

38.2.3 6^1 / 2 ~J × 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 343.

1K0 601 027 A - Wheel and tyre combination → page 344

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 027 J - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 344

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple screw holes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 AJ - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 344

Size:	6 12 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BC - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 344

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

to the correctness of information N44-10333

1K0 601 025 BM - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 344

Size:	6 12 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 BR - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 344

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Close-up of a silver automotive wheel rim with eight spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols visible)

1K0 601 025 BS - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 344

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Close-up of a silver car wheel with eight spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols visible)

1K0 601 025 CB - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 344

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 CG - Wheel and tyre combination page 344

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Rear wheel with eight spokes and a central hub, shown in 3D rendering (no text or symbols on the car itself)

1T0 601 025 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 344

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 F - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 344

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 P - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 344

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1K0 601 025 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 344

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1T0 601 025 G, 1T0 601 025 K - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 344

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1T0 601 025 M - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 344

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1T0 601 025 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 344

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	615

3D rendered image of a car wheel with five spokes and a small cartoon character on the rim (no text or symbols)

39 Golf cabriolet model year 1994 to model year 1997

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of genuine Volkswagen spare parts only. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to disc-type wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

39.1 Golf cabriolet type 1EX0 model year 1994 to model year 1997

Appendix 2 to Parts Certificate 1479/00

General type approval No.: G 407

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
55 kW, 66 kW	Standard tyres	185/60 R 14 82T	6 J x 14 page 353	43/45	Yes	205/45 R 16 83 H are only permissible if shock absorbers 1HM 513 031 B are installed on the rear axle and no equipment to lower vehicle is installed!
	Modification	185/60 R 14 82H	6 J x 14 page 353	43/45	Yes

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
		195/50 R 15 82H	6 J x 15 page 354	45	Yes	Winter tyres175/70 R 13 82Q are permitted only on vehicles to 12.94.
		205/45 R 16 83H	6 ^1/_2 J x 16 page 354	45	No
	Winter tyres	175/65 R 14 82Q	6 J x 14 page 353	43/45	Yes
74 kW, 81 kW, 85 kW	Standard tyres	185/60 R 14 82H	6 J x 14 page 353	43/45	Yes	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17
	Modification	185/60 R 14 82T	6 J x 14 page 353	43/45	Yes
		195/50 R 15 82H	6 J x 15 page 354	45	Yes	Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:♦ Summer tyres page 465♦ All-season tyres page 482♦ Winter tyres page 493
		205/45 R 16 83H	6 ^1/_2 J x 16 page 354	45	No
	Winter tyres	175/65 R 14 82Q	6 J x 14 page 353	43/45	Yes

Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or in Maintenance ; Booklet 35.

39.2 Wheel allocation Golf cabriolet, type 1EX0 from model year 1994 to model year 1997

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Torque settings for wheel bolts Running gear; Rep. gr. 40; Repairing front wheel suspension (basic running gear); Removing and installing wheel bearing, strut and drive shaft (basic running gear)

Pitch circle diameter

100 mm

Number of wheel bolt holes:

4

39.2.1 6 J x 14

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 351.

1H0 601 025 P - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 351

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	460

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1HM 601 025 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 351

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	460

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with concentric rings and bolt holes (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 B - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 35

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	460

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 027 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 351

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	500

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with multiple screw holes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 351

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	500. Volkswa

Technical line drawing of a wheel or pulley component (no text or symbols)

39.2.2 6 J x 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 351.

1H0 601 025 AD - Wheel and tyre combination page 352

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	460

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with visible teeth and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 AE - Wheel and tyre combination → page 352

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	480

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

39.2.3 6^1/_2 J x 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 351.

1H0 601 025 AJ - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 352

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	480

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

40 Golf cabriolet model year 1998 to model year 2002

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of genuine Volkswagen spare parts only. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to disc-type wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

40.1 Golf cabriolet; type 1E from model year 1998 to model year 2002

Appendix 2 to Parts Certificate 1486/03

Type Approval No. cabriolet: e1*96/79*0070*00 to e1*96/79*0070*04

Type Approval No. Cabriolet: e1*98/14*0070*05 to e1*98/14*0070*10

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
55 kW petrol engine;66 kW TDI	Standard tyresModification	185/60 R 14 82T195/50 R 15 82H	6 J x 14 page 3576 J x 15 page 359	43/4543/45	YesYes	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:◆ Summer tyres page 475◆ All-season tyres page 485◆ Winter tyres page 500
		205/45 R 16 83H	6 ^1 /2J x 16 page 361	45	No
	Winter tyres	175/65 R 14 82Q	6 J x 14 page 357	43/45	Yes	205/45 R 16 83H are permitted only if:◆ shock absorbers 1HM 513 031 B are installed on the rear axle.◆ No equipment for lowering vehicle is installed.
74 kW, 85 kW petrol engines 81 kW TDI	Standard tyres	185/60 R 14 82H	6 J x 14 page 357	43/45	Yes
	Modification	195/50 R 15 82H	6 J x 15 page 359	43/45	Yes	Winter tyres 175/70 R13 82 Q are only possible on vehicles produced up to 12.94.
		205/45 R 16 83H	6 ^1 /2J x 16 page 361	45	No
	Winter tyres	175/65 R 14 82Q	6 J x 14 page 357	43/45	Yes

Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or in Maintenance; Booklet 35.

40.2 Wheel allocation Golf cabriolet; type 1E from model year 1998 to model year 2002

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Tightening torques for wheel bolts Running gear; Rep. gr. 40

Pitch circle diameter 100 mm

Number of wheel bolt holes: 4

40.2.1 6 J x 14

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 356.

For vehicles with maximum permitted axle load of 920 kg

1H0 601 025 P - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 356

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	460

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1HM 601 025 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 356

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	460

Technical line drawing of a wheel component with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 B - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 356

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	460

Technical line drawing of a wheel or pulley component with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

All vehicles

1H0 601 027 A - Wheel and tyre combination → page 356

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	500

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple screw holes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 356

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	500

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with multiple screw holes and concentric rings (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 R= Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 356

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	500

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple blades and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6X0 601 025 D - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 356

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	475

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

40.2.2 6 J x 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 356.

For vehicles with maximum permitted axle load of 920 kg

1H0 601 025 AD - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 357

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	460

All vehicles

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with multiple blades and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 AE - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 357

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	480

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6X0 601 025 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 357

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	475

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

6X0 601 025 E - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 357

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	475

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and brand mark (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

40.2.3 6^1 / 2J× 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 356.

1H0 601 025 AJ - Wheel and tyre combination → page 357

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	480

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

41 Vento from model year 1992 to model year 1998

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of genuine Volkswagen spare parts only. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to disc-type wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

41.1 Vento; type 1HX0, 1H

Appendix 2 to Parts Certificate 1479/00

Vento, type 1HX0 from model year 1992 to model year 1997

General type approval No.: F 804

Vento, type 1H model year 1998

Type Approval No.: e1*96/79*0068*01 to e1*96/79*0068*03

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
44 kW, 55 kW petrol engine;66 kW CL, GL petrol engine manual gear-box;	Standard tyres	185/60 R 14 82T/H	6 J x 14 page 365	45	Yes
	Modifica-tion	175/70 R 13 82S	5^1/_2 J x 13 page 364	38	Yes
47 kW, 55 kW diesel engine manual gear-box55 kW and 66 kW with automatic gear-box to 12.94		175/65 R 14 82S	6 J x 14 page 365	43/45	Yes	66 kW CL, GL vehicles require T tyresGeneral information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:♦ Summer tyres page 463♦ All-season tyres page 482♦ Winter tyres page 492
		185/60 R 14 82T	6 J x 14 page 365	43/45	Yes
		195/50 R 15 82H	6 J x 15 page 368	45	Yes
	Winter tyres	175/70 R 13 82Q	5 ^1/_2 J x 13 page 364	38	Yes
55 kW and 66 kW with automatic gear-box to 01.9566 kW GT; 66 kW TDI	Standard tyres	185/60 R 14 82H	6 J x 14 page 365	43/45	Yes
	Modifica-tion	185/60 R 14 82T	6 J x 14 page 365	43/45	Yes
		195/50 R 15 82H	6 J x 15 page 368	45	Yes
	Winter tyres	175/65 R 14 82Q	6 J x 14 page 365	43/45	Yes
44 kW, 47 kW, 55 kW with ABS from 05.96	Standard tyres	185/60 R 14 82H	6 J x 14 page 365	43/45	Yes
	Modifica-tion	185/60 R 14 82T	6 J x 14 page 365	43/45	Yes
		185/60 R 14 82H	6 J x 14 page 365	43/45	Yes
	Winter tyres	175/65 R 14 82Q	6 J x 14 page 365	43/45	Yes
74 kW, 85 kW CL, GL, GT; 81 kW TDI	Standard tyres	185/60 R 14 82H	6 J x 14 page 365	43/45	Yes
	Modifica-tion	195/50 R 15 82H	6 J x 15 page 368	45	Yes
	Winter tyres	175/65 R 14 82Q	6 J x 14 page 365	43/45	Yes
85 kW GT	Standard tyres	195/50 R 15 82H	6 J x 15 page 368	38	Yes
	Modifica-tion	195/50 R 15 82H.	6 12 J x 15 page 370	43	Yes
		205/50 R 15 86H	6 12 J x 15	43	Yes
	Winter tyres	185/55 R 15 81T reinforced	6 J x 15 page 369	38	Yes	Vehicles to 04.96
		185/55 R 15 81T reinforced	6 J x 15 page 368	35	Yes	Vehicles from 05.96
128 kW VR6	Standard tyres	205/50 R 15 86V	6 12 J x 15 page 370	43	Yes
	Modifica-tion	No changes are permissible apart from the standard wheel and tyre combinations!
	Winter tyres	185/55 R 15 81T reinforced	6 J x 15 page 369	38	Yes	Vehicles to 12.94
		185/55 R 15 81T reinforced	6 J x 15 page 370	35	Yes	Vehicles from 01.95

Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or in Maintenance; Booklet 35.

41.2 Wheel allocation for Vento; type 1HX0, 1H

Vento, type 1HX0 from model year 1992 to model year 1997

Vento, type 1H model year 1998

Explanation of information on wheels → page 57

Torque specifications for wheel bolts Running gear; Rep. gr. 40; Repairing front suspension (basic running gear); Removing and installing wheel bearing, strut, drive shaft (basic suspension) or Running gear; Rep. gr. 40; Repairing front suspension (plus running gear); Removing and installing wheel bearing, strut (plus running gear)

Pitch circle diameter: 100 mm

41.2.1 5^1/_2 J x 13

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 362.

Vento to 55 kW CL, GL with manual gearbox (front-wheel drive) 191 601 025 D - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 362

Size:	5^1/_2 J x 13
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	410
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Vento to 66 kW CL, GL with petrol engine, Vento to 55 kW CL, GL with diesel engine, Vento GT

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with concentric rings and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 362

Size:	5^1/_2 J x 13
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	450
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

321 601 025 J/M - Wheel and tyre combination → page 362

Size:	5^1/_2 J x 13
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	460
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

41.2.2 6 J x 14

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 362.

Vento to 85 kW CL, GL, Vento 66 kW GT, to 55 kW CL, GL diesel engine, Vento GTD, Vento 66 kW and 81 kW TDI

811 601 025 P - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 362

Note

This rim is allowed only for vehicles with a maximum permitted axle load of 880 kg.

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	440
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 D - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 362

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	450
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel with five spokes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 AE - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 362

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	480
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination → page 362

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	500
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with multiple screw holes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 027 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 363

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	500
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with multiple screw holes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 P - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 362

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	460
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1HM 601 025 - Wheel and tyre combination → page 362

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	460
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 B - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 362

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	460
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 R - Wheel and tyre combination → page 362

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	500
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple blades and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

41.2.3 6 J x 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 362.

Vento to 85 kW CL, GL, Vento 66 kW GT, to 55 kW CL, GL diesel engine, Vento GTD, Vento 66 kW and 81 kW TDI

1H0 601 025 E - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 363

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	450
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel with five spokes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 L - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 363

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	450
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel with visible blades and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 Q - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 363

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	450
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel with radial blades and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 AD - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 363

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	460
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

Vento VR6 to 12.94

1H0 601 025 K - Wheel and tyre combination → page 364

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	490
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

Vento 85 kW GT to 04.96

1H0 601 025 J - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 364

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	530
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with visible internal components and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 K - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 364

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	490
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Vento 85 kW GT, Vento VR6

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

3A0 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 364

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	35
Wheel load in kg:	530
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple screw holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

41.2.4 6^1 / 2 ~J × 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 362.

Vento VR6 to 12.94

1H0 601 025 F - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 364

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	490
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Vento 85 kW GT to 04.96

Accept one with respect to the reg. N44-10194

1H0 601 025 F - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 364

Size:	6^1/2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	490
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Vento 85 kW GT, Vento VR6

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with visible mounting holes and tire (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 AA Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 364

Size:	6^1/2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	500
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with radial slots and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 S- Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 364

Size:	6 12 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	490
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with six spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 AB - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 364

Size:	6^1/2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	510
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with radial slots and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 T - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 364

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	490
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with multiple spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 AF - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 364

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	490
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 AG - Wheel and tyre combination page 364

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	500
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Technical line drawing of a Volkswagen wheel with visible spokes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 M - Wheel and tyre combination → page 364

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	490
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

535 601 025 D - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 364

Size:	6^1/2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	510
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 G - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 364

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	490
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Technical line drawing of a wheel with radial blades and central hub (no text or symbols)

1H0 601 025 N - Wheel and tyre combination → page 364

Size:	6^1/2 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	43
Wheel load in kg:	490
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Technical line drawing of a wheel assembly with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

42 Bora model year 1999 to model year 2005

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of genuine Volkswagen spare parts only. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to disc-type wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

42.1 Bora, Bora 4Motion, type 1J model year 1999 to model year 2005

Appendix 2 to Parts Certificate 1958/04

Type Approval No.: e1*96/79*0071*05 to e1*96/79*0071*09

Type Approval No.: e1*98/14*0071*10 to e1*98/14*0071*30

Type Approval No.: e1*2001/116*0071*31 to e1*2001/116*0071*36

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
1.4l 55 kW petrol engine;1.9l 50 kW diesel engine	Standard tyres	195/65 R 15 91T	6 J x 15 page 377	38	Yes	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17
	Modification	205/55 R 16 91H	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 381	42	No	Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:◆ Summer tyres page 471◆ All-season tyres page 484◆ Winter tyres page 497
		225/45 R 17 91W	7 J x 17 page 385	38	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T	6 J x 15 page 377	38	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91T/H	5^1/_2 J x 16 page 380	36	Yes
1.9l 66 kW TDI	Standard tyres	195/65 R 15 91T	6 J x 15 page 377	38	Yes	The 225/45 R 17 tyre may be mounted on the 7 J x 17 or the 7^1/_2 J x 17 rim only if the listed conditions page 388 are fulfilled!
	Modification	205/55 R 16 91H	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 381	42	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7 J x 17 page 385	38	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7^1/_2 J x 17 page 387	38	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T	6 J x 15 page 377	38	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91T/H	5^1/_2 J x 16 page 380	36	Yes
1.6l 74 kW, 75 kW, 77 kW, 81 kW, 2.0l 85 kW petrol engine; 1.9l 74 kW, 81 kW, 85 kW TDI	Standard tyres	195/65 R 15 91H	6 J x 15 page 377	38	Yes	The adhesive weights for balancing must be attached to the inner side of the rim of 6^1/_2 J x 16 aluminium wheels!4Motion vehicles: Snow chains are permitted on the front wheels only.
	Modification	205/55 R 16 91H	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 381	42	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7 J x 17 page 385	38	No

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T	6 J x 15 page 377	38	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91T/H	5^1/_2 J x 16 page 380	36	Yes
1.8I 92 kW;1.8I 110 kW;2.3I 110 kW Petrol engines;1.9I 96 kW TDI;1.9I 110 kW TDI	Standard tyres	195/65 R15 91V	6 J x 15 page 377	38	Yes
	Modification	205/55 R 16 91V	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 381	42	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7 J x 17 page 385	38	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7^1/_2 J x 17 page 387	38	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T	6 J x 15 page 377	38	Yes
		205/55 R 16 91T/H	5^1/_2 J x 16 page 380	36	Yes
1.8I 132 kW;2.3I 125 kW	Standard tyres	205/55 R 16 91W	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 383	42	No
	Modification	205/55 R 16 91V	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 383	42	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7 J x 17 page 385	38	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7^1/_2 J x 17 page 387	38	No, with reference to the changes in the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of that power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the energy and the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of both the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of all the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of each other than the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of these other than the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the current in which the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of their own or its own, is not permitted unless otherwise authorised by Volkswagen, a Volkswagen Group, or an English one, is not permitted unless otherwise authorised by Volkswagen Group, or an English one, is not permitted unless otherwise authorised by Volkswagen Group, or an English one, is not permitted unless otherwise authorised by Volkswagen Group, or an English one, is not permitted unless otherwise authorised by Volkswagen Group, or an English one, is not permitted unless otherwise authorised by Volkswagen Group, or an English one, is not permitted unless otherwise authorised by Volkswagen Group, or an English one, is not permitted unless otherwise authorised by Volkswagen Group, or an English one, is no, without any other than the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the utility and the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of that utility and the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utilities and the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility of the utility. Winter tyres	5^1/_2 J x 16 page 380	36	Yes
2,8I 150 kW	Standard tyres	205/55 R 16 91W	6^1/_2 J x 16 page 383	42	No
	Modification	225/45 R 17 91W	7 J x 17 page 385	38	No
		225/45 R 17 91W	7^1/_2 J x 17 page 387	38	No
	Winter tyres	205/55 R 16 91T/H	5^1/_2 J x 16 page 380	36	Yes

Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or in Maintenance ; Booklet 37.

42.2 Wheel allocation Bora, Bora 4Motion, type 1J model year 1999 to model year 2005

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Wheel bolt torque settings Running gear, axles, steering - front and four-wheel drive; Rep. gr. 44 ; Wheel bolt torque settings

Pitch circle diameter 100 mm

Number of wheel bolt holes: 5

42.2.1 6 J x 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 374.

For vehicles with maximum permitted axle load of 1000 kg 1J0 601 025 N, 1J0 601 025 AG - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 374

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	500

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 B, 1J0 601 025 AA - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 374

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	500

Line drawing of a Volkswagen V7R alloy wheel with six spokes and a central logo (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

For vehicles up to and including 96 kW and petrol engines to 110 kW

1J0 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 374

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 027 H, 1J0 601 027 Q - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 374

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a wheel with hexagonal cutouts and bolt holes (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 Q - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 374

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	530

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with mounting holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 AK - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 374

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	580

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple screw holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

1C0 601 025 F - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 374

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and numbered components (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

1J0 601 025 BD - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 374

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	580

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 P, 1J0 601 025 AL - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 374

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

For vehicles with 110 kW TDI and petrol engines 1.8l 132 kW, 2.3l 125 kW, 2.8l 150 kW

1J0 601 025 BD - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 376

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	580

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 P, 1J0 601 025 AL - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 376

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

42.2.2 5 ^1 /2 J x 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 374.

For vehicles up to and including 96 kW and petrol engines to 110 kW

For vehicles with 110 kW TDI and petrol engines 1.8l 132 kW, 2.3l 125 kW, 2.8l 150 kW

Snow tyres

1J0 601 025 M, 1J0 601 025 AF - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 375

Size:	5^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	36
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial slots and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 AP - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 375

Size:	5^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	36
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with mounting holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

42.2.3 6^1 / 2J× 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 374.

For vehicles with maximum permitted axle load of 1000 kg

1C0 601 025 A, 1C0 601 025 D - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 375

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	500

For vehicles up to and including 96 kW and petrol engines to 110 kW

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and brand mark (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

1J0 601 027 L, 1J0 601 027 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 375

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 F, 1J0 601 025 AC - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 375

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	530

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with mounting holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 E, 1J0 601 025 AD - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 375

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	530

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial slots and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 H, 1J0 601 025 AH - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 375

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	530

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and star-shaped design (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 L, 1J0 601 025 AE - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 375

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1C0 601 025 G - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 375

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1C0 601 025 H - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 375

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 R, 1J0 601 025 AN - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 375

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with mounting holes and hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 T, 1J0 601 025 AJ - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 375

Size:	6 12 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with multiple spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

For vehicles with 110 kW TDI and petrol engines 1.8l 132 kW, 2.3l 125 kW, 2.8l 150 kW

1J0 601 027 L, 1J0 601 027 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 376

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple screw holes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 F, 1J0 601 025 AC - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 376

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	530

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 L, 1J0 601 025 AE - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 376

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and central hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 AN, 1J0 601 025 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 376

Size:	6 ^1 /2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with mounting holes and hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 T, 1J0 601 025 AJ - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 376

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with multiple blades and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1C0 601 025 G - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 376

Size:	6^1/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible mounting holes and brand mark (N44-10108), no text or symbols on the diagram itself.

1C0 601 025 H - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 376

Size:	6^1/_2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

42.2.4 7 J x 17

The following wheels are permitted only if the stated conditions page 388 are fulfilled.

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 374.

1J0 601 025 J, 1J0 601 025 S - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 375

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	580

Technical line drawing of a five-spoke car wheel with mounting holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 AB - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 375

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and N44-10091 label (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

1C0 601 025 B, 1C0 601 025 E - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 375

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a Volkswagen car wheel with visible brand mark and mounting bracket (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

1C0 601 025 J - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 375

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and mounting bracket (no text or symbols)

1C0 601 025 K, 1C0 601 025 Q - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 375

Alloy disc-type wheels with exchangeable trim elements ⇒ page 58

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and mounting bracket (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 BE - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 375

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 AS - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 375

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial slots and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1C0 601 025 M - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 375

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

42.2.5 7^1/_2 J x 17

The following wheels are permitted only if the stated conditions page 388 are fulfilled.

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table → page 374.

1J0 601 025 BF - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 375

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	550

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

1J0 601 025 BH - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 375

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	560

Line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

42.3 Conditions for fitting 17" wheels and tyres

17" wheels with 225/45 R 17 are possible only:

1. For vehicles from model year 2001.
2. If 17" sports running gear and a steering box with reduced steering arm travel are installed in the vehicle

Allocation of steering box PR No. to engine:
PR No. of steering box	Engine
QZ 311)	1.8l; 2.0l; 2.3l petrol engines;1.9l diesel engines
QZ 411)	Up to and including 1.6 l petrol engines
QZ 511)	VR6 (US version);VR6 4Motion

11) Replacement part numbers Electronic parts catalogue „ETKA“
3. If tyres with a maximum width of 218 mm are used.
4. If snow chains are not used.

Maximum width of 17" tyres

If a vehicle is retrofitted with 17" tyres or if existing 17" tyres are renewed, use only tyres with a maximum width -a- which does not exceed 218 mm during use ^12 .
12) The measured width of the tyre including lettering on 7 J x 17 or 7 ^1/2 J x 17 and at the specified tyre pressure.

If wider tyres are used, under certain circumstances, the tyres may contact the front axle and the bodywork while the car is being driven.

a N44-018°

43 New Beetle RSi

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of genuine Volkswagen spare parts only. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to disc-type wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

43.1 New Beetle RSi, type 9CR from model year 2001

Appendix 2 to Parts Certificate 1486/03

Type Approval No.: e1*98/14*0152*00

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
3.2L 165 kW	Standard tyres	235/40 R 18 91W	9 J x 18 page 390	10	No	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17
	Modification	No changes are permissible apart from the standard wheel and tyre combinations!				Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:
	Winter tyres	205/55 R 16 91H	7 J x 16 page 390	10	Yes	♦ Summer tyres page 476♦ Winter tyres page 500

43.2 Wheel allocation for New Beetle RSi, type 9CR from model year 2001

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Torque specification for wheel bolts Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44 ; Wheels and tyres; Fitting notes on removing and installing wheels

Pitch circle diameter

100 mm

Number of wheel bolt holes:

5

43.2.1 7 J x 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 389.

Winter wheel

1C9 601 025 A - wheel/tyre combination ⇒ page 390

Size:	7 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	10
Wheel load in kg:	520

Technical line drawing of a car wheel assembly (no text or symbols)

43.2.2 9 x 18

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 389.

1C9 601 025 - wheel/tyre combination ⇒ page 389

Size:	9 x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	10
Wheel load in kg:	520

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with spokes and hub (no text or symbols)

Proteceived copyright. Copyright Pratential commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted unless authorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee a acceptance any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this pursuant to copyright. Copyright Volkswagen AG.

44 Passat model year 1994 to model year 1997

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of genuine Volkswagen spare parts only. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to disc-type wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

44.1 Passat, type 35l model year 1994 to model year 1997

Appendix 2 to Parts Certificate 1481/00

General type approval No. for Passat front-wheel drive; E 657/1 Supplement 5

General type approval No. for Passat Syncro; E 960 Supplement 8

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
55 kW petrol and diesel engines	Standard tyresModification	185/65 R 14 86T185/65 R 14 86S	6 J x 14 page 3946 J x 14 page 394	3838	YesYes	205/50 R 15 86 tyres are standard on vehicles having GT equipmentGeneral information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:♦ Summer tyres page 476♦ Winter tyres page 500
		195/60 R 14 86S	6 J x 14 page 394	38	Yes
		205/50 R 15 86S	6 J x 15 page 396	35	Yes
	Winter tyres	185/65 R 14 85Q	6 J x 14 page 394	38	Yes
66 kW petrol and diesel engines;Saloon/Estate;66 kW TDI Syn-cro	Standard tyres	185/65 R 14 86T	6 J x 14 page 394	38	Yes
	Modification	195/60 R 14 86T	6 J x 14 page 394	38	Yes
		205/50 R 15 86T	6 J x 15 page 396	35	Yes
	Winter tyres	185/65 R 14 85Q	6 J x 14 page 394	38	Yes
74 kW, 85 kW Sa-loon/Estate;85 kW Syncro	Standard tyres	195/60 R 14 86H	6 J x 14 page 394	38	Yes
	Modification	185/65 R 14 85H	6 J x 14 page 394	38	Yes
		205/50 R 15 86H* page 393	6 J x 15 page 394	35	Yes
	Winter tyres	185/65 R 14 85Q	6 J x 14 page 394	38	Yes
81 kW TDI81 kW SyncroSaloon/Estate;	Standard tyres	205/50 R 15 86H	6 J x 15 page 398	35	Yes
	Modification	No changes are permissible apart from the standard wheel and tyre combinations!
	Winter tyres	195/55 R 15 85T	6 J x 15 page 396	35	Yes	Vehicles with front-wheel drive
		205/50 R 15 86T	6 J x 15 page 396	35	Yes	Syncro vehicles
110 kWSaloon/Estate	Standard tyresModification	205/50 R 15 86W205/50 R 15 86V	6 J x 15 page 3986 J x 15 page 398	3535	YesYes	**Tyres with this double rating were offered by tyre dealers only during a transition period after which W tyres were offered. Syncro vehicles: Snow chains are permitted on the front wheels only.
	Winter tyres	195/55 R 15 85T	6 J x 15 page 398	35	Yes
128 kW VR6 Saloon/Estate	Standard tyres	205/50 R 15 86W	6 J x 15 page 398	35	Yes
	Modification	205/50 ZR 15 86W** page 394	6 J x 15 page 398	35	Yes
	Winter tyres	195/55 R 15 85T	6 J x 15 page 398	35	Yes
135 kW Syncro Estate	Standard tyres	205/50 R 15 86W	6 J x 15 page 398	35[677Y]	Yes
	Modification	205/50 ZR 15 86W** page 394	6 J x 15 page 398	35	Yes
	Winter tyres	205/50 R 15 86T	6 J x 15 page 398	35	Yes

Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or in Maintenance ; Booklet 27.

44.2 Wheel allocation Passat, type 35l model year 1994 to model year 1997

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Torque specifications for wheel bolts Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 40; Repairing front suspension (basic running gear); Removing and installing wheel bearing, strut, drive shaft (basic suspension) or Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 40; Repairing front suspension (plus running gear); Removing and installing wheel bearing, strut (plus running gear)

Pitch circle diameter

100 mm

44.2.1 6 J x 14

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 392.

Saloon/Estate 55 to 85 kW petrol engine front-wheel drive,

Estate Syncro 85 kW,

55 to 66 kW diesel engines, front-wheel drive

357 601 025 A/B/Q - Wheel and tyre combination → page 392

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	530
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

357 601 025 AB/AC - Wheel and tyre combination → page 392

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	530
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

357 601 025 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 392

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	515
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with radial slots and central hub (no text or symbols)

171 601 025 H - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 392

Note

Not for Estate Syncro 85 kW!

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	515
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with no visible text or symbols

191 601 025 F - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 392

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	510
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

321 601 025 N - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 392

Note

Not for Estate Syncro 85 kW!

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	500
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

357 601 025 N - Wheel and tyre combination → page 392

Size:	6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm:	38
Wheel load in kg:	510
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel with six spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with multiple circular holes and a central shaft (no text or symbols)

Technical line drawing of a wheel with six spokes and central hub (no text or symbols)

44.2.2 6 J x 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 392.

Saloon/Estate 55 to 85 kW petrol engine front-wheel drive,

Estate Syncro 85 kW,

55 to 66 kW diesel engines, front-wheel drive

535 601 025 B/F - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 393

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	35
Wheel load in kg:	510
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel with radial slots and central hub (no text or symbols)

3A0 601 025 B - Wheel and tyre combination → page 393

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	35
Wheel load in kg:	530
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel with five blades and central hub (no text or symbols)

357 601 025 G - Wheel and tyre combination → page 393

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	35
Wheel load in kg:	510
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

191 601 025 Q/AD - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 393

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	35
Wheel load in kg:	510
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Technical line drawing of a wheel or mechanical component with multiple circular features and central holes (no text or symbols)

357 601 025 M - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 393

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	35
Wheel load in kg:	530
Number of wheel bolt holes:	4

Saloon/Estate 16V and VR6 as well as 81 kW TDI Syncro, 135 kW VR6 Syncro

357 601 025 AA - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 393

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	35
Wheel load in kg:	510
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple screw holes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple screw holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

3A0 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination → page 393

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	35
Wheel load in kg:	530
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple screw holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

357 601 025 S - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 393

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	35
Wheel load in kg:	530
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and N44-10198 specification (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

357 601 025 T - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 393

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	35
Wheel load in kg:	530
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

3A0 601 025 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 393

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	35
Wheel load in kg:	530
Number of wheel bolt holes:	5

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim (no text or symbols)

45 Passat model year 1997 to model year 2005

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of genuine Volkswagen spare parts only. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to disc-type wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

45.1 Passat, Passat estate, type 3B model year 1997 to model year 2000

Appendix 2 to Parts Certificate 2523/03

Type Approval No.: e1*95/54*0043*00 to e1*95/54*0043*10

Type Approval No.: e1*98/14*D0043*11

Type Approval No.: e1*98/14*0043*12 to e1*98/14*0043*15

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
1.9I 66 kW TDI Saloon/Estate	Standard tyresModification	195/65 R 15 91T205/60 R 15 91T	6 J x 157 J x 15 page 403	4545	YesNo	Syncro and 4Motion vehicles: Snow chains are per-mitted on the front wheels only.General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:♦ Summer tyres page 477♦ All-season tyres page 486♦ Winter tyres page 501Winter tyres with „V-rating“ page 15
		205/55 R 16 91T	7 J x 16 page 404	45	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T	6 J x 15 page 402	45	Yes
1.6l 74 kW; 1.9l 74 kW, 81 kW und 85 kW TDI Saloon/Estate	Standard tyres	195/65 R 15 91V	6 J x 15 page 402	45	Yes
	Modification	195/65 R 15 91H	6 J x 15 page 402	45	Yes
		205/60 R 15 91H	7 J x 15 page 403	45	No
		205/55 R 16 91H	7 J x 16 page 404	45	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T	6 J x 15 page 402	45	Yes
2.0l 88 kW; 1.8l 92 kW, 110 kW; 2.3l 110 kW, 125 kW;2.5l 110 kW with front-wheel drive, Saloon/Estate	Standard tyres	195/65 R 15 91V	6 J x 15 page 402	45	Yes
	Modification	205/60 R 15 91V	7 J x 15 page 403	45	No
		205/55 R 16 91V	7 J x 16 page 404	45	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T/H/V	6 J x 15 page 402	45	Yes
2.5l 110 kW Syncro/4Motion Saloon/Estate2.8l 142 kW front-wheel drive and Syncro/4Motion Saloon/Estate	Standard tyres	195/65 R 15 91W	6 J x 15 page 402	45	Yes
	Modification	205/60 R 15 91W	7 J x 15 page 403	45	No
		205/55 R 16 91W	7 J x 16 page 404	45	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T/H/V	6 J x 15 page 402	45	Yes

Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or in Maintenance ; Booklet 36.

45.2 Passat, Passat estate, type 3B model year 1997 to model year 2000

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Torque specifications for wheel bolts Running gear, axles, steering - front and four-wheel drive; Rep. gr. 44 ; Fitting wheels and tyres; Fitting wheels

Pitch circle diameter 112 mm

Number of wheel bolt holes: 5

45.2.1 6 J x 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 400.

Saloon/Estate with front-wheel drive saloon Syncro/4Motion, Estate Syncro/4Motion to maximum permitted axle load of 1180 kg

8D0 601 025 D - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 400

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	590

All saloons and estates with front-wheel drive; all Syncro or 4Motion saloons, all Syncro or 4Motion estates

8D0 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 400

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	605

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple screw holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

4A0 601 025 J - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 400

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	605

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with mounting holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

4B0 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 400

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	605

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple screw holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

4B0 601 025 J, 4B0 601 025 N - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 400

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	605

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and radial slots (no text or symbols)

45.2.2 7 J x 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 400.

Saloons and estates with front-wheel drive to maximum permitted axle load of 1150 kg,

Saloon Syncro/4Motion, Estate Syncro/4Motion to maximum axle load 1150 kg

3B0 601 025 A/C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 401

Size:	7 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	575

Saloons and estates with front-wheel drive to maximum permitted axle load of 1,160 kg,

Saloon Syncro/4Motion, Estate Syncro/4Motion to maximum axle load 1160 kg

3B0 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination → page 401

Size:	7 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	580

Technical line drawing of a Volkswagen wheel with radial spokes and central hub (no text or symbols)

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple circular components and central hub (no text or symbols)

45.2.3 7 J x 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 400.

Saloons and estates with front-wheel drive to maximum permitted axle load of 1,160 kg,

Saloon Syncro/4Motion, Estate Syncro/4Motion to maximum axle load 1160 kg

3B0 601 027 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 401

Size:	7 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	580

Saloon/Estate with front-wheel drive saloon Syncro/4Motion, Estate Syncro/4Motion to maximum permitted axle load of 1,190 kg

Technical line drawing of a wheel with multiple screw holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

3B0 601 025 G - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 401

Size:	7 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	595

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

45.3 Passat, Passat estate, type 3BG model year 2001 to model year 2005

Appendix 2 to Parts Certificate 2523/03

Type Approval No. e1*98/14*0157*00 to e1*98/14*0157*09

Type Approval No.: e1*2001/116*0157*10 to e1*2001/116*0157*12

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
1.6l 75 kW Saloon/Estate;1.9l 74 kW TDI Saloon/Estate2.0l 85 kW Saloon/Estate, front-wheel drive and 4Motion	Standard tyres	195/65 R 15 91V	6 J x 15 page 407	37	Yes	4Motion vehicles: Snow chains are per- mitted on the front wheels only.*17" wheels and tyres:This combination of wheels and tyres is not permitted for ve- hicles with front- wheel drive and sports running gear.
	Modification	195/65 R 15 91H	6 J x 15 page 407	37	Yes
		205/60 R 15 91H	7 J x 15 page 408	37	No
		205/55 R 16 91H	7 J x 16 page 409	37	No
		225/45 R 17 91H* page 405	7 J x 17* page 405 page 411	37	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T	6 J x 15 page 407	37/45	Yes
1.8l 110 kW Saloon/Estate;1.9l 96 kW TDI Saloon/Estate, front-wheel drive or 4Motion;2.0l 96 kW Saloon/Estate, front-wheel drive	Standard tyres	195/65 R 15 91V	6 J x 15 page 407	37	Yes	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17Tyre makes recom- mended by Volkswa- gen:
	Modification	205/60 R 15 91V	7 J x 15 page 408	37	No
2.0l 100 kW TDI Saloon/Estate, front-wheel drive		205/55 R 16 91V	7 J x 16 page 409	37	No	◆ Summer tyres page 477◆ All-season tyres page 486◆ Winter tyres page 501
		225/45 R 17 91V* page 405	7 J x 17* page 405	37	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 91Q/T	6 J x 15 page 407	37/45	Yes
V5 2.3l 125 kW Saloon/Estate, front-wheel drive and 4Motion	Standard tyres	205/55 R 16 91V	7 J x 16 page 410	37	No
	Modification	205/55 R 16 91W	7 J x 16 page 410	37	No
		225/45 R 17 91V/W/Y* page 405	7 J x 17* page 405	37	No
	Winter tyres	205/55 R 16 91T/V	6 J x 16 page 408	40	Yes
V6 TDI 2.5l 110 kW Saloon/Estate, front-wheel drive and 4Motion	Standard tyres	205/55 R 16 91W	7 J x 16 page 410	37	No
V6 TDI 2.5l 120 kW Saloon/Estate, front-wheel drive;	Modification	225/45 R 17 91W* page 405	7 J x 17* page 405	37	No
V6 TDI 2.5l 132 kW Saloon/Estate, 4Motion;	Winter tyres	205/55 R 16 91T/V	6 J x 16 page 408	40	Yes

Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or in Maintenance ; Booklet 36.

45.4 Wheel allocation Passat, Passat estate, type 3BG model year 2001 to model year 2005

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Torque specifications for wheel bolts Running gear, axles, steering - front and four-wheel drive; Rep. gr. 44 ; Fitting wheels and tyres; Fitting wheels

Pitch circle diameter 112 mm

Number of wheel bolt holes: 5

45.4.1 6 J x 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 405.

Saloon/estate with front-wheel drive up to and including 110 kW petrol engine and 96 kW and 100 kW diesel engines,

saloon/estate 4Motion up to and including 110 kW petrol engine, 96 kW diesel engine

4B0 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 405

Note

Only permissible with winter tyres.

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	605

3B0 601 027 D - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 405

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	37
Wheel load in kg:	605

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

Technical line drawing of a wheel with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

4B0 601 025 J, 4B0 601 025 N - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 405

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	605

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and N44-10076 label (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

45.4.2 7 J x 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 405.

Saloon/estate with front-wheel drive up to and including 110 kW petrol engine and 96 kW and 100 kW diesel engines,

saloon/estate 4Motion up to and including 110 kW petrol engine, 96 kW diesel engine

3B0 601 027 E - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 405

Size:	7 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	37
Wheel load in kg:	600

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

3B0 601 025 K - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 405

Size:	7 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	37
Wheel load in kg:	590

Only for vehicles for export to the USA

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and brand mark N44-10097 (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

3B0 601 025 S- Wheel and tyre combination page 405

Size:	7 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	37
Wheel load in kg:	600

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with radial and concentric blades (no text or symbols)

45.4.3 6 J x 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 405.

Saloon/Estate with front-wheel drive V6 TDI, V5, V6 petrol engine,

Saloon/Estate, 4Motion V6 TDI, V5, V6 petrol engines

Snow tyres

8D0 601 025 P - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 406

Size:	6 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	40
Wheel load in kg:	615

Line drawing of a Volkswagen wheel rim with no text or symbols

8D0 601 027 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 406

Size:	6 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	40
Wheel load in kg:	615

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

45.4.4 7 J x 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 405.

Saloon/estate with front-wheel drive up to and including 110 kW petrol engine and 96 kW and 100 kW diesel engines,

saloon/estate 4Motion up to and including 110 kW petrol engine, 96 kW diesel engine

3B0 601 027 F - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 405

Size:	7 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	37
Wheel load in kg:	605

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

3B0 601 025 L - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 405

Size:	7 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	37
Wheel load in kg:	605

Saloon/Estate with front-wheel drive V6 TDI, V5, V6 petrol engines

Saloon/Estate, 4Motion V6 TDI, V5, V6 petrol engines

3B0 601 027 F - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 406

Size:	7 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	37
Wheel load in kg:	605

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with multiple spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

3B0 601 025 L - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 406

Size:	7 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	37
Wheel load in kg:	605

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with no visible text or symbols

3B0 601 025 AD - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 406

Size:	7 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	37
Wheel load in kg:	620

Only for vehicles for export to the USA

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six blades and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

3B0 601 025 T - Wheel and tyre combination → page 405

Size:	7 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	37
Wheel load in kg:	620

Technical line drawing of a five-wheeled car wheel (no text or symbols)

3B0 601 025 AA - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 405

Size:	7 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	37
Wheel load in kg:	620

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with mounting holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

45.4.5 7 Jx17

Note

Not permitted for vehicles with front-wheel drive in conjunction with sports running gear.

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 405.

Saloon/estate with front-wheel drive up to and including 110 kW petrol engine and 96 kW and 100 kW diesel engines,

Saloon/estate 4Motion up to and including 110 kW petrol engine and 96 kW diesel engine,

Saloon/Estate with front-wheel drive V6 TDI, V5, V6 petrol engine,

Saloon/Estate, 4Motion V6 TDI, V5, V6 petrol engines

3B0 601 025 M - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 405

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	37
Wheel load in kg:	605

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with six spokes and central hub (no text or symbols)

3B0 601 025 P - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 405

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	37
Wheel load in kg:	605

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with multiple blades and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

45.5 Passat W8 4Motion, type 3BS model year 2002 to model year 2005

Appendix 2 to Parts Certificate 2523/03

Type Approval No.: e1*98/14*0173*00 to e1*98/14*0173*02

Type Approval No.: e1*2001/116*0173*03 to e1*2001/116*0173*04

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
4.0l 202 kW Saloon/Estate	Standard tyres	225/45 R 17 91Y	7^1/_2 J x 17 page 414	45	No	Snow chains: Only the listed snow chains are approved! Article No. page 413* 4Motion vehicles: Snow chains are per- mitted on the front wheels only.General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17Tyre makes recom- mended by Volkswa- gen:♦ Summer tyres page 478♦ All-season tyres page 486♦ Winter tyres page 501Winter tyres with „V- rating“ page 15
	Modification	No changes are permissible apart from the stand- ard wheel and tyre combinations!
	Winter tyres	205/50 R 17 93T/H/V* page 412	6 J x 17 page 413	42	Yes

Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or in Maintenance ; Booklet 36.

Approved snow chains, Passat W8

The snow chains listed below are permitted only in conjunction with the wheel and tyre combinations listed next to them!

Chain manufacturer Article No.	Accessories part No.	Tyre size	Wheel	Part No.
Ottinger 100 956	-	205/50 R 17 93T/ H/V ⇒ page 412	6 J x 17 ET 42	3B7 601 025 C
Rud 46022	Z 091 589

45.6 Wheel allocation Passat W8 4Motion, type 3BS model year 2002 to model year 2005

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Torque specifications for wheel bolts Running gear axles, steering - front and four-wheel drive; Rep. gr. 44; Fitting wheels and tyres; Fitting wheels

Pitch circle diameter

112 mm

Number of wheel bolt holes:

5

45.6.1 7 J x 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 412.

Only for vehicles for export to the USA

3B7 601 025 F - Wheel and tyre combination

Size:	7 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	630

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

45.6.2 6 J x 17

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 412.

For winter tyres

3B7 601 025 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 412

Size:	6 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	42
Wheel load in kg:	620

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with six spokes and central hub (no text or symbols)

45.6.3 7^1/_2J × 17

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 412.

3B7 601 025 A - Wheel and tyre combination → page 412

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	630

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with mounting holes and hub (no text or symbols)

3B7 601 025 D - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 412

Size:	7^1/_2 J × 17
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	660

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and brand mark N44-10099 (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

45.7 Passat Protect, type 3BL model year 2002 to model year 2005

Appendix 2 to Parts Certificate 2523/03

Type approval No.: e1*98/14PD0162*00 to e1*98/14PD0162*03

Type approval No.: e1*2001/116*0162*04

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
2.8l 142 kW1.9l 96 kW TDI	Standard tyres	205/55 R 16 94W reinforced/XL	7 J x 16 page 416	45	No	Snow chains:Only the listed snow chains are approved!Article No. page 415* 4Motion vehicles:Snow chains are per-mitted on the front wheels only.General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:♦ Summer tyres page 478♦ Winter tyres page 501Winter tyres with „V-rating“ page 15
	Modification	215/55 R 16 97Y reinforced/XL	7 J x 16 page 416	45	No
	Winter tyres	205/55 R 16 94T/H/V* page 415 reinforced/XL	6 J x 16 page 416	45	Yes
4,0l 202 kW	Standard tyres	215/55 R 16 97Y reinforced/XL	7 J x 16 page 416	45	No
	Modification	No changes are permissible apart from the standard wheel and tyre combinations!
	Winter tyres	205/55 R 16 94T/H/V* page 415 reinforced/XL	6 J x 16 page 416	45	Yes

Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or in Maintenance ; Booklet 36.

Approved snow chains, Passat Protect

The snow chains listed below are permitted only in conjunction with the wheel and tyre combinations listed next to them!

Chain manufacturer Article No.	Accessories part No.	Tyre size	Wheel	Part No.
Rud	000 091 386 K	205/55 R 16 94T/H/V* ➔ page 415 reinforced/XL	6 J x 16 ET 45	3B7 601 025 B

45.8 Wheel allocation Passat Protect, type 3BL model year 2002 to model year 2005

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Wheel bolt torque settings Running gear, axles, steering - Protect; Rep. gr. 44 ; Wheel bolt torque settings

Pitch circle diameter

112 mm

Number of wheel bolt holes:

5

45.8.1 6 J x 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 415.

For winter tyres

Only for vehicles to maximum permissible axle load of 1320 kg 3B7 601 025 B - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 415

Size:	6 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	660

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with concentric rings and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

45.8.2 7 J x 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 415.

4B0 601 025 T - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 415

Size:	7 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	670

Only for vehicles to maximum permissible axle load of 1320 kg

Technical line drawing of a wheel assembly with no visible text or symbols

3B7 601 025 - Wheel and tyre combination → page 415

Size:	7 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	45
Wheel load in kg:	660

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and N44-10099 specification (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

46 Sharan from model year 1996

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of only genuine Volkswagen spare parts. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

46.1 Sharan, Sharan Syncro, type 7M model year 1996 to model year 2000

Attachment to parts certificate 3533/09

The parts certificate can be found on the Volkswagen ServiceNet under Accessories/Tyres, Wheels and Tyres, Wheels and Tyres Guide.

Type approval number: e1*93/81*0023*00 to e1*93/81*0023*03

Type approval number: e1*95/54*0023*04 to e1*95/54*0023*09

Type approval number: e1*98/14*0023*10 to e1*98/14*0023*12

Overview

WARNING

Wheel bolts and/or wheels of vehicles from model year 2001 are not permitted! Distinguishing features page 68.

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
1.9l 66 kW, 81 kW TDI 85 kW petrol engine CL, GL Carat	Standard tyres	195/65 R 15 95T reinforced/XL	6 J x 15 page 420	55	Yes	Conversion to 7 J x 15 wheels: For vehicles with CL or GL equipment to vehicle No.T0050000, track rod joints7M0 422 817 A/7M0 422 818 A must be installed.General information on:◆ Winter tyres page 14◆ Snow chains page 17Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:◆ Summer tyres page 478◆ Winter tyres page 502* 215/55 R 16 93H: Tyres are not permissible on Syncro and 1.9l 85 kW TDI vehicles!** Tyre pressure for 1.9l 85 kW TDI page 420
	Modification	195/65 R 15 95T reinforced/XL	7 J x 15 page 420	59	No
		205/60 R 15 95H reinforced/XL	6 J x 15 page 420	55	Yes
		205/60 R 15 95H reinforced/XL	7 J x 15 page 420	59	No
		215/60 R 15 95H	6 J x 15 page 420	55	No
		215/60 R 15 95H	7 J x 15 page 420	59	No
		215/55 R 16 93H* page 418	7 J x 16page 421	59	No
		215/55 R 16 95H** page 418 reinforced/XL	7 J x 16 page 421	59	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 95Q/T reinforced/XL	6 J x 15 page 420	55	Yes
1.8l 110 kW;128 kW VR6 GL, Carat;128 kW VR6 Syn-cro GL, Carat	Standard tyres	205/60 R 15 95H reinforced/XL	6 J x 15 page 420	55	Yes
	Modification	205/60 R 15 95H reinforced/XL	7 J x 15 page 420	59	No
		215/60 R 15 95H	6 J x 15 page 420	55	No
		215/60 R 15 15 H	7 J x 15 page 420	59	No
		215/55 R 16 93H	7 J x 16 page 421	59	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 95Q/T reinforced/XL	6 J x 15 page 420	55	Yes
All vehicles with Carat equipment	Standard tyres	215/60 R 15 95H	7 J x 15 page 420	59	No
	Modification	215/55 R 16 93H* page 418	7 J x 16 page 421	59	No
		215/55 R 16 95H** page 418 reinforced/XL	7 J x 16 page 421	59	No
		205/60 R 15 95H reinforced/XL	6 J x 15 page 420	55	Yes
		205/60 R 15 95H reinforced/XL	7 J x 15 page 420	59	No
		215/60 R 15 95H	6 J x 15 page 420	55	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 95Q/T reinforced/XL	6 J x 15 page 420	55	Yes
All vehicles with Trendline/High-line equipment	Standard tyres	215/55 R 16 95H reinforced/XL	7 J x 16 page 421	59	No
	Modification	215/55 R 16 93H* page 418	7 J x 16 page 421	59	No
		215/55 R 16 95H** page 418 reinforced/XL	7 J x 15 page 421	59	No
		205/60 R 15 95H reinforced/XL	6 J x 15 page 420	55	Yes
		205/60 R 15 95H reinforced/XL	7 J x 15 page 421	59	No
		215/60 R 15 95H	6 J x 15 page 420	55	No
		215/60 R 15 95H	7 J x 15 page 420	59	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 95Q/T reinforced/XL	6 J x 15 page 420	55	Yes

Tyre inflation pressures are located on a sticker on inside of fuel tank flap or in Maintenance; Booklet; Check tyres: condition, profile, inflation pressure, depth of tread.

Exceptions to this are the 215/55 R 16 95H tyres, see "Remarks" column ⇒ page 418

Tyre pressure for 1.9l 85 kW TDI:

Tyre pressure M + S:
Part load front:	2,9
Part load rear:	2,5
Full load front:	3,1
Full load rear:	3,3

46.2 Wheel allocation for Sharan, Sharan Syncro. Type 7M model year 1996 to model year 2000

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Wheel bolt torque settings Running gear, axles, steering - front and four-wheel drive; Rep. gr. 44 ; Wheel bolt torque settings

Pitch circle diameter: 112 mm

Number of wheel bolt holes: 5

46.2.1 6J x 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 417.

All models with front-wheel drive, all Syncro models

7M0 601 027 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 418

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	55
Wheel load in kg:	690

Technical line drawing of a wheel with concentric rings and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

46.2.2 7 J x 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 417.

Note

Snow chains are not permitted with 7 J x 15 or 7 J x 16 wheels. Snow chains are permitted only on 195/65 R 15 and 205/60 R 15 tyres with 6 J x 15 offset 55 wheels. The track rod joints 7M0 422 817 A/7M0 422 818 A must be installed on vehicles with CL or GL equipment through vehicle No. T005000.

All models with front-wheel drive, all Syncro models

7M0 601 025, 7M0 601 025 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 418

Size:	7 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	59
Wheel load in kg:	690

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with no visible text or symbols

7M0 601,025 F - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 418

Size:	7 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	59
Wheel load in kg:	690

Technical line drawing of a Volkswagen wheel with radial spokes and central logo (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

46.2.3 7 J x 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 417.

Note

Snow chains are not permitted with 7 J x 15 or 7 J x 16 wheels. Snow chains are permitted only on 195/65 R 15 and 205/60 R 15 tyres with 6 J x 15 offset 55 wheels. The track rod joints 7M0 422 817 A/7M0 422 818 A must be installed on vehicles with CL or GL equipment through vehicle No. T005000.

All models with front-wheel drive, all Syncro models

7M0 601 025 E - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 418

Size:	7 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	59
Wheel load in kg:	690

Technical line drawing of a Volkswagen F-15 alloy wheel (no text or symbols)

7M0 601 025 G - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 418

Size:	7 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	59
Wheel load in kg:	690

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and a BMW logo, no text or symbols present.

46.3 Sharan, Sharan 4Motion, type 7M model year 2001

Attachment to parts certificate 3533/09

The parts certificate can be found on the Volkswagen ServiceNet under Accessories/Tyres, Wheels and Tyres, Wheels and Tyres Guide.

Type approval number: e1*98/14*0023*13 to e1*98/14*0023*16

Overview

WARNING

Sharan vehicles from model year 2001 onwards have modified wheel bolts and wheels. Wheel bolts and/or wheels from vehicles to model year 2000 are not permitted! Distinguishing features ⇒ page 68.

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
2.0l 85 kW;1.9l 66 kW TDI	Standard tyres	195/65 R 15 95T reinforced/XL	6 J x 15 page 424	55	Yes	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:♦ Summer tyres page 478♦ Winter tyres page 502
	Modification	205/60 R 15 95H reinforced/XL	6 J x 15 page 424	55	Yes
		215/60 R 15 95H	7 J x 15 page 424	59	No
		215/55 R 16 95H reinforced/XL	7 J x 16 page 426	59	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 95Q/T reinforced/XL	6 J x 15 page 424	55	Yes
		195/60 R 16 C 99/97Q/T	6 J x 16 page 425	53	Yes
1.9l 85 kW TDI front-wheel drive	Standard tyres	205/60 R 15 95H reinforced/XL	6 J x 15 page 424	55	Yes
	Modification	195/65 R 15 95T reinforced/XL	6 J x 15 page 424	55	Yes
		215/60 R 15 95H	7 J x 15 page 424	59	No
		215/55 R 16 95H reinforced/XL	7 J x 16 page 426	59	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 15 95Q/T reinforced/XL	6 J x 15 page 424	55	Yes
		195/60 R 16 C 99/97Q/T	6 J x 16 page 425	53	Yes
1.9I 85 kW TDI 4Motion	Standard tyres	215/55 R 16 95H reinforced/XL	6 J x 16 page 425	53	No
		215/55 R 16 95H reinforced/XL	7 J x 16 page 426	59	No
	Modification	No changes are permissible apart from the standard wheel and tyre combinations!
	Winter tyres	195/60 R 16 C 99/97Q/T	6 J x 16 page 425	53	Yes
1.8I 110 kW Turbo	Standard tyres	205/60 R 15 95H reinforced/XL	6 J x 15 page 424	55	Yes
	Modification	215/60 R 15 95H	7 J x 15 page 424	59	No
		215/55 R 16 95H reinforced/XL	7 J x 16 page 426	59	No
	Winter tyres	195/65 R 16 95Q/T reinforced/XL	6 J x 15 page 424	55	Yes
		195/60 R 16 C 99/97Q/T	6 J x 16 page 425	53	Yes
VR6 150 kW front-wheel drive and 4Motion	Standard tyres	215/55 R 16 95W reinforced/XL	6 J x 16 page 425	53	No
		215/55 R 16 95W reinforced/XL	7 J x 16 page 426	59	No
	Modification	No changes are permissible apart from the standard wheel and tyre combinations!
	Winter tyres	195/60 R 16 C 99/97Q/T	6 J x 16 page 425	53	Yes

Tyre inflation pressures are located on a sticker on inside of fuel tank flap or in Maintenance ; Booklet ; Check tyres: condition, profile, inflation pressure, depth of tread.

46.4 Wheel allocation for Sharan, Sharan 4Motion, type 7M model year 2001

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Wheel bolt torque settings Running gear, axles, steering - front and four-wheel drive; Rep. gr. 44 ; Wheel bolt torque settings

Pitch circle diameter: 112 mm

Number of wheel bolt holes: 5

46.4.1 6 J x 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 422.

Models through 110 kW with front-wheel drive

7M0 601 027 F - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 422

Size:	6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	55
Wheel load in kg:	690

Technical line drawing of a wheel with mounting holes and a small inset image showing a person (no text or symbols)

46.4.2 7 J x 15

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 422.

Models through 110 kW with front-wheel drive

Note

Snow chains are not permitted on 7 J x 15 or 7 J x 16 wheels.

7M3 601 025 B - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 422

Size:	7 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm:	59
Wheel load in kg:	690

Line drawing of a Volkswagen wheel with radial spokes and central logo (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

46.4.3 6 J x 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 422.

Models through 110 kW with front-wheel drive

7M3 601,027 E - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 422

Size:	6 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	53
Wheel load in kg:	730

1.9l 85 kW TDI 4Motion, VR6 150 kW front-wheel drive and 4Motion

7M3 601,027 D - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 423

For M + S tyres

Size:	6 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	53
Wheel load in kg:	690

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with BMW logo and N44-10070 specification (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with a Volkswagen logo on the center (no text or symbols beyond branding)

7M3 601,027 E - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 423

Size:	6 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	53
Wheel load in kg:	710

Technical line drawing of a wheel with BMW logo and circular components (no text or symbols)

7M3 601,027 F - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 423

Size:	6 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	53
Wheel load in kg:	710

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with BMW logo and N44-10070 label (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

46.4.4 7 J x 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 422.

Models through 110 kW with front-wheel drive

Note

Snow chains are not permitted on 7 J x 15 or 7 J x 16 wheels.

7M3 601 025 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 422

Size:	7 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	59
Wheel load in kg:	710

1.9l 85 kW TDI 4Motion, VR6 150 kW front-wheel drive and 4Motion

Note

Snow chains are not permitted on 7 J x 15 or 7 J x 16 wheels.

7M0 601 027 J - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 423

Size:	7 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	59
Wheel load in kg:	710

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with mounting holes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and N44-10070 label (no readable text or symbols beyond branding)

7M3 601 025 A - Wheel and tyre combination → page 423

Size:	7 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	59
Wheel load in kg:	710

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

7M3 601 025 D - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 423

Note

Not permitted for vehicles with 16" brakes.

Size:	7 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	59
Wheel load in kg:	690

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

7M3 601 025 F - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 423

Size:	7 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	59
Wheel load in kg:	730

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with mounting holes and a brand mark (N44-10152), no text or symbols present.

7M3 601 025 G - Wheel and tyre combination → page 423

Size:	7 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	59
Wheel load in kg:	730

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and hub (no text or symbols)

7M3 601 025 H - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 423

Size:	7 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	59
Wheel load in kg:	730

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and N44-10154 label (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

46.5 Sharan, Sharan 4Motion, type 7M model year 2002 to model year 2010

Attachment to parts certificate 3533/09

The parts certificate can be found on the Volkswagen ServiceNet under Accessories/Tyres, Wheels and Tyres, Wheels and Tyres Guide.

Type approval number: e1*98/14*0023*17 to e1*98/14*0023*20

Type approval number: e1*2001/116*0023*21 to e1*2001/116*0023*36

Overview

WARNING

Sharan vehicles from model year 2001 onwards have modified wheel bolts and wheels. Wheel bolts and/or wheels from vehicles to model year 2000 are not permitted! Distinguishing features → page 68

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
2.0I 85 kW;1.8I 110 kW turbo petrol engines1.9I 66 kW TDI;1.9I 85 kW TDI;front-wheel drive and 4Motion1.9I 96 kW TDI front-wheel drive;1.9I 110 kW TDI front-wheel drive;2.0I 100 kW TDI front-wheel drive;2.0I 103 kW TDI front-wheel drive; diesel engines	Standard tyres	195/60 R 16 C 99/97H	6 J x 16 page 430	53	Yes	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:
	Modification	205/55 R 16 C 98/96H	6 J x 16 page 430	53	No
		215/55 R 16 95H reinforced/XL	6 J x 16 page 430	53	No
		215/55 R 16 95H reinforced/XL	7 J x 16 page 430	59	No
		225/45 R 17 94W reinforced/XL	7 J x 17 page 432	54	No	◆ Summer tyres page 478◆ Winter tyres page 502* Winter tyres with "V-rating" page 15** Tyre pressure for VR6 150 kW page 429*** Caution: A supplement must be added to the vehicle documents!
	Winter tyres	195/60 R 16 C 99/97Q/T	6 J x 16 page 430	53	Yes
		205/55 R 16 94Q/T/H/V reinforced/XL * page 429 *** page 429	6 J x 16 page 430	53	No
VR6 150 kW front-wheel drive and 4Motion	Standard tyres	215/55 R 16 95W reinforced/XL	6 J x 16 page 430	53	No
		215/55 R 16 95W reinforced/XL	7 J x 16 page 430	59	No
	Modification	225/45 R 17 94W reinforced/XL	7 J x 17 page 432	54	No
	Winter tyres	195/60 R 16 C 99/97Q/T	6 J x 16 page 430	53
		205/55 R 16 94Q/T/H/V reinforced/XL * page 429 ** page 429 *** page 429	6 J x 16 page 430	53	No

Tyre inflation pressures are located on a sticker on inside of fuel tank flap or in Maintenance ; Booklet ; Check tyres: condition, profile, inflation pressure, depth of tread.

Tyre pressure for VR6 150 kW:

Tyre pressure M + S:
Part load front:	3.1
Part load rear:	2.8
Full load front:	3.2
Full load rear:	3.4

46.6 Wheel allocation for Sharan, Sharan 4Motion, type 7M model year 2002 to model year 2010

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Wheel bolt torque settings Running gear, axles, steering - front and four-wheel drive; Rep. gr. 44 ; Wheel bolt torque settings

Pitch circle diameter:

112 mm

Number of wheel bolt holes:

5

46.6.1 6 J x 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 428.

7M3 601,027 D - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 428

For M + S tyres

Only for vehicles to maximum permissible axle load of 1,380 kg

Size:	6 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	53
Wheel load in kg:	690

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with BMW logo and N44-10070 label (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

7M3 601,027 E - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 428

Size:	6 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	53
Wheel load in kg:	730

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and brand mark N44-10070 (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

7M3 601,027 F - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 428

Size:	6 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	53
Wheel load in kg:	710

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and circular hub (no text or symbols)

46.6.2 7 J x 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 428.

Note

No snow chains are permitted on 7 J x 16 wheels.

7M0 601 027 J - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 428

Size:	7 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	59
Wheel load in kg:	710

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and N44-10070 label (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

7M3 601 025 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 428

Size:	7 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	59
Wheel load in kg:	710

Technical line drawing of a five-spoke car wheel with mounting holes (no text or symbols)

7M3 601 025 E - Wheel and tyre combination → page 428

Size:	7 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	59
Wheel load in kg:	730

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

7M3 601 025 D - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 428

Note

Not permitted for vehicles with 16" brakes.

Only for vehicles to maximum permissible axle load of 1,380 kg

Size:	7 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	59
Wheel load in kg:	690

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

7M3 601 025 F - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 428

Size:	7 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	59
Wheel load in kg:	730

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

7M3 601 025 G - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 428

Size:	7 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	59
Wheel load in kg:	730

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and hub (no text or symbols)

7M3 601 025 H - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 428

Size:	7 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	59
Wheel load in kg:	730

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible mounting holes and brand mark N44-10154 (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

46.6.3 7 J x 17

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 428.

Note

No snow chains are permitted on 7 J x 17 wheels.

7M3 601 025 J - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 429

Only for vehicles to maximum permissible axle load of 1,380 kg

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	690

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

7M3 601 025 K - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 429

Only for vehicles to maximum permissible axle load of 1,380 kg

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	690

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

7M3 601 025 L - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 429

Only for vehicles to maximum permissible axle load of 1,380 kg

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	690

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with BMW logo and brand mark (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

7M3 601 025 M - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 429

Size:	7 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	730

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with mounting holes and hub (no text or symbols)

47 Sharan BlueMotion from model year 2009

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of only genuine Volkswagen spare parts. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

47.1 Sharan BlueMotion, type 7M model year 2009 to model year 2010

Attachment to parts certificate 3533/09

The parts certificate can be found on the Volkswagen ServiceNet under Accessories/Tyres, Wheels and Tyres, Wheels and Tyres Guide.

Type approval number: e1*2001/116*0023*33 to e1*2001/116*0023*36

Overview

WARNING

Sharan vehicles from model year 2001 onwards have modified wheel bolts and wheels. Wheel bolts and/or wheels from vehicles to model year 2000 are not permitted! Distinguishing features ⇒ page 68

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
2.0l 103 kW TDI diesel engine	Standard tyres	195/60 R 16 C 99/97H	6 J x 16 page 435	53	Yes	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:♦ Summer tyres page 479♦ Winter tyres page 502
	Modification	No changes are permissible apart from the standard wheel and tyre combinations!
	Winter tyres	195/60 R 16 C 99/97Q/T	6 J x 16 page 435	53	Yes

Tyre inflation pressures are located on a sticker on inside of fuel tank flap or in Maintenance ; Booklet ; Check tyres: condition, profile, inflation pressure, depth of tread.

47.2 Wheel allocation for Sharan BlueMotion, type 7M model year 2009 to model year 2010

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Wheel bolt torque settings Running gear, axles, steering - front and four-wheel drive; Rep. gr. 44 ; Wheel bolt torque settings

Pitch circle diameter: 112 mm Number of wheel bolt holes: 5

47.2.1 6 J x 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 434.

7M3 601,027 E - Wheel and tyre combination → page 435

Size:	6 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	53
Wheel load in kg:	730

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with Volkswagen logo and a small figure on top (no readable text or symbols)

7M3 601,027 F - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 435

Size:	6 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	53
Wheel load in kg:	710

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with BMW logo and N44-10070 specification (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

Proteased by copyright: Copy/Innovation Consumer Appliances, Inpart or in whole, is not permitted unless authorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee or accept any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

48 Touareg from model year 2003

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of only genuine Volkswagen spare parts. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

48.1 Touareg, type 7L model year 2003 to model year 2010

Attachment to parts certificate 3531/09

The parts certificate can be found on the Volkswagen ServiceNet under Accessories/Tyres, Wheels and Tyres, Wheels and Tyres Guide.

Type approval number: e1*2001/116*0203*00 to e1*2001/116*0203*23

Overview

Caution

Take special care with suspension type:

◆ Heavy duty running gear 1BP »Expedition« for which the wheel and tyre combinations are restricted → page 438
For all other types of running gear, the following wheel and tyre combinations apply page 438

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
»Vehicles with heavy duty running gear1BP (Expedition)«
R5 TDI 2.5I 120 kW;R5 TDI 2.5I 128 kW diesel enginesV6 TDI 3.0I 155 kW;V6 TDI 3.0I 165 kW;V6 TDI 3.0I 176 kW; diesel enginesV6 3.2I 162 kW;V6 3.2I 177 kW;V6 3.6I 206 kW petrol engines	Standard tyres	235/65 R 17,108V	7^1/_2 J x 17 page 441	55	Yes
	Modification	No changes are permissible apart from the standard wheel and tyre combinations!
	Off-road tyres** page 438	235/65 R 17 108T	7^1/_2 J x 17 page 441	55	Yes
	Winter tyres	235/65 R 17 108T/H	7^1/_2 J x 17 page 441	55	Yes
»All running gear types apart from heavy duty running gear 1BP (Expedition)«
R5 TDI 2.5I 120 kW;R5 TDI 2.5I 128 kW diesel engines	Standard tyres	235/65 R 17,108V	7^1/_2 J x 17 page 441	55	Yes	16" or 17" wheels can only be fitted on vehicles with 16" or 17" brake systems, respectively.
	Modification	255/60 R 17,106V	7^1/_2 J x 17 page 441	55	Yes
		255/55 R 18,109V	8 J x 18 page 443	57	Yes
		275/45 R 19 108Y	9 J x 19 page 444	60	No
		275/40 R 20 106Y	9 J x 20* page 438	60	No
	Off-road tyres** page 438	235/70 R 16 105T/H	7 J x 16 page 441	54	Yes	* Not for vehicles with 16" brakes (pitch circle diameter 120 mm).** If off-road tyres (with M+S identification) are used, a sticker in the driver's field of vision making reference to the lower permitted maximum speed according to the speed rating of the tyre (T/H) is required, just as for winter tyres.
		235/60 R 18 107T	8 J x 18 page 443	57	Yes
		255/50 R 19,107V	9 J x 19 page 444	60	Yes	Snow chains: We recommend using snow chains on all 4 wheels Electronic parts catalogue „ETKA - Accessories catalogue“.**** Wheel 7L9 601 025 B (9J x 19 offset 60) is permitted as a winter wheel.
	Winter tyres**** page 439	235/65 R 17 108T/H	7^1/_2 J x 17 ≥ page 441	55	Yes
		255/50 R 19,107V	9 J x 19 ≥ page 444	60	Yes
V6 3.2I 162 kW; V6 3.2I 177 kW; V6 3.6I 206 kW; V8 4.2I 228 kW petrol engines;V6 TDI 3.0I 155 kW; V6 TDI 3.0I 165 kW (engine code: BKS); V6 TDI 3.0I 176 kW; diesel engine	Standard tyres	235/65 R 17,108V	7^1/_2 J x 17 ≥ page 442	55	Yes	Tyre fitting: Before fitting the tyres, observe the instructions in Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44 ;On vehicles with tyre pressure monitoring of the 1st generation, the tyre inflation pressures have to be saved or adapted again when summer tyres and winter tyres are changed over (either way) Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44 ;*** The 275/40 R 20 106Y tyre is permitted on the 9^1/_2 J x 20 offset 52 rim only if the stated condition page 448 is fulfilled.
	Modification	255/60 R 17,106V [202C]	7^1/_2 J x 17 ≥ page 442	55	Yes
		255/55 R 18,109V	8 J x 18 ≥ page 443	57	Yes
		275/45 R 19 108Y	9 J x 19 ≥ page 445	60	No
		275/40 R 20 106Y	9 J x 20 ≥ page 446	60	No
		275/40 R 20 106Y*** page 439	9^1/_2 J x 20 ≥ page 448	52	No
	Off-road tyres** page 438	235/60 R 18 107T	8 J x 18 ≥ page 443	57	Yes
		255/50 R 19,107V	9 J x 19 ≥ page 445	60	Yes
	Winter tyres****⇒ page 439	235/65 R 17 108T/H	7^1/_2 J x 17⇒page 442	55	Yes	General information on:♦ Winter tyres⇒ page 14♦ Snow chains⇒ page 17Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:♦ Summer tyres⇒ page 479♦ All-season tyres⇒ page 486♦ Winter tyres⇒ page 502
		235/60 R 18 107H	8 J x 18⇒page 443	57	Yes
		255/50 R 19,107V	9 J x 19⇒page 445	60	Yes
V6 TDI 3.0l 165 kW (engine code: CATA)	Standard tyres	235/65 R17 108V	7^1/_2 J x 17⇒page 442	55	Yes
	Modification	255/60 R 17,106V	7^1/_2 J x 17⇒page 442	55	Yes
		255/55 R 18 109Y	8 J x 18⇒page 443	57	Yes
		275/45 R 19,108V	9 J x 19⇒page 445	60	No
	Winter tyres	235/65 R 17 108T/H	7^1/_2 J x 17⇒page 442	55	Yes
V10 TDI 5.0l 230 kW diesel engine; V8 4.2l 257 kW; W12 6.0l 331 kW petrol engines	Standard tyres	255/55 R 18 109Y	8 J x 18⇒page 444	57	Yes
	Modification	275/45 R 19 108Y	9 J x 19⇒page 445	60	No
		275/40 R 20 106Y	9 J x 20⇒page 446	60	No
		275/40 R 20 106Y***⇒ page 439	9^1/_2 J x 20⇒page 448	52	No
	Off-road tyres**⇒ page 438	235/60 R 18,107T	8 J x 18⇒page 444	57	Yes
		255/50 R 19,107V	9 J x 19⇒page 445	60	Yes
	Winter tyres****⇒ page 439	235/60 R 18 107H	8 J x 18⇒page 444	57	Yes
Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Offset in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
		255/50 R 19,107V	9 J x 19 page 445	60	Yes

Tyre inflation pressures are located on a sticker on inside of fuel tank flap or in Maintenance ; Booklet ; Check tyres: condition, profile, inflation pressure, depth of tread.

48.2 Wheel allocation for Touareg, type 7L model year 2003 to model year 2010

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Torque settings for wheel bolts Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44

Number of wheel bolt holes:

5

Note

Currently, no steel wheel with a pitch circle diameter of 130 mm is available for the Touareg. Use the listed wheels with a pitch circle diameter of 130 mm with the sizes stated in the tyres table for winter tyres as well.

48.2.1 7 J x 16

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 437.

R5 TDI 2.5I 120 kW; R5 TDI 2.5I 128 kW

7L6 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 438

Size:	7 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm:	54
Wheel load in kg:	875
Pitch circle diameter:	120

Technical line drawing of a wheel rim with mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

48.2.2 7^1/_2 J x 17

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 437.

R5 TDI 2.5I 120 kW; R5 TDI 2.5I 128 kW

7L6 601 025 E - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 438

Only for vehicles to maximum permissible axle load of 1,750 kg

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	55
Wheel load in kg:	875
Pitch circle diameter:	120

7L6 601 025 AJ - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 438

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	55
Wheel load in kg:	900
Pitch circle diameter:	120

V6 3.2I 162 kW; V6 3.2I 177 kW; V6 3.6I 206 kW; V6 TDI 3.0I 155 kW; V6 TDI 3.0I 165 kW; V6 TDI 3.0I 176 kW; V8 4.2I 228 kW

7L6 601 025 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 439

Only for vehicles to maximum permissible axle load of 1,750 kg

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	55
Wheel load in kg:	875
Pitch circle diameter:	130

7L6 601 025 AK - Wheel and tyre combination → page 439

Size:	7^1/_2 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	55
Wheel load in kg:	900
Pitch circle diameter:	130

Line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible mounting holes and brand mark N44-10133 (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim (no text or symbols)

7L6 601 025 B - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 439

Only for vehicles to maximum permissible axle load of 1,750 kg

Size:	7^1/2 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm:	55
Wheel load in kg:	875
Pitch circle diameter:	130

Line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and a central hub, no text or symbols present

48.2.3 8 J x 18

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 437.

R5 TDI 2.5I 120 kW; R5 TDI 2.5I 128 kW

7L6 601 025 L - Wheel and tyre combination → page 438

Size:	8 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	57
Wheel load in kg:	900
Pitch circle diameter:	120

V6 3.2I 162 kW; V6 3.2I 177 kW; V6 3.6I 206 kW; V6 TDI 3.0I 155 kW; V6 TDI 3.0I 165 kW; V6 TDI 3.0I 176 kW; V8 4.2I 228 kW; V8 4.2I 257 kW

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and central hub (no text or symbols)

7L6 601 025, 7L6 601 025 T - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 439

Size:	8 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	57
Wheel load in kg:	900
Pitch circle diameter:	130

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim with mounting holes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

7L6 601 025 C, 7L6 601 025 AA - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 439

Size:	8 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	57
Wheel load in kg:	900
Pitch circle diameter:	130

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible mounting holes and central hub (no text or symbols)

7L6 601 025 K - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 439

Size:	8 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	57
Wheel load in kg:	900
Pitch circle diameter:	130

V10 TDI 5.0l 230 kW; W12 6.0l 331 kW

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

7L6 601 025 C, 7L6 601 025 AA - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 440

Size:		J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:		57
Wheel load in kg:		900
Pitch circle diameter:		130

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

7L6 601 025 K - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 440

Size:	8 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm:	57
Wheel load in kg:	900
Pitch circle diameter:	130

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with eight spokes and central hub (no text or symbols)

48.2.4 9 J x 19

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 437.

R5 TDI 2.5I 120 kW; R5 TDI 2.5I 128 kW

7L6 601 025 N - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 438

Size:	9 J x 19
Wheel offset in mm:	60
Wheel load in kg:	900
Pitch circle diameter:	120

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

7L6 601 025 AC - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 438

Size:	9 J x 19
Wheel offset in mm:	60
Wheel load in kg:	900
Pitch circle diameter:	120

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

7L6 601 025 AB - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 438

Size:	9 J x 19
Wheel offset in mm:	60
Wheel load in kg:	900
Pitch circle diameter:	120

Line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

V6 3.2I 162 kW; V6 3.2I 177 kW; V6 3.6I 206 kW; V6 TDI 3.0I 155 kW; V6 TDI 3.0I 165 kW; V6 TDI 3.0I 176 kW; V8 4.2I 228 kW; V8 4.2I 257 kW

V10 TDI 5.0l 230 kW; W12 6.0l 331 kW

7L6 601 025 D - Wheel and tyre combination → page 439

Size:	9 J x 19
Wheel offset in mm:	60
Wheel load in kg:	900
Pitch circle diameter:	130

Line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and a central hub, no text or symbols present

7L6 601 025 S - Wheel and tyre combination → page 439

Size:	9 J x 19
Wheel offset in mm:	60
Wheel load in kg:	900
Pitch circle diameter:	130

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

7L6 601 025 R - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 439

Size:	9 J x 19
Wheel offset in mm:	60
Wheel load in kg:	900
Pitch circle diameter:	130

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

7L6 601 025 AM - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 439

Size:	9 J x 19
Wheel offset in mm:	60
Wheel load in kg:	900
Pitch circle diameter:	130

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

7L9 601 025 B - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 439

Note

Not authorised as a winter wheel.

Size:	9 J x 19
Wheel offset in mm:	60
Wheel load in kg:	900
Pitch circle diameter:	130

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

48.2.5 9 J x 20

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 437.

V6 3.2I 162 kW; V6 3.2I 177 kW; V6 3.6I 206 kW; V6 TDI 3.0I 155 kW; V6 TDI 3.0I 165 kW; V6 TDI 3.0I 176 kW; V8 4.2I 228 kW; V8 4.2I 257 kW

V10 TDI 5.0l 230 kW; W12 6.0l 331 kW

7L6 601 025 P - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 439

Size:	9 J x 20
Wheel offset in mm:	60
Wheel load in kg:	900
Pitch circle diameter:	130

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

7L6 601 025 Q - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 439

Size:	9 J x 20
Wheel offset in mm:	60
Wheel load in kg:	900
Pitch circle diameter:	130

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

7L6 601 025 AN - Wheel and tyre combination → page 439

Size:	9 J x 20
Wheel offset in mm:	60
Wheel load in kg:	900
Pitch circle diameter:	130

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

7L6 601 025 AP - Wheel and tyre combination → page 439

Size:	9 J x 20
Wheel offset in mm:	60
Wheel load in kg:	900
Pitch circle diameter:	130

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

7L9 601 025 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 439

Size:	9 J x 20
Wheel offset in mm:	60
Wheel load in kg:	900
Pitch circle diameter:	130

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

48.2.6 9^1/_2 J × 20

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 437.

Caution

Fitting the 9^1/_2J × 20 -wheel is possible only under the following conditions:

- The wheel housing and wing extensions must have been installed by Volkswagen R GmbH⇒ Electronic parts catalogue „ETKA“.

V6 3.2I 162 kW; V6 3.2I 177 kW; V6 3.6I 206 kW; V6 TDI 3.0I 155 kW; V6 TDI 3.0I 165 kW; V6 TDI 3.0I 176 kW; V8 4.2I 228 kW; V8 4.2I 257 kW

V10 TDI 5.0l 230 kW; W12 6.0l 331 kW

7L9 601 025 - Wheel and tyre combination → page 439

Size:		9^1/_2 J x 20
Wheel offset in mm:		52
Wheel load in kg:		900
Pitch circle diameter:		130

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

49 Touareg R50 from model year 2008

General

Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use of only genuine Volkswagen spare parts. You can recognise this by the VW Audi logo and by the part number. It has been established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.

Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if these products are installed.

WARNING

The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Votex genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque specifications and so on.

Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.

The wheel and tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle tables refer exclusively to Volkswagen Genuine wheels. Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached here.

WARNING

The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheels from Votex genuine accessories may differ from those intended for wheels from Volkswagen genuine parts.

Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.

49.1 Touareg R50, type 7L model year 2008 to model year 2010

Attachment to parts certificate 3531/09

The parts certificate can be found on the Volkswagen ServiceNet under Accessories/Tyres, Wheels and Tyres, Wheels and Tyres Guide.

Type approval number: e1*2001/116*0203*17 to e1*2001/116*0203*23

Overview

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
V10 TDI 5.0I 258 kW diesel engine	Standard tyres	295/35 R 21 107Y	10 J x 21 page 453	50	No	General information on:♦ Winter tyres page 14♦ Snow chains page 17

Model engine output	Tyres	Tyre size	Wheel rim	Off-set in mm	Snow chains	Remarks
	Modification	275/40 R 20 106Y	9 J x 20 page 452	60	No	Tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen:♦ Summer tyres page 479♦ Winter tyres page 502* If off-road tyres (with M+S identification) are used, a sticker in the driver's field of vision making reference to the lower permitted maximum speed according to the speed rating of the tyre (T/H) is required, just as for winter tyres.** Wheel 7L9 601 025 B (9J x 19 offset 60) is not authorised as a winter wheel.
		275/40 R 20 106Y	9 ^1/_2 J x 20 page 453	52	No
	Cross country tyres* page 450	255/50 R 19,107V	9 J x 19 page 450	60	Yes
	Winter tyres** page 450	255/50 R 19,107V	9 J x 19 page 450	60	Yes

Tyre inflation pressures are located on a sticker on inside of fuel tank flap or in Maintenance; Booklet; Check tyres: condition, profile, inflation pressure, depth of tread.

49.2 Wheel allocation for Touareg R50, type 7L model year 2008 to model year 2010

Explanation of information on wheels page 57

Torque settings for wheel bolts Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44

Pitch circle diameter:

130

Number of wheel bolt holes:

5

Note

Currently, no steel wheel with a pitch circle diameter of 130 mm is available for the Touareg. Use the listed wheels with a pitch circle diameter of 130 mm with the sizes stated in the tyres table for winter tyres as well.

49.2.1 9 J x 19

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 449.

7L6 601 025 D - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 450

Size:	9 J x 19
Wheel offset in mm:	60
Wheel load in kg:	900

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and a central hub (no text or symbols)

7L6 601 025 S - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 450

Size:	9 J x 19
Wheel offset in mm:	60
Wheel load in kg:	900

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

7L6 601 025 R-Wheel and tyre combination → page 450

Size:	9 J x 19
Wheel offset in mm:	60
Wheel load in kg:	900

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

7L6 601 025 AM - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 450

Size:	9 J x 19
Wheel offset in mm:	60
Wheel load in kg:	900

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible hub and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

7L9 601 025 B - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 450

Note

Not authorised as a winter wheel.

Size:	9 J x 19
Wheel offset in mm:	60
Wheel load in kg:	900

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and hub, no text or symbols present

49.2.2 9 J x 20

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 449.

7L6 601 025 P - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 450

Size:	9 J x 20
Wheel offset in mm:	60
Wheel load in kg:	900

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

7L6 601 025 Q - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 450

Size:	9 J x 20
Wheel offset in mm:	60
Wheel load in kg:	900

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

7L6 601 025 AN - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 450

Size:	9 J x 20
Wheel offset in mm:	60
Wheel load in kg:	900

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with five spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

7L6 601 025 AP - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 450

Size:	9 J x 20
Wheel offset in mm:	60
Wheel load in kg:	900

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with six spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

7L9 601 025 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 450

Size:	9 J x 20
Wheel offset in mm:	60
Wheel load in kg:	900

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with radial spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

49.2.3 9^1/2J × 20

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 449.

7L9 601 025 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 450

Size:	9^1/2 J x 20
Wheel offset in mm:	52
Wheel load in kg:	900

Technical line drawing of a car wheel rim (no text or symbols)

49.2.4 10 J x 21

Caution

Observe the allocation of wheels and tyres to the respective engines, which are listed in the overview table page 449.

7L9 601 025 D - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 449

Size:	10 J x 21
Wheel offset in mm:	50
Wheel load in kg:	900

Technical line drawing of a car wheel with visible spokes and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

50 Breakdown set for VW Vehicles

Model	Spare part No. tyre sealant	Spare part No. compressor
Lupo 3L, type 6E;Lupo FSI, type 6E;Lupo GTI, type 6ES	8D0 012 619	8D0 012 615
Golf R32, type 1J	8D0 012 619	8D0 012 615

51 Temporary spare tyres and wheels for VW vehicles

Observe the notes on the use of temporary spare wheels page 68.

	Wheel		Tyres
Model	Size	Spare part No.	Size	Make	Tread
Lupo,type 6X	3^1/2J × 14 ET 42	6N0 601 025 G	T105/70 R 1484M	ContinentalMichelin	CST 17TEX
Polo,type 6N	3^1/2J × 14 ET 42 3^1/2J × 14 ET 45	6N0 601 025 G1H0 601 027 C	T105/70 R 1484M	ContinentalMichelinFirestone	CST 17TEXTemporary spare
Polo Classic, type 6KV;Polo estate, type 6KV	3^1/2J × 14 ET 38	1L0 601 025 D	T105/70 R 1484M	ContinentalMichelinFirestone	CST 17TEXTemporary spare
Golf, Golf Cabriolet,Type 1HX0With 4 holes (basic running gear)	3^1/2J × 14 ET 40 3^1/2J × 14 ET 45	357 601 0257D1H0 601 027 C	T105/70 R 1484M	ContinentalMichelinFirestone	CST 17TEXTemporary spare
Golf Cabriolet, type 1E	3^1/2J × 14 ET 45	1H0 601 027 C	T105/70 R 1484M	ContinentalMichelinFirestone	CST 17TEXTemporary spare
Golf, type 1HX0/1H with 5 holes (Plus running gear)Vento, type 1HX0/1H with 4 holesGolf estate, type 1HX0/1H with 4 holes	3^1/2J × 15 ET 38 3^1/2J × 15 ET 40	1H0 601 027 H535 601 025 A	T115/70 R 1590M	ContinentalMichelinGoodyear	CST 17TEXHPS
Golf Syncro, type 1HX1Golf Estate Syncro, type 1HX1 with 4 holes	3^1/2J × 15 ET 40	535 601 025 A	T125/75 R 1595M	Continental	CST 17
Golf, type 1HX0/1H GTI, 16V, VR6 from 01.95 Vento VR6, type 1HX0/1H	3^1/2J × 16 ET 38	3A0 601 025	T125/70 R 1696M	Continental	CST 17
Golf VR6 Syncro, type 1HX1Golf Estate VR6 Syncro, type 1HX1	3^1/2J × 16 ET 38	3A0 601 025	T125/80 R 1595M	Continental	CST 17
Golf, type 1K	3^1/2J × 18 offset 25.5	1K0 601 027 B	T125/70 R 1899M	Goodyear Continental	Conv. Spare CST 17
	3^1/2 J x 16 wheel offset 25.5 ^1)	1K0 601 027 F	T125/70 R 16 96M	Continental Hankook Kumho	CST 17 S300 121
Golf Plus/CrossGolf, model 1KP	3^1/2 J x 18 offset 25.5	1K0 601 027 B	T125/70 R 18 99M	Goodyear Continental	Conv. Spare CST 17
	3^1/2 J x 16 wheel offset 25.5 ^1)	1K0 601 027 F	T125/70 R 16 96M	Continental Hankook Kumho	CST 17 S300 121
Golf estate, type 1HX0/1H with 4 holes	3^1/2 J x 15 ET 40	1H0 601 025 A	T115/70 R 15 90M	Continental Michelin Goodyear	CST 17 TEX HPS
Golf, Bora, Golf Estate, Bora Estate, type 1J front and four-wheel drive	3^1/2 J x 18 ET 38	1J0 601 027 M	T125/70 R 18 99M	Continental	CST 17
Golf Variant, type 1KM	3^1/2 J x 18 offset 25.5	1K0 601 027 B	T125/70 R 18 99M	Goodyear Continental	Conv. Spare CST 17
New Beetle RSi, type 9CR	3^1/2 J x 18 ET 38	1J0 601 027 M	T125/70 R 18 99M	Continental	CST 17
Passat, type 35l	3^1/2 J x 15 ET 40	535 601 025 A	T125/70 R 15 95M	Continental Michelin Firestone	CST 17 TEX Temporary spare
Passat Syncro, type 35l-299	3^1/2 J x 15 ET 40	535 601 025 A	T125/80 R 15 95M	Continental	CST 17
Passat, type 35l 81 kW TDI, 16V and VR6	3^1/2 J x 16 ET 38	3A0 601 025	T125/70 R 16 96M	Continental	CST 17
Passat, type 3B	4.00 B x 15 ET 45	447 601 025 G/S	T125/90 R 15 95M	Michelin	TEX
Passat from model year 2001, Type 3BG	3^1/2 J x 18 ET 40	3B7 601 027 A	T125/70 R 18 99M	Continental	CST 17
	Some vehicles have a 205/55 R 16 tyre on a 7 J x 16 offset 37 steel rim as a spare wheel. Observe notes on the use of temporary spare wheels ⇒ page 68.
Passat W8, type 3BS	3^1/2 J x 18 ET 40	3B7 601 027 A	T125/70 R 18 99M	Continental	CST 17

52 Recommended summer tyres

Notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyre

• Tyres are one of the most important elements in motor vehicle construction and have a major influence on road safety. Therefore, they must fulfil numerous conditions which are specified for tyre manufacturers in the DIN (German industrial standards) and the directives of the German rubber industry e. V. (W.d.K.). In addition, comprehensive testing is carried out at Volkswagen before tyres are approved for initial fitting on our vehicles.
  The following lists all tyre makes and tread patterns that are fitted to VW vehicles ex-factory, correct at the time of publication.
  These tyre makes/tread patterns meet the aforementioned demands. We therefore recommend the tyres/tread types listed in this guide are chosen as replacements.
  ♦ Observe special requirements for tyres with run-flat properties → page 54.

52.1 Summer tyres Lupo 3L model year 1999 to model year 2005

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
155/65 R 14 75T	Bridgestone	B 381 Ecopia

52.2 Summer tyres Lupo FSI model year 1999 to model year 2005

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
175/60 R 14 79H	Dunlop	SP 10A

52.3 Summer tyres Lupo GTI model year 1999 to model year 2005

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
205/45 R 15 81V	Dunlop	SP 2000 E

52.4 Summer tyres Lupo model year 1999 to model year 2005

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
155/70 R 13 75T	Continental	Eco Contact EP
	Firestone	F 580
	Michelin	XT1
	Hankook	K701
175/65 R 13 80T	ContinentalFirestone	Eco Contact EPF 580
	Michelin	XT1
185/55 R 14 80H	Continental	Eco Contact CP
	Firestone	FH 700 F
	Michelin	XH1
	Dunlop	SP Sport 2000 E
195/45 R 15 78V	Michelin	Pilot SX GT
	Dunlop	SP Sport 2040 E
	Pirelli	P 6000

52.5 Summer tyres Polo model year 1995 to model year 2001

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
155/70 R 13 75T	Continental	Eco Contact EP
	Firestone	F 580
	Michelin	Energy XT1
175/65 R 13 80T	Continental	Eco Contact EP
	Firestone	F 580
	Michelin	MXT Energy XT1
185/55 R 14 79H	Continental	CH 90
	Firestone	FH 700 FS
	Michelin	SX GT
	Dunlop	SP Sport 2000 E
185/55 R 14 80H	Continental	Eco Contact CP
	Firestone	FH 700 F
	Michelin	XH1
	Dunlop	SP Sport 2000 E
195/45 R 15 78V	Michelin	Pilot SX GT
	Dunlop	SP Sport 2040 E
	Pirelli	P 6000

52.6 Summer tyres Polo saloon/sedan model year 2004 to model year 2005

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
155/80 R 13 79T	Firestone	F 590
	Hankook	K 701
165/70 R 14 81T	Continental	CEC CP
	Firestone	F 590
	Goodyear	GT 2E
	Michelin	XT1
	Dunlop	SP 10A
185/60 R 14 82T	ContinentalDunlop	CEC CPSP 10E
	Firestone	F 590
	Michelin	XT 2
	Kumho	PM 769
185/60 R 14 82H	Continental	CEC CP
	Continental	Premium Co
	Dunlop	SP 2000 E
	Firestone	F 590
	Goodyear	NCT 5
	Michelin	XH 1
	Kumho	PM 769
195/50 R 15 82V	Bridgestone	Turanza ER 30
	Dunlop	SP 2020 E
	Goodyear	NCT 5
	Michelin	Primacy
	Pirelli	P 6000
195/55 R 15 85V	Michelin	Pilot Primacy
	Dunlop	SP 2000 E
	Goodyear	NCT 5
	Firestone	FH 700 FS
205/45 R 16 83W	Bridgestone	Turanza ER 30
	Continental	Sport Contact
	Dunlop	SP 2000 E
	Hankook	Optimo K406
	Michelin	Primacy

52.7 Summer tyres Polo Classic model year 1996 to model year 2002

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
175/65 R 14 86T	Firestone	F 580
	Michelin	Agillis
185/60 R 14 82T	Continental	Eco Contact EP
	Michelin	MXT Energy
	Pirelli	P 3000
185/60 R 14 82H	Continental	CH 90
	Dunlop	D8 M2
	Michelin	MXV3A Energy
185/55 R 15 81H	Michelin	MXV3A Energy
	Firestone	FH 700
185/55 R 15 82H	Pirelli	P 6000
	Firestone	FH 700

52.8 Summer tyres Polo estate model year 1998 to model year 2002

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
175/65 R 14 86T	Firestone	F 580
	Michelin	Agillis
185/60 R 14 82T	Continental	Eco Contact EP
	Michelin	MXT Energy
	Pirelli	P 3000
185/60 R 14 82H	Continental	CH 90
	Dunlop	D8 M2
	Michelin	MXV3A Energy
185/55 R 15 81H	Michelin	MXV3A Energy
	Firestone	FH 700
185/55 R 15 82H	Pirelli	P 6000
	Firestone	FH 700

52.9 Summer tyres for Polo from model year 2002

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
155/80 R 13 79T	Firestone	F 590
	Hankook	K 701
165/70 R 14 81T	Michelin	XT1
	Michelin	Energy 3
	Firestone	F 590
	Goodyear	GT 2E
	Continental	Euro Contact 3
	Dunlop	SP 10A
	Pirelli	P 4
185/60 R 14 82T	Continental	Euro Contact 3
	Michelin	XT 2
	Pirelli	P 6
	Dunlop	SP 10E
	Firestone	F 590
	Kumho	PM 769
	Matador	MP 42
185/60 R 14 82H	Continental	CEC CP
	Continental	Premium Co
	Michelin	Energy 3A
	Goodyear	NCT 5
	Pirelli	P 6
	Dunlop	SP 2000 E
	Kumho	KH15
	Kumho	PM 769
	Firestone	F 590
195/50 R 15 85H	Bridgestone	Turanza ER 300
	Dunlop	SP01	Tyres with run-flat properties page 54
195/55 R 15 85V	Michelin	Pilot Primacy
	Pirelli	P 6
	Dunlop	SP 2000 E
	Goodyear	NCT 5
	Firestone	FH 700 FS
	Continental	Premium Contact 2
	Dunlop	SP01	Tyres with run-flat properties page 54
205/45 R 16 83W	Bridgestone	Turanza ER 300
	Continental	Sport Contact 2
	Dunlop	SP 2000 E
	Dunlop	SportMaxx
	Hankook	Optimo K406
	Michelin	Primacy

52.10 Summer tyres for Polo Fun model year 2004 to model year 2005

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
215/40 ZR 17 83W	Dunlop	SP 9000
	Dunlop	SportMaxx

52.11 Summer tyres for CrossPolo from model year 2006

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
215/40 ZR 17 83W	Dunlop	SP 9000
	Dunlop	SportMaxx

52.12 Summer tyres for Polo BlueMotion from model year 2007

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
165/70 R 14 81T	Dunlop	SP 10A
	Continental	Euro Contact 3
	Firestone	F 590
	Goodyear	GT 2E
	Michelin	XT1
	Michelin	Energy 3
	Pirelli	P 4

52.13 Summer tyres for Polo GTI from model year 2007

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
205/45 R 16 83W	Bridgestone	Turanza ER 300
	Continental	Sport Contact 2
	Dunlop	SP 2000 E
	Dunlop	SportMaxx
	Hankook	Optimo K406
	Michelin	Primacy
205/45 R 17 84W	Dunlop	SportMaxx

52.14 Summer tyres for Polo GTI Cup Edition from model year 2007

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
205/45 R 16 83W	Bridgestone	Turanza ER 300
	Continental	Sport Contact 2
	Dunlop	SP 2000 E
	Dunlop	SportMaxx
	Hankook	Optimo K406
	Michelin	Primacy
205/45 R 17 84W	Dunlop	SportMaxx

52.15 Summer tyres Golf, Vento model year 1992 to model year 1998

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
175/70 R 13 82T	Continental	CT 22
	Continental	Eco Contact CP
	Michelin	MXT Energy
185/60 R 14 82T	Continental	Eco Contact CP
	Michelin	MXT Energy
	Firestone	F 580
185/60 R 14 82H	Continental	CH 90
	Dunlop	SP Sport D8 M2
	Michelin	MXV3A Energy
195/60 R 14 86H	Continental	CH 90
	Continental	Eco Contact CP
	Michelin	Energy XH 1
195/50 R 15 82V	Continental	CV 90
	Dunlop	SP 2000
	Michelin	MXV3A Energy
	Fulda	Y 2000 + A
205/50 R 15 86V	Dunlop	SP Sport 2000
	Michelin	MXV3A Energy
	Firestone	FH 690
	Fulda	Y 2000 + A
205/50 R 15 86W	Michelin	MXV3A Energy
	Dunlop	SP Sport 2000
205/45 R 16 83V/W	Dunlop	SP Sport 2000 E
215/40 R 16 86W (reinforced) Extraload	Dunlop	SP Sport 2040 E

52.16 Summer tyres Golf estate model year 1994 to model year 1998

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
175/70 R 13 82T	Continental	CT 22
	Continental	Eco Contact CP
	Michelin	MXT Energy
185/60 R 14 82T	Continental	Eco Contact CP
	Michelin	MXT Energy
	Firestone	F 580
185/60 R 14 82H	Continental	CH 90
	Dunlop	SP Sport D8 M2
	Michelin	MXV3A Energy
195/60 R 14 86H	Continental	CH 90
	Continental	Eco Contact CP
	Michelin	Energy XH 1
195/50 R 15 82V	Continental	CV 90
	Dunlop	SP 2000
	Michelin	MXV3A Energy
	Fulda	Y 2000 + A
205/50 R 15 86V	Dunlop	SP Sport 2000
	Michelin	MXV3A Energy
	Firestone	FH 690
	Fulda	Y 2000 + A
205/50 R 15 86W	Michelin	MXV3A Energy
	Dunlop	SP Sport 2000
205/45 R 16 83V/W	Dunlop	SP Sport 2000 E
215/40 R 16 86W (reinforced) Extraload	Dunlop	SP Sport 2040 E

52.17 Summer tyres Golf cabriolet model year 1994 to model year 1997

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
185/60 R 14 82T	Continental	Eco Contact CP
	Michelin	MXT Energy
	Firestone	F 580
185/60 R 14 82H	Continental	CH 90
	Dunlop	SP Sport D8 M2
	Michelin	MXV3A Energy
195/50 R 15 82V	Continental	CV 90
	Dunlop	SP 2000
	Michelin	MXV3A Energy
	Fulda	Y 2000 + A
205/45 R 16 83V/W	Dunlop	SP Sport 2000 E

52.18 Summer tyres Golf, Golf 4Motion model year 1998 to model year 2004

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
175/80 R 14 88T	Michelin	XT 1
	Firestone	F 580-FS
	Continental	Eco Contact EP
	Goodyear	GT2E
	Dunlop	SP 10 3e
175/80 R 14 88H	Dunlop	SP Sport 200 E
	Firestone	F 580
	Continental	Eco Contact CP
	Michelin	XH1
	Toyo	TYJ35
	Dunlop	SP Sport 200 ULW (ultra light weight)	Low-friction tyres
195/65 R 15 91T	Continental	Eco Contact EP
	Dunlop	SP 9*E
	Michelin	XT 2
	Goodyear	GT 2E
	Firestone	F 580
	Pirelli	P 3000
195/65 R 15 91H	Michelin	XH1
	Dunlop	SP 200 E
	Goodyear	NCT 5
195/65 R 15 91V	Continental	Eco Contact CP
	Goodyear	NCT 5
	Michelin	Primacy
	Dunlop	SP Sport 200 E
	Pirelli	P 6000
	Kleber	Dynaxer HP
	Firestone	FH 680 B
	Dunlop	SP Sport 200 ULW (ultra light weight)	Low-friction tyres
205/55 R 16 91W	Continental	Sport Contact	These tyres are permitted only in conjunction with modified full-size hubcaps, in use from 11.99; Also see ⇒ Technical Service Handbook
	Dunlop	SP Sport 2000 E
	Bridgestone	ER 30
	Michelin	MXM
	Goodyear	NCT 5
	Pirelli	P 6000
225/45 R 17 91W/Y	Continental	Sport Contact
	Dunlop	SP 9090
	Pirelli	P 6000
	Michelin	Pilot Sport
	Bridgestone	Potenza RE 040
	Goodyear	NCT 5

52.19 Summer tyres for Golf model year 2004 to model year 2009

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
195/65 R 15 91T	Goodyear	GT 3
	Michelin	Energy 3
	Hankook	K406
	Continental	CEC3
195/65 R 15 91H	Pirelli	P 7
	Michelin	Energy 3
	Goodyear	NCT 5
	Hankook	K405
	Bridgestone	B 390
	Bridgestone	ER 300
	Continental	Eco Contact 3
	Michelin	MXV4 S8	For USA Tyres with run-flat properties → page 54
	Goodyear	Eagle LS
	Continental	Pro Contact
195/65 R 15 91V	Pirelli	P 6000
	Goodyear	NCT 5
	Michelin	Energy 3
	Bridgestone	B 390
	Bridgestone	ER 300
	Continental	Premium Contact
205/55 R 16 91H	Michelin	MXV4 S8	For USATyres with run-flat properties⇒ page 54
	Goodyear	Eagle LS
	Bridgestone	EL 400
	Continental	Pro Contact
	Hankook	Optima H725H
205/55 R 16 91V	Pirelli	P 7
	Hankook	K105
	Goodyear	NCT 5
	Bridgestone	ER 30
	Bridgestone	ER 300
	Michelin	Energy 3
	Continental	Sport Contact 2
	Dunlop	Sport 01A
	Bridgestone	ER 300 RFT	Tyres with run-flat properties⇒ page 54
205/55 R 16 91W	Pirelli	P 7
	Goodyear	NCT 5
	Bridgestone	ER 30
	Bridgestone	ER 300
225/45 R 17 91W	Bridgestone	RE 40
	Bridgestone	RE 50
	Michelin	Primacy
	Continental	Sport Contact 2
	Dunlop	SP Sport 01A
	Pirelli	P Zero Rosso
225/45 R 17 91H	Michelin	MXM 4	For USATyres with run-flat properties⇒ page 54
	Goodyear	Eagle RSA
	Continental	Pro Contact
225/45 R 17 94W	Michelin	Primacy
	Pirelli	P Zero Rosso
225/40 R 18 92H	Dunlop	Sport01 AS	For USA
	Pirelli	P Zero Nero
225/40 R 18 92Y	Bridgestone	RE 050A
	Michelin	Exalto 2
	Dunlop	SportMaxx
	Continental	Sport Contact 2
	Pirelli	P Zero

52.20 Summer tyres for Golf BlueMotion model year 2008 to model year 2009

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
195/65 R 15 91T	Continental	Eco Contact 3
205/55 R 16 91H	Continental	Premium Contact 2

52.21 Summer tyres for Golf GTI model year 2005 to model year 2009

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
225/45 R 17 91W	Bridgestone	RE 40
	Bridgestone	RE 50
	Michelin	Primacy
	Continental	Sport Contact 2
	Dunlop	SP Sport 01A
	Pirelli	P Zero Rosso
225/40 R 18 92Y	Bridgestone	RE 050A
	Michelin	Exalto 2
	Dunlop	SportMaxx
	Continental	Sport Contact 2
	Pirelli	P Zero

52.22 Summer tyres for Pirelli Golf model year 2008 to model year 2009

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
225/45 R 17 91W	Bridgestone	RE 40
	Bridgestone	RE 50
	Michelin	Primacy
	Continental	Sport Contact 2
	Dunlop	SP Sport 01A
	Pirelli	P Zero Rosso
225/40 R 18 92Y	Bridgestone	RE 050A
	Michelin	Exalto 2
	Dunlop	SportMaxx
	Continental	Sport Contact 2
	Pirelli	P Zero

52.23 Summer tyres for Golf R32 model year 2006 to model year 2009

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
225/45 R 17 94W	Michelin	Primacy
	Pirelli	P Zero Rosso
225/40 R 18 92Y	Bridgestone	RE 050A
	Michelin	Exalto 2
	Dunlop	SportMaxx
	Continental	Sport Contact 2
	Pirelli	P Zero

52.24 Summer tyres for CrossGolf from model year 2007

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
195/65 R 15 91T	Goodyear	GT 3
	Michelin	Energy 3
	Hankook	K406
	Continental	CEC3
195/65 R 15 91H	Pirelli	P 7
	Michelin	Energy 3
	Goodyear	NCT 5
	Hankook	K405
	Bridgestone	B 390
	Bridgestone	ER 300
	Continental	Eco Contact 3
	Michelin	MXV4 S8	For USA Tyres with run-flat properties page 54
	Goodyear	Eagle LS
	Continental	Pro Contact
195/65 R 15 91V	Pirelli	P 6000
	Goodyear	NCT 5
	Michelin	Energy 3
	Bridgestone	B 390
	Bridgestone	ER 300
	Continental	Premium Contact
205/55 R 16 91H	Michelin	MXV4 S8	For USA Tyres with run-flat properties page 54
	Goodyear	Eagle LS
	Bridgestone	EL 400
	Continental	Pro Contact
	Hankook	Optima H725H
205/55 R 16 91V	Pirelli	P 7
	Hankook	K105
	Goodyear	NCT 5
	Bridgestone	ER 30
	Bridgestone	ER 300
	Michelin	Energy 3
	Continental	Sport Contact 2
	Dunlop	Sport 01A
	Bridgestone	ER 300 RFT	Tyres with run-flat properties page 54
205/55 R 16 91W	Pirelli	P 7
	Goodyear	NCT 5
	Bridgestone	ER 30
	Bridgestone	ER 300
225/45 R 17 91W	Bridgestone	RE 40
	Bridgestone	RE 50
	Michelin	Primacy
	Continental	Sport Contact 2
	Dunlop	SP Sport 01A
	Pirelli	P Zero Rosso
225/45 R 17 94W	Michelin	Primacy
	Pirelli	P Zero Rosso

52.25 Summer tyres for Golf Plus from model year 2005

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
195/65 R 15 91T	Goodyear	GT 3
	Michelin	Energy 3
	Hankook	K406
	Continental	CEC3
195/65 R 15 91H	Pirelli	P 7
	Michelin	Energy 3
	Goodyear	NCT 5
	Hankook	K405
	Bridgestone	B 390
	Bridgestone	ER 300
	Continental	Eco Contact 3
	Michelin	MXV4 S8	For USA Tyres with run-flat properties page 54
	Goodyear	Eagle LS
	Continental	Pro Contact
195/65 R 15 91V	Pirelli	P 6000
	Goodyear	NCT 5
	Michelin	Energy 3
	Bridgestone	B 390
	Bridgestone	ER 300
	Continental	Premium Contact
205/55 R 16 91H	Michelin	MXV4 S8	For USA Tyres with run-flat properties page 54
	Goodyear	Eagle LS
	Bridgestone	EL 400
	Continental	Pro Contact
	Hankook	Optima H725H
205/55 R 16 91V	Pirelli	P 7
	Hankook	K105
	Goodyear	NCT 5
	Bridgestone	ER 30
	Bridgestone	ER 300
	Michelin	Energy 3
	Continental	Sport Contact 2
	Dunlop	Sport 01A
	Bridgestone	ER 300 RFT	Tyres with run-flat properties page 54
205/55 R 16 91W	PirelliGoodyear	P 7NCT 5
	Bridgestone	ER 30
	Bridgestone	ER 300
225/45 R 17 91W	Bridgestone	RE 40
	Bridgestone	RE 50
	Michelin	Primacy
	Continental	Sport Contact 2
	Dunlop	SP Sport 01A
	Pirelli	P Zero Rosso
225/45 R 17 94W	Michelin	Primacy
	Pirelli	P Zero Rosso
225/40 R 18 92T	Dunlop	Sport01 AS	For USA
	Pirelli	P Zero Nero
225/40 R 18 92Y	Bridgestone	RE 050A
	Michelin	Exalto 2
	Dunlop	SportMaxx
	Continental	Sport Contact 2
	Pirelli	P Zero

52.26 Summer tyres for Golf Plus BlueMotion from model year 2008

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
195/65 R 15 91T	Continental	Eco Contact 3
205/55 R 16 91H	Continental	Premium Contact 2

52.27 Summer tyres Bora, Bora 4Motion model year 1999 to model year 2005

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
195/65 R 15 91T	Continental	Eco Contact EP
	Dunlop	SP 9*E
	Michelin	XT 2
	Goodyear	GT 2E
	Firestone	F 580
	Pirelli	P 3000
195/65 R 15 91H	Michelin	XH1
	Dunlop	SP 200 E
	Goodyear	NCT 5
195/65 R 15 91V	Continental	Eco Contact CP
	Goodyear	NCT 5
	Michelin	Primacy
	Dunlop	SP Sport 200 E
	Pirelli	P 6000
	Kleber	Dynaxer HP
	Firestone	FH 680 B
	Dunlop	SP Sport 200 ULW (ultra light weight)	Low-friction tyres
205/55 R 16 91W	Continental	Sport Contact	These tyres are permitted only in conjunction with modified full-size hubcaps, in use from 11.99; Also see ⇒ Technical Service Handbook
	Dunlop	SP Sport 2000 E
	Bridgestone	ER 30
	Michelin	MXM
	Goodyear	NCT 5
	Pirelli	P 6000
225/45 R 17 91W/Y	Continental	Sport Contact
	Dunlop	SP 9090
	Pirelli	P 6000
	Michelin	Pilot Sport
	Bridgestone	Potenza RE 040
	Goodyear	NCT 5

52.28 Summer tyres Golf estate, Golf estate 4Motion model year 1999 to model year 2006, Bora estate, Bora estate 4Motion model year 1999 to model year 2005

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
195/65 R 15 91T	Continental	Eco Contact EP
	Dunlop	SP 9*E
	Michelin	XT 2
	Goodyear	GT 2E
	Firestone	F 580
	Pirelli	P 3000
195/65 R 15 91H	Michelin	XH1
	Dunlop	SP 200 E
	Goodyear	NCT 5
195/65 R 15 91V	Continental	Eco Contact CP
	Goodyear	NCT 5
	Michelin	Primacy
	Dunlop	SP Sport 200 E
	Pirelli	P 6000
	Kleber	Dynaxer HP
	Firestone	FH 680 B
	Dunlop	SP Sport 200 ULW (ultra light weight)	Low-friction tyres
205/55 R 16 91W	ContinentalDunlop	Sport ContactSP Sport 2000 E	These tyres are permitted only in conjunction with modified full-size hubcaps, in use from 11.99;Also see ⇒ Technical Service Handbook
	Bridgestone	ER 30
	Michelin	MXM
	Goodyear	NCT 5
	Pirelli	P 6000
225/45 R 17 91W/Y	Continental	Sport Contact
	Dunlop	SP 9090
	Pirelli	P 6000
	Michelin	Pilot Sport
	Bridgestone	Potenza RE 040
	Goodyear	NCT 5

52.29 Summer tyres for Golf R32

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
225/45 R 17 91W/Y	Continental	Sport Contact
	Dunlop	SP 9090
	Pirelli	P 6000
	Michelin	Pilot Sport
	Bridgestone	Potenza RE 040
	Goodyear	NCT 5
225/40 R 18 88Y	Michelin	Pilot Sport
	Dunlop	SP 9000

52.30 Summer tyres for Golf Anniversary GTI

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
205/55 R 16 91W	Continental	Sport Contact
	Dunlop	SP Sport 2000 E
	Bridgestone	ER 30
	Michelin	MXM
	Goodyear	NCT 5
	Pirelli	P 6000
225/45 R 17 91W/Y	Continental	Sport Contact
	Dunlop	SP 9090
	Pirelli	P 6000
	Michelin	Pilot Sport
	Bridgestone	Potenza RE 040
	Goodyear	NCT 5
225/40 R 18 88Y	Michelin	Pilot Sport
	Dunlop	SP 9000
225/40 R 18 92Y XL	Goodyear	Eagle F1

52.31 Summer tyres Golf Variant model year 2007 to model year 2010

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
195/65 R 15 91T	Goodyear	GT 3
	Michelin	Energy 3
	Michelin	Energy Saver
	Hankook	K406
	Continental	CEC3
195/65 R 15 91H	Pirelli	P 7
	Michelin	Energy 3
	Michelin	Energy Saver
	Goodyear	NCT 5
	Hankook	K405
	Bridgestone	B 390
	Bridgestone	ER 300
	Continental	Eco Contact 3
195/65 R 15 91V	Pirelli	P 6000
	Goodyear	NCT 5
	Michelin	Energy 3
	Michelin	Energy Saver
	Bridgestone	B 390
	Bridgestone	ER 300
	Continental	Premium Contact
205/55 R 16 91V	Pirelli	P 7
	Hankook	K105
	Goodyear	NCT 5
	Bridgestone	ER 30
	Bridgestone	ER 300
	Michelin	Energy 3
	Michelin	Energy Saver
	Continental	Sport Contact 2
	Dunlop	Sport 01A
	Bridgestone	ER 300 RFT	Tyres with run-flat properties⇒ page 54
205/55 R 16 91W	Pirelli	P 7
	Goodyear	NCT 5
	Bridgestone	ER 30
	Bridgestone	ER 300
225/45 R 17 91W	Bridgestone	RE 40
	Bridgestone	RE 50
	Michelin	Primacy
	Continental	Sport Contact 2
	Dunlop	SP Sport 01A
	Pirelli	P Zero Rosso
225/45 R 17 94W	Michelin	Primacy
	Pirelli	P Zero Rosso
225/40 R 18 92Y	Bridgestone	RE 050A
	Michelin	Exalto 2
	Dunlop	SportMaxx
	Continental	Sport Contact 2
	Pirelli	P Zero

52.32 Summer tyres for Golf Variant BlueMotion from model year 2008

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
195/65 R 15 91T	Continental	Eco Contact 3
	Michelin	Energy Saver
205/55 R 16 91H	Continental	Premium Contact 2
	Michelin	Energy Saver

52.33 Summer tyres Golf cabriolet model year 1998 to model year 2002

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
175/80 R 14 88T	Michelin	XT 1
	Firestone	F 580-FS
	Continental	Eco Contact EP
	Goodyear	GT2E
	Dunlop	SP 10 3e
175/80 R 14 88H	Dunlop	SP Sport 200 E
	Firestone	F 580
	Continental	Eco Contact CP
	Michelin	XH1
	Toyo	TYJ35
	Dunlop	SP Sport 200 ULW (ultra light weight)	Low-friction tyres
195/65 R 15 91T	Continental	Eco Contact EP
	Dunlop	SP 9*E
	Michelin	XT 2
	Goodyear	GT 2E
	Firestone	F 580
	Pirelli	P 3000
195/65 R 15 91H	Michelin	XH1
	Dunlop	SP 200 E
	Goodyear	NCT 5
195/65 R 15 91V	Continental	Eco Contact CP
	Goodyear	NCT 5
	Michelin	Primacy
	Dunlop	SP Sport 200 E
	Pirelli	P 6000
	Kleber	Dynaxer HP
	Firestone	FH 680 B
	Dunlop	SP Sport 200 ULW (ultra light weight)	Low-friction tyres
205/55 R 16 91W	Continental	Sport Contact	These tyres are permitted only in conjunction with modified full-size hubcaps, in use from 11.99;Also see ⇒ Technical Service Handbook
	Dunlop	SP Sport 2000 E
	Bridgestone	ER 30
	Michelin	MXM
	Goodyear	NCT 5
	Pirelli	P 6000
225/45 R 17 91W/Y	Continental	Sport Contact
	Dunlop	SP 9090
	Pirelli	P 6000
	Michelin	Pilot Sport
	Bridgestone	Potenza RE 040
	Goodyear	NCT 5

52.34 Summer tyres for New Beetle RSi

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
235/40 ZR 18 91W	Michelin	Pilot Sport

52.35 Summer tyres Passat model year 1994 to model year 1997

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
185/65 R 14 86T	Dunlop	SP 9
	Continental	CT 22
	Uniroyal	R380/65
	Firestone	F 560
195/60 R 14 86H	Michelin	HX MXV 3A
	Dunlop	SP Sport D8M2
	Continental	CH 90
	Firestone	FH 690
205/50 R 15 86V	FirestoneDunlop	FH 690SP Sport 2000
	Michelin	HX MXV 3A
	Continental	CV 90
	Fulda	Y 2000 +
205/50 R 15 86W	Michelin	HX MXV 3A
	Dunlop	SP Sport 2000

52.36 Summer tyres Passat model year 1997 to model year 2005

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
195/65 R 15 91T	Dunlop	SP9 E
	Michelin	XT 2
	Continental	Eco Contact EP
	Goodyear	GT 2E
	Firestone	F 580
	Pirelli	P 3000
195/65 R 15 91H	Michelin	XH1
	Dunlop	SP 200 E
	Goodyear	NCT 5
195/65 R 15 91V	Continental	Eco Contact CP
	Goodyear	Eagle NCT 5
	Michelin	Primacy
	Dunlop	SP Sport 200 E
	Pirelli	P 6000
	Firestone	FH 680 B
	Dunlop	SP Sport 200 ULW (ultra light weight)	Low-friction tyres
205/60 R 15 91V	Dunlop	SP Sport 2000 E
	Michelin	Primacy
	Michelin	MXV 3A
	Continental	Eco Contact CP
205/55 R 16 91W	Continental	Sport Contact
	Bridgestone	ER 30
	Dunlop	SP Sport 2000 E
	Michelin	MXM
	Goodyear	NCT 3
	Goodyear	NCT 5
	Pirelli	P 6000
225/45 R 17 91Y	Michelin	Primacy
	Bridgestone	Potenza
	Continental	Sport C2

52.37 Summer tyres for Passat W8

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
215/55 R 16 93Y	Michelin	Primacy	Only for USA
	Dunlop	SP 9000
225/45 R 17 91Y	Bridgestone	Potenza
	Michelin	Primacy
	Continental	Sport C2

52.38 Summer tyres for Passat Protect

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
205/55 R 16 93W XL	Dunlop	SP Sport 2000 E
205/55 R 16 97W/Y XL	Dunlop	SP Sport 9000
215/55 R 16 93Y XL	Dunlop	SP Sport 9000

XL means „Extra Load“ ⇒ page 16

52.39 Summer tyres for Sharan from model year 1996

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
195/65 R 15 95T reinforced	Continental	CT 22
	Firestone	F 570
205/60 R 15 95H	Continental	CH 90
Only 16" tyres are permitted for vehicles from model year 2002
195/60 R 16 C 99/97H	Dunlop	SP Sport 200
	Bridgestone	ER 30C
	Michelin	Agilisis 51
205/55 R 16 C 98/96H	Bridgestone	ER 30C
215/55 R 16 95H reinforced	Dunlop	SP Sport 2020 E
	Michelin	Pilot HXMXM
	Continental	CEC CP
	Firestone	FH 700
215/55 R 16 95W reinforced	Dunlop	SP Sport 2020 E
	Michelin	Pilot HXMXM
	Continental	CEC CP
	Firestone	FH 700
215/55 R 16 97H reinforced	Michelin	Pilot HXMXM
	Firestone	FH 700
215/55 R 16 97W reinforced	Michelin	Pilot HXMXM
	Firestone	FH 700
225/45 R 17 94W reinforced	Michelin	Pilot Primacy
	Dunlop	SP Sport 01A

52.40 Summer tyres for Sharan BlueMotion from model year 2009

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
195/60 R 16 C 99/97H	Bridgestone	ER 30C

52.41 Summer tyres for Touareg model year 2008 to model year 2010

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
235/65 R 17,108V	Bridgestone	Dueler HP
	Michelin	4x4 Diamaris
255/60 R 17,106V	Michelin	4x4 Diamaris
	Pirelli	Pzero Rosso
	Goodyear	Wrangler F1 WRL2
255/55 R 18 109Y XL	Bridgestone	Dueler HP Sport
	Michelin	Latitude Sport
275/45 ZR 19 108Y XL	Pirelli	Pzero Rosso
275/45 R 19 108Y XL	Michelin	Latitude Sport
	Bridgestone	Dueler HP Sport
	Yokohama	Advan Sport NO
275/40 R 20 106Y XL	Pirelli	Pzero Rosso
	Michelin	4x4 Diamaris
	Bridgestone	Dueler HP Sport
	Yokohama	Advan Sport NO

XL means „Extra Load“ Notes ⇒ page 16

52.42 Summer tyres for Touareg R50 model year 2008 to model year 2010

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of summer tyres page 458

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
275/40 R 20 106Y XL	Pirelli	Pzero Rosso
	Michelin	4x4 Diamaris
	Bridgestone	Dueler HP Sport
	Yokohama	Advan Sport NO
295/35 R 21 107Y XL	Michelin	NO Latitude Sport
	Dunlop	SP Sport Maxx
	Yokohama	Advan Sport NO

XL means „Extra Load“ Notes ⇒ page 16

Protected by copyright. Copy/king/other commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted unless authorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee a accept any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this becoming copyright. Volkswagen AG has Copyright © 2019

53 Recommended all-season tyres

Notes regarding the recommended makes of all-season tyre

◆ Tyres are one of the most important elements in motor vehicle construction and have a major influence on road safety. Therefore, they must fulfil numerous conditions which are specified for tyre manufacturers in the DIN (German industrial standards) and the directives of the German rubber industry e. V. (W.d.K.). In addition, comprehensive testing is carried out at Volkswagen before tyres are approved for initial fitting on our vehicles.
The following lists all tyre makes and tread patterns that are fitted to VW vehicles ex-factory, correct at the time of publication.
These tyre makes/tread patterns meet the aforementioned demands. We therefore recommend the tyres/tread types listed in this guide are chosen as replacements.
♦ Observe special requirements for tyres with run-flat properties → page 54.

53.1 All-season tyres Lupo model year 1999 to model year 2005

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of all-season tyres page 481

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
155/70 R 13 75T	Dunlop	SP All Season M2
175/65 R 13 80T	Dunlop	SP All Season M2

53.2 All-season tyres Polo model year 1995 to model year 2001

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of all-season tyres page 481

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
155/70 R 13 75T	Dunlop	SP All Season M2 (for Europe)
175/65 R 13 80T	Dunlop	SP All Season M2 (for Europe)
	Continental	TS 755

53.3 All-season tyres for Polo from model year 2002

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of all season tyres page 481

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
165/70 R 14 81T	Goodyear	Vector 5
185/60 R 14 82H	Dunlop	SP All Season M2
	Goodyear	Eagle Vector EV2

53.4 All-season tyres Polo saloon/sedan model year 2004 to model year 2005

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of all-season tyres page 481

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
165/70 R 14 81T	Goodyear	Vector 3
185/60 R 14 82H	Dunlop	SP All Season M2
	Goodyear	Eagle Vector

53.5 All-season tyres Golf, Vento model year 1992 to model year 1998

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of all-season tyres page 481

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
175/70 R 13 82T	Dunlop	SP All Season M2
185/60 R 14 82H	Dunlop	SP All Season M2	For Europe
195/60 R 14 86H	Dunlop	All Season M2
	Goodyear	Eagle GA	For USA
	Goodrich	Comp T/A
205/50 R 15 86H	Goodyear	Eagle GA	For USA

53.6 All-season tyres Golf estate model year 1994 to model year 1998

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of all-season tyres page 481

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
175/70 R 13 82T	Dunlop	SP All Season M2
185/60 R 14 82H	Dunlop	SP All Season M2	For Europe
195/60 R 14 86H	Dunlop [3DSZ]	All Season M2
	Goodyear	Eagle GA	For USA
	Goodrich	Comp T/A
205/50 R 15 86H	Goodyear	Eagle GA	For USA

53.7 All-season tyres Golf cabriolet model year 1994 to model year 1997

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of all-season tyres page 481

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
185/60 R 14 82H	Dunlop	SP All Season M2	For Europe

53.8 All-season tyres Golf, Golf 4Motion model year 1998 to model year 2004

Observe the notes regarding approved makes of all-season tyres for initial fitting page 481

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
175/80 R 14 88H	Dunlop	SP All Season M2
195/65 R 15 91H	DunlopContinental	SP All Season M2CH 95	For EuropeFor USA
	Michelin	MXV4 Plus
	Goodyear	Eagle LS
205/55 R 16 91H	Continental	CH 95
	Goodyear	Eagle RSA
	Michelin	MXV4 Plus	For Japan
225/45 R 17 91H	Michelin	MXM	For USA
	Goodyear	Eagle RSA
225/45 R 17 94H XL	Michelin	MXM	For USA

53.9 All-season tyres for Golf model year 2004 to model year 2009

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of all-season tyres page 481

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
195/65 R 15 91H	Dunlop	AS M2
	Goodyear	Vector EV2
	Michelin	MXV 4 S8	For USA
	Goodyear	Eagle LS
	Continental	Pro Contact
205/55 R 16 91H	Michelin	MXV 4 S8	For USA
	Goodyear	Eagle LS
	Continental	Pro Contact
	Bridgestone	EL 400
	Hankook	Optima H725H
205/55 R 16 94V	Goodyear	Vector 2
225/45 R 17 91H	Michelin	MXM 4	For USA
	Continental	Pro Contact
	Goodyear	Eagle RSA

53.10 All-season tyres for CrossGolf from model year 2007

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of all-season tyres page 481

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
195/65 R 15 91H	Dunlop	AS M2
	Goodyear	Vector EV2
	Michelin	MXV 4 S8	For USA
	Goodyear	Eagle LS
	Continental	Pro Contact
205/55 R 16 91H	Michelin	MXV 4 S8	For USA
	Goodyear	Eagle LS
	Continental	Pro Contact
	Bridgestone	EL 400
	Hankook	Optima H725H
205/55 R 16 94V	Goodyear	Vector 2
225/45 R 17 91H	Michelin	MXM 4	For USA
	Continental	Pro Contact
	Goodyear	Eagle RSA

53.11 All-season tyres for Golf Plus from model year 2005

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of all-season tyres page 481

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
195/65 R 15 91H	Dunlop	AS M2
	Goodyear	Vector EV2
	Michelin	MXV 4 S8	For USA
	Goodyear	Eagle LS
	Continental	Pro Contact
205/55 R 16 91H	Michelin	MXV 4 S8	For USA
	Goodyear	Eagle LS
	Continental	Pro Contact
	Bridgestone	EL 400
	Hankook	Optima H725H
205/55 R 16 94V	Goodyear	Vector 2
225/45 R 17 91H	Michelin	MXM 4	For USA
	Continental	Pro Contact
	Goodyear	Eagle RSA

53.12 All-season tyres Bora, Bora 4Motion model year 1999 to model year 2005

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of all-season tyres page 481

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
195/65 R 15 91H	Dunlop	SP All Season M2	For Europe
	Continental	CH 95	For USA
	Michelin	MXV4 Plus
	Goodyear	Eagle LS
205/55 R 16 91H	Continental	CH 95
	Goodyear	Eagle RSA
	Michelin	MXV4 Plus	For Japan
225/45 R 17 91H	Michelin	MXM	For USA
	Goodyear	Eagle RSA
225/45 R 17 94H XL	Michelin	MXM	For USA

53.13 All-season tyres Golf estate, Golf estate 4Motion model year 1999 to model year 2006, Bora estate, Bora estate 4Motion model year 1999 to model year 2005

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of all-season tyres page 481

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
195/65 R 15 91H	Dunlop	SP All Season M2	For Europe
	Continental	CH 95	For USA
	Michelin	MXV4 Plus
	Goodyear	Eagle LS
205/55 R 16 91H	Continental	CH 95
	Goodyear	Eagle RSA
	Michelin	MXV4 Plus	For Japan
225/45 R 17 91H	Michelin	MXM	For USA
	Goodyear	Eagle RSA
225/45 R 17 94H XL	Michelin	MXM	For USA

53.14 All-season tyres Golf Variant model year 2007 to model year 2010

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of all-season tyres page 481

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
195/65 R 15 91H	Dunlop	AS M2
	Goodyear	Vector EV2
	Michelin	MXV 4 S8	For USA
	Goodyear	Eagle LS
	Continental	Pro Contact
205/55 R 16 91H	Michelin	MXV 4 S8	For USA
	Goodyear	Eagle LS
	Continental	Pro Contact
	Bridgestone	EL 400
	Hankook	Optima H725H
205/55 R 16 94V	Goodyear	Vector 2
225/45 R 17 91H	Michelin	MXM 4	For USA
	Continental	Pro Contact
	Goodyear	Eagle RSA

53.15 All-season tyres Golf cabriolet model year 1998 to model year 2002

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of all-season tyres page 481

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
175/80 R 14 88H	Dunlop	SP All Season M2
195/65 R 15 91H	Dunlop	SP All Season M2
205/55 R 16 91H	Continental	CH 95
	Goodyear	Eagle RSA
	Michelin	MXV4 Plus	For Japan
225/45 R 17 91H	Michelin	MXM	For USA

53.16 All-season tyres Passat model year 1997 to model year 2005

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of all-season tyres page 481

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
195/65 R 15 91H	Dunlop	SP All Season M2	For Europe
	Continental	CH 95	For USA
	Michelin	MXV4 Plus
	Goodyear	Eagle LS
205/55 R 16 91H	Continental	CH 95
	Goodyear	Eagle RSA
	Michelin	MXV4 Plus	For Japan
225/45 R 17 94H-XL	Michelin	MXM	For USA

53.17 All-season tyres for Passat W8

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of all-season tyres page 481

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
215/55 R 16 93H	Continental	CH 95	For USA
215/55 R 16 97H XL	Continental	CH 95	For USA
	Michelin	MXM 4

XL means „Extra Load“ ⇒ page 16

53.18 All-season tyres for Touareg model year 2003 to model year 2010

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of all-season tyres page 481

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
235/70 R 16 105H	Goodyear	Wrangler HP
235/65 R 17 108H	Continental	4x4 Contact
255/60 R 17 106H	Pirelli	Scorpion A/T
	Dunlop	SP Sport 5000	For USA
	Goodyear	Eagle LS2
	Pirelli	Scorpion STR
255/55 R 18 109H XL	Michelin	Latitude Tour HP	For USA
	Goodyear	Eagle LS2
	Pirelli	Scorpion STR
255/55 R 18,109V XL	Pirelli	Scorpion STR
275/45 R19 108V XL	Michelin	Latitude Tour HP
	Goodyear	Eagle LS2

XL means „Extra Load“ Notes ⇒ page 16

Proteceived copyright copyright pursuant to Commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted unless authorised by Volkswagen. The rights of the Volkswagen Group must not guarantee or accept any liability with respect to the core chess of information in this become copyright law pursuant to Volkswagen AG.

54 Recommended winter tyres

Notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyre

• Tyres are one of the most important elements in motor vehicle construction and have a major influence on road safety. Therefore, they must fulfil numerous conditions which are specified for tyre manufacturers in the DIN (German industrial standards) and the directives of the German rubber industry e. V. (W.d.K.). In addition, comprehensive testing is carried out at Volkswagen before tyres are approved for initial fitting on our vehicles.
  The following lists all tyre makes and tread patterns that are fitted to VW vehicles ex-factory, correct at the time of publication.
  These tyre makes/tread patterns meet the aforementioned demands. We therefore recommend the tyres/tread types listed in this guide are chosen as replacements.
  ♦ Observe special requirements for tyres with run-flat properties → page 54.

54.1 Winter tyres Lupo 3L model year 1999 to model year 2005

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
155/65 R 14 75T	Continental	TS 760 Winter Contact
	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M2
	Michelin	Alpin

54.2 Winter tyres Lupo FSI model year 1999 to model year 2005

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
155/65 R 14 75T	Continental	TS 760 Winter Contact
	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M2
	Michelin	Alpin

54.3 Winter tyres Lupo GTI model year 1999 to model year 2005

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
185/55 R 14 78T	Continental	TS 760
	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M2
	Michelin	Alpin

54.4 Winter tyres Lupo model year 1999 to model year 2005

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
155/70 R 13 75Q	Goodyear	Ultra Grip 5
	Michelin	Alpin
155/70 R 13 75S	Vredestein	Snowtrac
155/70 R 13 75T	Continental	TS 780
	Kleber	Krisalp 3
175/65 R 13 80Q	Goodyear	Ultra Grip 5
175/65 R 13 80T	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M2
	Vredestein	Snowtrac
185/55 R 14 78T	Continental	TS 760
	Dunlop	Winter Sport M2
	Michelin	Alpin

54.5 Winter tyres Polo model year 1995 to model year 2001

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
155/70 R 13 75Q	Goodyear	Ultra Grip 5
	Michelin	Alpin
155/70 R 13 75S	Vredestein	Snowtrac
155/70 R 13 75T	Continental	TS 780
	Kleber	Krisalp 3
175/65 R 13 80Q	Goodyear	Ultra Grip 5
175/65 R 13 80T	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M2
	Vredestein	Snowtrac
185/55 R 14 78T	Continental	TS 760
	Dunlop	Winter Sport M2
	Michelin	Alpin

54.6 Winter tyres for Polo from model year 2002

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
155/80 R 13 79Q	Continental	TS 760 Winter Contact
	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M2
165/70 R 14 81T	Continental	TS 780 Winter Contact
	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M3
	Michelin	Alpin
	Pirelli	V190 Snowcontrol
	Goodyear	Ultra Grip 7
185/60 R 14 82T	GoodyearContinental	Ultra Grip 7TS 780 Winter Contact
	Vredestein	Snowtrac 2
	Dunlop	Winter Sport M3
	Pirelli	V190 Snowcontrol
	Michelin	Alpin 2
185/55 R 15 82T	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M2
185/55 R 15 84T	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M3
	Continental	TS 800
	Vredestein	Snowtrac 2

54.7 Winter tyres for Polo Fun model year 2004 to model year 2006

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
185/60 R 15 84T	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M3
	Continental	TS 800
	Vredestein	Snowtrac 2

54.8 Winter tyres for CrossPolo from model year 2006

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
185/60 R 15 84T	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M3
	Continental	TS 800
	Vredestein	Snowtrac 2

54.9 Winter tyres for Polo BlueMotion from model year 2007

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
165/70 R 14 81T	Continental	TS 780 Winter Contact
	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M3
	Michelin	Alpin
	Pirelli	V190 Snowcontrol
	Goodyear	Ultra Grip 7

54.10 Winter tyres for Polo GTI from model year 2007

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
185/55 R 15 82T	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M2
185/55 R 15 84T	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M3
	Continental	TS 800
	Vredestein	Snowtrac 2

54.11 Winter tyres for Polo GTI Cup Edition from model year 2007

Information on the recommended winter tyres was not available at time of going to print. Please contact the customer service department of VW R GmbH at the following address - [e-mail].

54.12 Winter tyres Polo saloon/sedan model year 2004 to model year 2005

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
155/80 R 13 79Q	Continental	TS 760 Winter Contact
	Goodyear	Ultra Grip 5
	Michelin	XM + S Alpin
165/70 R 14 81T	Continental	TS 780 Winter Contact
	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M2
	Michelin	XM + S Alpin
	Goodyear	Ultra Grip 5
185/60 R 14 82Q/T	Goodyear	Ultra Grip 6
185/55 R 15 82T	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M2
	Michelin	XM + S Alpin
185/55 R 15 85/86T	Nokian	NRW
	Pirelli	Winter 190

54.13 Winter tyres Polo Classic model year 1996 to model year 2002

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
175/65 R 14 82Q/T	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M2
	Goodyear	Ultra Grip 5
185/60 R 14 82Q	Michelin	XM + S Alpin
185/60 R 14 82T	Continental	TS 780 Winter Contact
	Goodyear	Ultra Grip 5
	Michelin	Alpin
	Vredestein	Snowtrac
185/60 R 14 82H	Continental	TS 770 Winter Contact

54.14 Winter tyres Polo estate model year 1998 to model year 2002

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
175/65 R 14 82Q/T	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M2
	Goodyear	Ultra Grip 5
185/60 R 14 82Q	Michelin	XM + S Alpin
185/60 R 14 82T	Continental	TS 780 Winter Contact
	Goodyear	Ultra Grip 5
	Michelin	Alpin
	Vredestein	Snowtrac
185/60 R 14 82H	Continental	TS 770 Winter Contact

54.15 Winter tyres Golf, Vento model year 1992 to model year 1998

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
175/70 R13 82T	Uniroyal	MS + 4
	Goodyear	Ultra Grip 5
	Michelin	XM + S 130
185/60 R 14 82Q	Michelin	XM + S Alpin
185/60 R 14 82T	Continental	TS 780 Winter Contact
	Goodyear	Ultra Grip 5
	Michelin	Alpin
	Vredestein	Snowtrac
185/60 R 14 82H	Continental	TS 770 Winter Contact
185/55 R 15 85T	Continental	TS 770 Winter Contact
	Michelin	XM + S 130
185/55 R 15 82H	Continental	TS 770 Winter Contact
185/60 R 14 86T	Continental	TS 770 Winter Contact
	Michelin	XM + S 130

54.16 Winter tyres Golf estate model year 1994 to model year 1998

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
175/70 R13 82T	Uniroyal	MS + 4
	Goodyear	Ultra Grip 5
	Michelin	XM + S 130
185/60 R 14 82Q	Michelin	XM + S Alpin
185/60 R 14 82T	Continental	TS 780 Winter Contact
	Goodyear	Ultra Grip 5
	Michelin	Alpin
	Vredestein	Snowtrac
185/60 R 14 82H	Continental	TS 770 Winter Contact
185/55 R 15 85T	Continental	TS 770 Winter Contact
	Michelin	XM + S 130
185/55 R 15 82H	Continental	TS 770 Winter Contact
185/60 R 14 86T	Continental	TS 770 Winter Contact
	Michelin	XM + S 130

54.17 Winter tyres Golf cabriolet model year 1994 to model year 1997

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
175/70 R13 82T	Uniroyal	MS + 4
	Goodyear	Ultra Grip 5
	Michelin	XM + S 130
185/60 R 14 82Q	Michelin	XM + S Alpin
185/60 R 14 82T	Continental	TS 780 Winter Contact
	Goodyear	Ultra Grip 5
	Michelin	Alpin
	Vredestein	Snowtrac
185/60 R 14 82H	Continental	TS 770 Winter Contact
185/60 R 14 86T	Continental	TS 770 Winter Contact
	Michelin	XM + S 130

54.18 Winter tyres Golf, Golf 4Motion model year 1998 to model year 2004

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
175/80 R 14 88Q		TS 780 Winter Contact
	Goodyear	Ultra Grip 5
	Michelin	Alpin
175/80 R 14 88T	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M2
	Vredestein	Snowtrac
195/65 R 15 91T	Continental	TS 790 Winter Contact
	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M3
	Goodyear	Ultra Grip 6
	Michelin	Alpin
	Pirelli	Winter 190
195/65 R 15 91H	Continental	TS 790 Winter Contact
	Michelin	Pilot Alpin
	Nokian	NRW
	Vredestein	Wintrac
	Goodyear	Eagle UG GW3
205/55 R 16 91H	Continental	TS 790 Winter Contact
	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M3
	Michelin	Pilot Alpin
	Pirelli	Winter 210
	Vredestein	Wintrac

54.19 Winter tyres for Golf model year 2004 to model year 2009

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
195/65 R 15 91Q	Michelin	X-Ice	◆ For Japan only◆ For 1.6 E and 2.0l FSI engines only
195/65 R 15 91T	Bridgestone	LM25
	Dunlop	Winter Sport 3D
195/65 R 15 91H	Continental	TS 810
	Dunlop	Winter Sport 3D
	Goodyear	Eagle UG GW 3
	Bridgestone	LM25
	Pirelli	Winter 210
	Nokian	WR
195/65 R 15 95T	Goodyear	UG 6
	Continental	TS 790
205/55 R 16 91Q	Michelin	X-Ice	◆ For Japan only◆ For 1.6 E, 2.0l and 2.0l turbo engines only
205/55 R 16 91H	Goodyear	Eagle UG GW3
	Michelin	Pilot Alpin
	Nokian	WR
	Pirelli	Winter 210
	Bridgestone	LM25
205/55 R 16 94H	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M3 DSST	Tyres with run-flat properties⇒ page 54
	Bridgestone	LM25
205/55 R 17 93H	Dunlop	Winter Sport 3D
225/45 R 17 91Q	Michelin	X-Ice	◆ For Japan only◆ For 2.0l turbo engines only

54.20 Winter tyres for Golf BlueMotion model year 2004 to model year 2009

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
195/65 R 15 91T	Bridgestone	LM25
	Dunlop	Winter Sport 3D
195/65 R 15 91H	ContinentalDunlop	TS 810Winter Sport 3D
	Goodyear	Eagle UG GW 3
	Bridgestone	LM25
	Pirelli	Winter 210
	Nokian	WR
195/65 R 15 95T	Goodyear	UG 6
	Continental	TS 790

54.21 Winter tyres for Golf GTI model year 2005 to model year 2009

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
205/55 R 16 91H	Goodyear	Eagle UG GW3
	Michelin	Pilot Alpin
	Nokian	WR
	Pirelli	Winter 210
	Bridgestone	LM25
205/55 R 16 94H	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M3 DSST	Tyres with run-flat properties page 54
	Bridgestone	LM25
205/55 R 17 93H	Dunlop	Winter Sport 3D

54.22 Winter tyres for Pirelli Golf model year 2008 to model year 2009

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
205/55 R 16 91H	Goodyear	Eagle UG GW3
	Michelin	Pilot Alpin
	Nokian	WR
	Pirelli	Winter 210
	Bridgestone	LM25
205/55 R 16 94H	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M3 DSST	Tyres with run-flat properties ⇒ page 54
	Bridgestone	LM25
205/55 R 17 93H	Dunlop	Winter Sport 3D

54.23 Winter tyres for Golf R32 model year 2006 to model year 2009

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
205/50 R 17 93H	Dunlop	Winter Sport 3D

54.24 Winter tyres for CrossGolf from model year 2007

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
195/65 R 15 91Q	Michelin	X-Ice	• Only for Japan: 1.6l FSI and 2.0l FSI engines
195/65 R 15 91T	Bridgestone	LM25
	Dunlop	Winter Sport 3D
195/65 R 15 91H	Continental	TS 810
	Dunlop	Winter Sport 3D
	Goodyear	Eagle UG GW 3
	Bridgestone	LM25
	Pirelli	Winter 210
	Nokian	WR
195/65 R 15 95T	Goodyear	UG 6
	Continental	TS 790
205/55 R 16 91H	Goodyear	Eagle UG GW3
	Michelin	Pilot Alpin
	Nokian	WR
	Pirelli	Winter 210
	Bridgestone	LM25
205/55 R 16 94H	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M3 DSST	Tyres with run-flat properties ⇒ page 54
	Bridgestone	LM25

54.25 Winter tyres for Golf Plus from model year 2005

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
195/65 R 15 91Q	Michelin	X-Ice	• Only for Japan: 1.6l FSI and 2.0l FSI engines
195/65 R 15 91T	Bridgestone	LM25
	Dunlop	Winter Sport 3D
195/65 R 15 91H	Continental	TS 810
	Dunlop	Winter Sport 3D
	Goodyear	Eagle UG GW 3
	Bridgestone	LM25
	Pirelli	Winter 210
	Nokian	WR
195/65 R 15 95T	Goodyear	UG 6
	Continental	TS 790
205/55 R 16 91H	Goodyear	Eagle UG GW3
	Michelin	Pilot Alpin
	Nokian	WR
	Pirelli	Winter 210
	Bridgestone	LM25
205/55 R 16 94H	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M3 DSST	Tyres with run-flat properties page 54
	Bridgestone	LM25

54.26 Winter tyres for Golf Plus BlueMotion from model year 2008

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
195/65 R 15 91T	Bridgestone	LM25
	Dunlop	Winter Sport 3D
195/65 R 15 91H	Continental	TS 810
	Dunlop	Winter Sport 3D
	Goodyear	Eagle UG GW 3
	Bridgestone	LM25
	Pirelli	Winter 210
	Nokian	WR
195/65 R 15 95T	Goodyear	UG 6
	Continental	TS 790

54.27 Winter tyres Bora, Bora 4Motion model year 1999 to model year 2005

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
195/65 R 15 91T	Continental	TS 790 Winter Contact
	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M3
	Goodyear	Ultra Grip 6
	Michelin	Alpin
	Pirelli	Winter 190
195/65 R 15 91H	Continental	TS 790 Winter Contact
	Michelin	Pilot Alpin
	Nokian	NRW
	Vredestein	Wintrac
	Goodyear	Eagle UG GW3
205/55 R 16 91H	Continental	TS 790 Winter Contact
	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M3
	Michelin	Pilot Alpin
	Pirelli	Winter 210
	Vredestein	Wintrac

54.28 Winter tyres Golf estate, Golf estate 4Motion model year 1999 to model year 2006, Bora estate, Bora estate 4Motion model year 1999 to model year 2005

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
195/65 R 15 91T	Continental	TS 790 Winter Contact
	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M3
	Goodyear	Ultra Grip 6
	Michelin	Alpin
	Pirelli	Winter 190
195/65 R 15 91H	Continental	TS 790 Winter Contact
	Michelin	Pilot Alpin
	Nokian	NRW
	Vredestein	Wintrac
	Goodyear	Eagle UG GW3
205/55 R 16 91H	Continental	TS 790 Winter Contact
	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M3
	Michelin	Pilot Alpin
	Pirelli	Winter 210
	Vredestein	Wintrac

54.29 Winter tyres for Golf 32

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
205/50 17 93T/H	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M2

54.30 Winter tyres for Golf Anniversary GTI

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make		Tread pattern
205/55 R 16 91H	Continental		TS 790 Winter Contact
	Dunlop		SP Winter Sport M3
	Michelin		Pilot Alpin
	Pirelli		Winter 210
	Vredestein		Wintrac

54.31 Winter tyres Golf Variant model year 2007 to model year 2010

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
195/65 R 15 91Q	Michelin	X-Ice	• Only for Japan: 1.6I FSI and 2.0I FSI engines
195/65 R 15 91T	Bridgestone	LM25
	Dunlop	Winter Sport 3D
195/65 R 15 91H	Continental	TS 810
	Dunlop	Winter Sport 3D
	Goodyear	Eagle UG GW 3
	Bridgestone	LM25
	Pirelli	Winter 210
	Nokian	WR
195/65 R 15 95T	Goodyear	UG 6
	Continental	TS 790
205/55 R 16 91H	Goodyear	Eagle UG GW3
	Michelin	Pilot Alpin
	Nokian	WR
	Pirelli	Winter 210
	Bridgestone	LM25
205/55 R 16 94H	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M3 DSST	Tyres with run-flat properties → page 54
	Bridgestone	LM25
205/50 R 17 93H	Dunlop	Winter Sport 3D

54.32 Winter tyres for Golf Variant BlueMotion model year 2008 to model year 2010

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
195/65 R 15 91T	Bridgestone	LM25
	Dunlop	Winter Sport 3D
195/65 R 15 91H	Continental	TS 810
	Dunlop	Winter Sport 3D
	Goodyear	Eagle UG GW 3
	Bridgestone	LM25
	Pirelli	Winter 210
	Nokian	WR
195/65 R 15 95T	Goodyear	UG 6
	Continental	TS 790

54.33 Winter tyres Golf cabriolet model year 1998 to model year 2002

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
175/70 R13 82T	Uniroyal	MS + 4
	Goodyear	Ultra Grip 5
	Michelin	XM + S 130
185/60 R 14 82Q	Michelin	XM + S 130
185/60 R 14 82T	Continental	TS 780 Winter Contact
	Goodyear	Ultra Grip 5
	Michelin	Alpin
	Vredestein	Snowtrac
185/60 R 14 82H	Continental	TS 770 Winter Contact
185/55 R 15 85T	Continental	TS 770 Winter Contact
	Michelin	XM + S 130
185/55 R 15 82H	Continental	TS 770 Winter Contact
185/60 R 14 86T	Continental	TS 770 Winter Contact
	Michelin	XM + S 130

54.34 Winter tyres for New Beetle RSi

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
205/55 R 16 91H	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M3
	Michelin	Pilot Alpin
	Pirelli	Winter 210

54.35 Winter tyres Passat model year 1994 to model year 1997

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
185/65 R 14 86T	Continental	TS 760 Winter Contact
	Goodyear	Ultra Grip 4 +
	Michelin	XM + S 130
	Uniroyal	MS + 4
195/60 R 14 86T	Continental	TS 770 Winter Contact
	Goodyear	Ultra Grip 4 +
	Michelin	XM + S 130
205/50 R 15 86H	Michelin	TXM + S 330

54.36 Winter tyres Passat model year 1997 to model year 2005

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
195/65 R 15 91T	Continental	TS 790 Winter Contact
	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M3
	Goodyear	Ultra Grip 6
	Michelin	Alpin
	Pirelli	Winter 190
195/65 R 15 91H	Continental	TS 790 Winter Contact
	Michelin	Pilot Alpin
	Nokian	NRW
	Vredestein	Wintrac
	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M3
205/55 R 16 91Q	Michelin	X-Ice	For Japan only
205/55 R 16 91H	Continental	TS 790 Winter Contact
	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M3
	Michelin	Pilot Alpin
	Pirelli	Winter 210
	Vredestein	Wintrac
205/55 R 16 94H	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M3

54.37 Winter tyres for Passat W8

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
205/55 R 16 94H XLXL means „Extra Load“Notes → page 16	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M3
205/50 R 17 93Hfor Europe	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M2
225/45 R 17 91H	Continental	TS 790 Winter Contact
	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M3
	Michelin	Pilot Alpin
	Pirelli	Winter 210
225/45 R 17 91V	Continental	TS 790 Winter Contact
	Pirelli	Winter 240

54.38 Winter tyres for Passat Protect

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
205/55 R 16 94H XL	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M3

XL means „Extra Load“ ⇒ page 16

54.39 Winter tyres for Sharan from model year 1996

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
195/65 R 15 95T	Continental	TS 770 Winter Contact
Only 16" tyres are permitted for vehicles from model year 2002
195/60 R 16 C 99/97T	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M2
	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport 3D
	Bridgestone	Blizzak LM18C
215/55 R 16 97H	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M3

54.40 Winter tyres for Sharan BlueMotion from model year 2009

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern
195/60 R 16 C 99/97T	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport M2
	Dunlop	SP Winter Sport 3D
	Bridgestone	Blizzak LM18C

54.41 Winter tyres for Touareg model year 2003 to model year 2010

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
235/70 R 16 106T	Continental	4x4 Winter Contact
235/65 R 17 108H XL	Dunlop	Winter SPT3 DMS
	Pirelli	Scorpion Ice & Snow
255/55 R 18,109V XL	Pirelli	Scorpion Ice & Snow
	Dunlop	Grandtrek Winter M3
	Michelin	Latitude Alpin
255/50 R 19 109Q	Michelin	Latitude X-Ice	♦ For Japan only♦ For V6 and V8 engines only
255/50 R 19,107V XL	Pirelli	Scorpion Ice & Snow
	Dunlop	Grandtrek Winter M3

XL means „Extra Load“ ⇒ page 16

54.42 Winter tyres for Touareg R50 model year 2008 to model year 2010

Observe the notes regarding the recommended makes of winter tyres page 488

Tyre size	Make	Tread pattern	Remarks
255/50 R 19,107V XL	Pirelli	Scorpion Ice & Snow
	Dunlop	Grandtrek Winter M3

XL means „Extra Load“ → page 16

Proteceived by copyright. Copyright or other commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted unless authorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee or accept any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this concern. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.